gsom.spbu.ru · Publisher: Helsinki School of Economics Office of Studies and Registrar...

Information Guidefor International BSc and MSc degree students

2008-2009

Helsinki School of Economics, HSEHelsingin kauppakorkeakouluHelsinki, Finland

Publisher: Helsinki School of EconomicsOffice of Studies and RegistrarRuneberginkatu 14-16-, PO Box 1210FIN-00101 HelsinkiFINLAND

Print date August 2008

Editors: Office of Studies and Registrar, Leena Brander and ElinaYrjänäinenContact persons of the HSE Departments

The Guide for International BSc and MSc Degree Students 2008-09 is the conciseversion of the Finnish study guide “Opinto-opas 2008-09” and the Finnish text willprevail in the event of any discrepancies.

HSE INFORMATION GUIDE FOR BSC AND MSC DEGREE STUDENTS 2008-09

PART 1: HELSINKI SCHOOL OF ECONOMICS AND STUDIES AT HSE

1 HELSINKI SCHOOL OF ECONOMICS AND HSE STUDENTS ............................... 21.1 HELSINKI SCHOOL OF ECONOMICS AND BSC/MSC PROGRAMS IN BRIEF .............. 21.2 DOCTORAL PROGRAM.............................................................................................. 41.3 HSE INTERNATIONAL MBA PROGRAM...................................................................... 51.4 OPEN UNIVERSITY ..................................................................................................... 6

2 ADMINISTRATION AT HSE.................................................................................. 72.1 GENERAL ADMINISTRATION AT HSE......................................................................... 72.2 ACADEMIC DEPARTMENTS AND SUBJECTS............................................................... 8

3 STUDYING AT HSE .............................................................................................. 93.1 ACADEMIC CALENDAR 2008-09 ................................................................................ 93.2 REGISTRATION FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2008-2009 ........................................... 103.3 COURSE REGISTRATION .......................................................................................... 113.4 EXAMINATIONS ....................................................................................................... 12

3.4.1 Registration........................................................................................................ 123.4.2 Late Registration................................................................................................. 123.4.3 Codes of Conduct and Ethics in the Examinations ............................................... 13

4 ACADEMIC FACILITIES AND STUDENT SERVICES ............................................ 144.1 BUILDINGS AND CLASSROOMS.............................................................................. 144.2 OFFICE OF STUDIES AND REGISTRAR...................................................................... 164.3 KEY CARDS AND ACCESS RIGHTS TO THE PREMISES OF HSE................................. 184.4 AV SERVICES / LANGUAGE LAB CENTER.................................................................. 194.5 COMPUTER SERVICES AND FACILITIES.................................................................... 194.6 HSE PIAZZA.............................................................................................................. 204.7 WEBOODI COMPUTER APPLICATION..................................................................... 204.8 BULLETIN BOARDS .................................................................................................. 214.9 LIBRARY.................................................................................................................... 214.10 THE CAREER SERVICES CENTER.................................................................................224.11 HSE PRINT .................................................................................................................224.12 KY - THE STUDENT UNION OF HSE..........................................................................22

4.12.1 KY Bookstore and KIVA Book Agency..................................................................234.13 STUDENT CARDS ......................................................................................................234.14 FINANCING OF STUDIES...........................................................................................254.15 HOUSING..................................................................................................................254.16 HEALTH SERVICES .................................................................................................... 26

5 GENERAL INFORMATION ON STUDIES AT HSE............................................... 285.1 GRADES AND CREDITS ............................................................................................ 285.2 GRADING SCALE AT HSE ......................................................................................... 28

5.2.1 The validity of grades and credits ....................................................................... 295.2.2 Transcript of records .......................................................................................... 29

5.3 HSE STUDENT EXCHANGE PROGRAM .................................................................... 295.3.1 International Study Module ................................................................................ 295.3.2 CEMS Master’s – European Joint Program Degree................................................ 30

5.4 JOO STUDIES............................................................................................................ 315.5 STUDYING FINNISH AS A FOREIGN LANGUAGE .....................................................32

5.5.1 Finnish Language Courses at Haaga-Helia (levels 1-6)..........................................325.5.2 Finnish Language Courses at HSE (levels 7-8).......................................................35

5.6 CREDIT TRANSFER.....................................................................................................365.7 GRADUATION.......................................................................................................... 37

5.7.1 Getting the Bachelor’s Diploma.......................................................................... 375.7.2 Getting the Master’s Diploma............................................................................. 385.7.3 Grading and Appearance of Diploma ................................................................. 40

5.8 INTERNSHIPS............................................................................................................ 41

PART 2: BSC AND MSC DEGREES

6 DEGREE PROGRAMS AND STRUCTURES .......................................................... 426.1 THE DEPARTMENTS AND DEGREE PROGRAMS OF HSE.......................................... 426.2 THE STRUCTURE OF THE BSC DEGREE PROGRAM (IN HELSINKI CAMPUS)............ 436.3 THE STRUCTURE OF THE MSC DEGREE PROGRAM (IN HELSINKI CAMPUS)........... 43

7 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE STUDIES....................................................... 447.1 PLANNING OF STUDIES........................................................................................... 45

7.1.1 Example of scheduling the studies of BSc Degree................................................ 467.2 FUNDAMENTALS OF BUSINESS KNOWLEDGE: CORE COURSES ............................ 48

7.2.1 Professional Skills Portfolio................................................................................. 507.3 LANGUAGE AND COMMUNICATION STUDIES IN THE BSC DEGREE......................53

7.3.1 Exemption on Language Requirements of the BSc Degree ................................... 54

8 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE STUDY PROGRAMS ................................................... 568.1 CHOOSING THE BSC STUDY PROGRAM..................................................................56

8.1.1 How to Change the BSc Program........................................................................ 578.1.2 Choosing the Minor ........................................................................................... 578.1.3 Choosing the Master’s Program .......................................................................... 58

8.2 BSC PROGRAM IN BUSINESS TECHNOLOGY .......................................................... 588.3 BSC PROGRAM IN FINANCE .................................................................................... 62

9 MINOR STUDIES IN THE BSC DEGREE .............................................................. 669.1 MINOR STUDIES IN BUSINESS TECHNOLOGY .........................................................669.2 MINOR STUDIES IN FINANCE .................................................................................. 689.3 MINOR STUDIES IN INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM (ITP)..................... 689.4 MINOR STUDIES IN INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS COMMUNICATION..................... 70

10 MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE STUDIES ............................................................ 7310.1 AN OVERVIEW TO MSC STUDIES............................................................................. 7310.2 FROM BACHELOR’S TO MASTER’S AT HSE .............................................................. 7410.3 COMPULSORY STUDIES IN THE MSC PROGRAMS .................................................. 7610.4 PERSONAL STUDY PLAN.......................................................................................... 8010.5 ORIENTATION DAYS ON AUGUST 25 – 27, 2008.................................................... 80

11 MASTER’S DEGREE PROGRAMS......................................................................... 8211.1 MSC PROGRAM IN ECONOMICS............................................................................. 8211.2 MSC PROGRAM IN ENTREPRENEURSHIP................................................................. 8611.3 MSC PROGRAM IN FINANCE ................................................................................... 8911.4 MSC PROGRAM IN INFORMATION AND SERVICE MANAGEMENT......................... 9311.5 MSC PROGRAM IN INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS.................................................... 10011.6 MSC PROGRAM IN INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS COMMUNICATION.................... 10611.7 MSC PROGRAM IN MARKETING............................................................................ 110

12 MINOR STUDIES IN MSC PROGRAMS ............................................................ 11412.1 MINOR STUDIES IN AREA STUDIES PROGRAM ..................................................... 11512.2 MINOR STUDIES IN ECONOMICS.......................................................................... 11512.3 MINOR STUDIES IN ENTREPRENEURSHIP.............................................................. 11612.4 MINOR STUDIES IN FINANCE ................................................................................ 11612.5 MINOR STUDIES IN INFORMATION AND SERVICE MANAGEMENT...................... 11712.6 MINOR STUDIES IN INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM (ITP)................... 11912.7 MINOR STUDIES IN INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS................................................... 12012.8 MINOR STUDIES IN INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS COMMUNICATION................... 12112.9 MINOR STUDIES IN INTERNATIONAL DESIGN BUSINESS MANAGEMENT............ 12412.10 MINOR STUDIES IN MANAGEMENT ...................................................................... 12412.11 MINOR STUDIES IN MARKETING............................................................................12512.12 MINOR STUDIES IN QUANTITATIVE METHODS.....................................................126

STUDIES ACCORDING TO THE DEGREE REGULATIONS 1995.............................. 12812.13 CHANGING TO STUDY ACCORDING TO THE NEW DEGREE REGULATIONS ...... 128

PART 3: COURSES IN 2008-2009

13 COURSE DESCRPTIONS................................................................................... 13013.1 COURSE CODES ..................................................................................................... 13013.2 ACCOUNTING (22)................................................................................................. 13113.3 BUSINESS LAW (32) .................................................................................................13513.4 DOCTORAL STUDIES (90)....................................................................................... 13913.5 ECONOMICS (31) ................................................................................................... 14013.6 ENGLISH BUSINESS COMMUNICATION (61) ......................................................... 15113.7 ENTREPRENEURSHIP (25) ....................................................................................... 15813.8 FINANCE 28.............................................................................................................16313.9 FINNISH FOR FOREIGNERS (71) ............................................................................. 17413.10 GENERAL STUDIES (20, 37 AND 51)....................................................................... 17613.11 INFORMATION SYSTEM SCIENCE 37 (AND 57)...................................................... 18013.12 INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS (26) ............................................................................ 18913.13 INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS COMMUNICATION (75) .............................................20613.14 JOINT COURSES (80) ...............................................................................................21313.15 LOGISTICS (35) ........................................................................................................21513.16 MANAGEMENT SCIENCE (27) ..................................................................................22313.17 MARKETING (23) .....................................................................................................22713.18 ORGANISATION AND MANAGEMENT (21) ............................................................23913.19 PHILOSOPHY (51)................................................................................................... 24413.20 QUANTITATIVE METHODS OF ECONOMICS AND MANAGEMENT SCIENCE (30). 24713.21 TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT AND POLICY (38 AND 57) ....................................254

PREFACE

________________________________________________________________________Information Guide for International BSc and MSc Degree Students 2008-2009

1

WELCOME TO STUDY TO THE HELSINKI SCHOOL OF ECONOMICS!

This Guide for International Degree students has been compiled by the Office of Studiesand Registrar. It is directed mainly to HSE students who complete either Bachelor’s degreeor Master’s degree. Doctoral students as well as exchange students from HSE partneruniversities have their own guides.

This information guide includes academic as well as practical information for starting andplanning your studies whether you are a student starting your studies in 2008 or a studentwho has started studies at HSE earlier.

The Guide for International BSc and MSc Degree Students 2008-09 is the concise versionof the Finnish study guide Opinto-opas 2008-09 and the Finnish text will prevail in theevent of any discrepancies.

We hope that you’ll find the Guide useful.

2


1 HELSINKI SCHOOL OF ECONOMICS AND HSE STUDENTS

1.1 HELSINKI SCHOOL OF ECONOMICS AND BSC/MSC PROGRAMS IN BRIEF

The Helsinki School of Economics (Helsingin kauppakorkeakoulu, HSE also previouslyHKKK) is the third oldest institute of higher education in Finland. The university wasestablished by the business community in 1904, and became an institute of universitystanding in 1911. It remained privately operated until 1974, when financialresponsibility was turned over to the state of Finland. The school has, however,remained autonomous in the administration of its internal affairs.

Helsinki School of Economics is the largest business school in Finland with over 4000students, and the leading one in many fields. HSE offers Finland’s most comprehensiverange of university degrees in economics and business administration. Based on bothhigh-quality scientific research and intensive company relations, HSE programs andcourses offer students up-to-date education that combines extensive theoretical studieswith experience of real business life.

The academic degrees offered by HSE are the Bachelor, Master, Licentiate and Doctorof Science in Economics and Business Administration. HSE also offers AMBA(Association of MBAs) accredited MBA and EMBA Programs. Since the foundation ofHSE in 1911 over 23 000 students have graduated from different programs of theschool.

The main teaching language is Finnish but HSE offers also several programs inundergraduate and graduate level in English.

The Helsinki School of Economics has two campuses. The main campus, the HelsinkiBusiness Campus, is located in the center of Helsinki. In Helsinki Business CampusHSE offers five Bachelor of Science degree programs of which two programs areoffered in English and 13 Master of Science degree programs of which seven programsare offered in English. New students start by studying towards the Bachelor of Sciencein Economics and Business Administration degree. On completion of it, they areeligible to continue to study for the Master’s degree.

The Mikkeli Campus is located about 300 kilometers from Helsinki in a town calledMikkeli. In the Mikkeli Business Campus HSE offers an English language Bachelor´sprogram in International Business (BScBA).

An integral part of HSE operations is the continuous quality development throughinternational benchmarking and accreditation. In 1998 HSE was among the firstEuropean business universities to be credited by EQUIS (The European QualityImprovement System), and it is a member of PIM (Partnership in InternationalManagement) network. HSE is also a member of CEMS (Community of European

3


Management Schools). CEMS currently consists of 17 European top business schools(one from each European country) and 50 corporate partners. HSE was awarded first inthe Nordic Countries AACSB accreditation (Association to Advance Collegiate Schoolsof Business) on April, 2007. AACSB accreditation is further proof to students,applicants, employees, partners, corporations and benefactors that HSE's educationalprograms and related services are truly world class.

Annually around 400 undegraduate students are admitted to study in the BSc programsout of around 2 000 qualified applicants. The admission is mainly based on anentrance test (in Finnish) and the grades in the nationwide matriculation examination.For non-Finnish speakers it is possible to gain admission to HSE through the Englishlanguage Scholastic Assessment Test (SAT 1). In the HSE MSc Programs in 2008 therewere altogether 160 places for students to apply out of which 96 places were in theMSc programs offered in English.

Number of Students and Permanent StaffBSc/MSc students 3700Licentiate and Doctoral students 400MBA students 150BScBA students (Mikkeli Campus) 240Non-degree students 500Professors 49Researchers and other teaching staff 180Other staff (administration, maintenance) 200

1.1.1. HSE will become as a part of the Aalto University in 2009

The new university, Aalto University, will be created through a merger of the HelsinkiSchool of Economics, the University of Art and Design Helsinki, and the HelsinkiUniversity of Technology. The three universities will be combined into one largeuniversity focusing on disciplines and research areas determined on the basis of theirstrategic strengths. The university community of the three universities has activelybeen partcipating to the preparation of the Aalto University. The Aalto University willstart on August 2009.

HSE is the leading business school in Finland representing business and economics.

The University of Art and Design Helsinki is an international university specialising indesign, audiovisual communication, art education and art. Established in 1871, it isthe largest art and design university in the Nordic countries and one of the mostprestigious in the world. The university has six schools with 2,000 students.

The Helsinki University of Technology (TKK) is the leading university of technology inFinland. The university has 4 faculties with over 15,000 students, including doctoral

4


students, studying to become engineers, architects and landscape architects. TKK willcelebrate its centenary in 2008.

The Charter of Foundation for the Aalto University was signed on June 2008. A seven-member board for Aalto University was nominated in the beginning of August 2008.

1.2 DOCTORAL PROGRAM

HSE offers an international doctoral program for those seeking academic careers or highlevel positions in business in Finland or abroad. HSE confers Doctor of Science (Economicand Business Administration) and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Since the foundation ofHSE in 1911, around 300 students have completed the Doctor's degree.

For the Doctoral degree, each student must complete the coursework which is composedof Common Scientific Doctoral Studies and Major Subject Studies and write DoctoralDissertation. Completion of the Common Scientific Doctoral Studies indicates that astudent has achieved a broad grounding in the basic disciplines relating to the study ofeconomics, business administration, and quantitative/qualitative methods. Some of thecourses are provided by the national graduate schools and some can be completed in theforeign universities and educational organizations with whom we co-operate closely.

The quality of the doctoral dissertations is international. Most of the dissertations arewritten in English and the main results are often published as articles in internationalrefereed scientific journals. Foreign experts are used as outside-reviewers (preliminaryexaminers) and opponents of the dissertations.

Center for Doctoral ProgramThe Center for Doctoral Program functions as a unit for post-graduate studies and researchfor the whole Helsinki School of Economics. The function of the center is to practice andto advance scientific research in the field of basic studies in business administration andeconomics, and to manage, plan, coordinate and follow up the doctoral program.Research services and publishing are also functions of the center. The visiting address ofthe center is Fredrikinkatu 48A, 00100 Helsinki (8th floor), tel. +358 431 38732, [email protected], www.hse.fi/doctoral)

HSE Research

The HSE engages in high-quality business sciences research based on co-operation withthe international scientific community, society and business, and industry.

The HSE specializes in research on business know-how, which is based on multilateralinternational research and close co-operation with business and society.

5


HSE research concentrates on selected focus areas, which cross subject boundaries andchange according to demand and success. The areas of priority consist of researchprograms, but high-quality research outside these areas can be a source of renewal andsignificant new openings, therefore it is also supported.

HSE research priorities in 2006–2009 are:1. Globalization and Competitiveness2. Financial Markets and Services3. Information Economy4. Business Networks

HSE Research Network

The HSE Research network’s five teaching and research departments (Accounting andFinance, Business Technology, Economics, Languages and Communication and Marketingand Management), the Center for the Doctoral Program, and separate research units (theCenter for Knowledge and Innovation Research, CKIR, and the Center for Markets inTransition (CEMAT) create a firm foundation of research and business know-how forbuilding up expertise. They are supported by the research services team, managementteam and the advisory board of HSE.

1.3 HSE INTERNATIONAL MBA PROGRAM

In 1983 Helsinki School of Economics launched a full-time international Master ofBusiness Administration program in English. This was in response to the need for Englishlanguage, master’s level business education in Finland, and the increasinginternationalization of Finnish firms A part-time mode of delivery has been offered sinceJanuary 2000.

The HSE MBA Program has been accredited by AMBA, the Association of MBAs, sinceMay 1997.

HSE MBA program is offered in a flexible two-year part-time format. MBA modules aretaught in the form of two week modules by visiting faculty from leading business schoolsall over the world, for example from Emory University, Rutgers Business School, Universityof South Carolina, Georgetown University, UCLA, Concordia University, Queen’sUniversity, Rotterdam School of Management, Indiana University, ESADE, INSEAD etc. Allthe topics that you would find in a traditional full semester course are covered, yet at amore intensive pace. The modules are run in sequence, and participants take one moduleat a time. They are able to focus on one subject at a time.

The duration of the program is two years and the next program starts in January 2009. Theclasses meet on Monday, Wednesday and Friday evenings, and also on Saturday mornings.There are 32 contact hours per module + exam.

6


The program is consists of 12 required core modules, 7 elective modules and the businessproject. Students are offered concentrations in Global Management, InternationalMarketing, International Finance and Entrepreneurship.

The tuition fee for the HSE MBA Program in 2009 is 27 000 EUR (+ VAT 22%) and bookscosts around 2 500 EUR (+ VAT 8%).

For further information regarding the MBA, please contact: Petro Paunu, Program Director,tel. +358 50 321 6688, petro.paunu(a)hseee.fi or see http://www.hseee.fi in EnglishHSE MBA and Executive MBA.

1.4 OPEN UNIVERSITY

The aim of the Open University is to promote educational and regional equality. The OpenUniversities form part of the adult education available in Finland.

HSE Open University organizes courses in economics, business administration andlanguage and cultural studies throughout the year.

The course descriptions and requirements conform with those of the degree programcourses organized by HSE. The courses are open to everyone regardless of theirbackground. Some of the courses, however, have prerequisites, which are mentioned inthe course descriptions. Studying at the Open University in Finland is not considered asfull-time studying in the Finnish educational system.

The great majority of the courses are taught in Finnish but some courses are also offered inEnglish. The students pay for their studies in the Open University and each course has acourse fee.

For further information, please contact HSE Open University office in the HSE MainBuilding, Runeberginkatu 14-16, 1st floor on the right wing of the building or tel.09-4313 8596 and 09-4313 8725 or email [email protected] or www.hse.fi/openuniversity

7


2 ADMINISTRATION AT HSE

2.1 GENERAL ADMINISTRATION AT HSE

The basic mission of Finnish universities is to carry out research and provide educationbased on the research. The underlying principle in university education in general is thefreedom of research and university autonomy, which gives universities extensive latitudefor independent decisions. Universities are under the supervision of Ministry of Education.Helsinki School of Economics, as all Finnish universities, is state-run, with the governmentproviding most of its funding. The most important legislation governing the universities arethe Universities Act and Decree, the Decree on the Higher Education Degree System andfield-specific Decrees, which lay down, among other things, the responsibility foreducation in a given discipline, degree titles, and the structure, extent, objectives andcontent of education.

All the universities are currently working for the higher education reform implemented bythe Ministry of Education. The Government will increase the financial and administrativeautonomy of universities. In this connection, university governance and decision-makingwill also be reformed. The Ministry of Education will prepare the bill overhauling theUniversities Act and a proposal for the reform of the university steering and fundingsystem. The reform should be completed by the fall 2009.

The administration in HSE is run in 2008-09 by the Chancellor, Rectors, Board of HSE,Council of Teaching and Research, Department Councils or Boards and the Heads ofDepartments. In all governing bodies there are representatives of professors, students andother personnel. The general administration services, for example study services,marketing, computer services, facilities etc. are taken care by the Administration andServices Unit.

HSE will start as a member of Aalto University in fall 2009. The administrative form of theuniversity will be the foundation, thus there will be changes in the financial system,administration and decision-making system of the HSE.

Chancellor and Rectors in 2008

Chancellor, Mr. Matti Lehti, D.Sc. (Econ and BA)Rector, Mr. Eero Kasanen, D.Sc. (Econ and BA)First Vice Rector, Mr. Olli Ahtola, D.Sc. (Econ and BA)Second Vice Rector, Mr. Timo Saarinen, D.Sc. (Econ and BA)Third Vice Rector, Mr Hannu Seristö, D.Sc. (Econ and BA)

8


2.2 ACADEMIC DEPARTMENTS AND SUBJECTS

Department of Accounting and Finance (Chydenia Building)Subjects: Accounting, Finance, Business LawHead of Department: Professor Pontus TrobergAdministrative Officer: Ms Johanna Glader, room: Chydenia H2.38, 09-431 38477,[email protected]

Department of Business Technology (Chydenia Building)Subjects: Information Systems Science, Logistics, Management Science, QuantitativeMethods of Economics, Technology Management and PolicyHead of Department: Professor Jyrki WalleniusAdministrative Officer: Ms Helena Knuuttila, room: Chydenia G4.07, 09-43138322,[email protected]

Department of Economics (Economicum Building)Subjects: EconomicsHead of Department: Professor Pertti HaaparantaAdministrative Officer: to be nominated, room: Economicum B207, 09-431 38493

Department of Languages and Communication (HSE Main Building)Subjects: LanguagesHead of the Department: Ms Tuija NikkoAdministrative Officers: Ms Maria Lukkarinen (Spanish, Italian, French, Swedish, German)room: A418, 09-431 38352, [email protected] andMs Marketta Suni (English Business Communication, International BusinessCommunication, Japanese, Russian, Finnish and Communication), room: A417, 09-43138336, [email protected]

Department of Marketing and Management (Arkadia Building)Subjects: Economic Geography, International Business, Marketing, Organization andManagement, Philosophy, SME Business ManagementHead of the Department: Professor Henrikki Tikkanen (Deputy Head of the DepartmentProfessor Raimo Lovio)Administrative Officers: Ms Pirjo-Liisa Johansson, room: Arkadia E219, 09-431 38522,[email protected] andMs Jutta Heino, room: Arkadia E311, 09-431 38441, [email protected]

9


3 STUDYING AT HSE

3.1 ACADEMIC CALENDAR 2008-09

The academic year begins on 1 August and ends on 31 July. The Opening Ceremony willtake place on Friday, September 5, 2008 at 12-14 (no teaching at 12-14)

Fall term 2008Compulsory Orientation for new incoming students Mon Augu25 - Thu August 28, 2008Teaching: Mon 1 Sept – Fri 12 Dec, 2008The first half: Mon 1 Sept – Fri 17 Oct, 2008The second half: Mon 27 Oct – Fri 12 Dec, 2008Mid term examination week*: Mon 20- Fri 24 Oct, 2008 (no teaching)Examination term: Mon 15 – Fri 22 Dec, 2008 and Mon 5 – Fri 9 Jan, 2009

Spring term 2009Teaching: Mon 12 Jan – Thu 30 Apr, 2009The first half: Mon 12 Jan – Fri 27 Feb, 2009The second half: Mon 9 Mar – Thu 30 Apr, 2009Mid term examination week*: Mon 2 Mar – Fri 6 Mar, 2009 (no teaching)Easter holiday*: Thu 9 – Wed 15 Apr, 2009 (no teaching)Examination term: Mon 4 May – Fri 29 May 2009

No classes will be given during the examination terms and the Easter holiday. Please notethat the intensive courses may go on during the mid term examination weeks.Exceptions in teaching and student services:- No classes, examinations or consultation hours will take place on the preceding days ofholidays, feast days and May Day after 16 hrs.- No classes on the ARENA Fair day on November 12, 2008 if not specially agreed withthe teacherThe Opening Ceremony will take place on Friday, 31 August 2007 at 12.00.

Teaching hoursThe classes will be given according to the following schedule: 8:00 - 9:3010:00 - 11:3011:30 - 12:15 lunch break12:15 - 13:4514:15 - 15:4516:15 - 17:45 etc.

Until midday the classes start sharp on the hour and in the afternoons a quarter past. Theduration of a class is usually one and a half hours.

10


3.2 REGISTRATION FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2008-2009

All BSc and MSc students should register themselves either as an attending student or anon-attending student during the given registration time. You can register yourself for anacademic year or for one semester at a time. The registration involves the payment of theStudent Union, KY, membership fee, which is compulsory for every attending student. Thepayment includes the student health services fee (YTHS, Finnish Student Health Service).

Registration for HSE for the academic year 2008-09 starts on June 2, 2008. The registrationperiod is June 2 - September 8, 2008. Please register yourself as an attendant or a non-attendant student during the registration period via Weboodi.

For students who study according to the degree regulations 2005 is applied the limitedright to study a degree. According to the Universities Act (645/1997) the student has theright to study for the Bachelor’s and Master’s degrees according to the degree regulationsand the yearly teaching plan.

The right to study at HSE as a degree student is valid for 7 years. The seven year periodstarts when the student enrolls at HSE. The seven year limit does not include non-attendance because of military service or maternity leave. Additionally it does not includenon-attendance for four terms.

Registration for an attending studentThe smoothest way to register for the academic year 2008-09 is via WebOodi application,provided that you have a valid password and an internet bank connection (web bank) withNordea Bank, Osuuspankki (OP) Bank or Sampo Bank. The advantage of the WebOodiregistration is that information concerning is at once in real time and you can register forcourses etc.

You can also register by paying the fee on the bank account of KY (for example by usinginternet) and present the receipt at the Help Desk when registering for HSE. Please notethat you cannot pay the KY student union fee at the Help Desk of the Office of Studies andRegistrar. When registering, you need to fill in the registration form available at the HelpDesk. The registration with the paper form will not be valid until you have submitted thereceipt from paying the Student Union (KY) membership fee at the Help Desk. In otherwords, it is not enough to pay the fee by the deadline.

Please note that these guidelines on student registration do not apply to first-year studentsas the first-year students register for the academic year when submitting their study placeconfirmation.

If someone else is registering on your behalf, he/she must have a power of attorney withwhich you authorize him/her to register for the academic year on your behalf. In additionto your personal information, the power of attorney must also include personal informationof the person who is given the power. The power of attorney must be signed.

11


After registration, you can collect your KY sticker for your student card at the Help Desk.Please note that you cannot get the sticker on your student card until you have registeredas attending. As the sticker for the student card cannot be given out unattached, youshould have the card with you when registering. The sticker is given only to the studentcard of a member of KY. You cannot get a sticker to the student card of any other studentunion. The first-year students will receive their student cards sometime in early fall term.Also the postgraduate students and the non-degree students doing their complementarystudies at HSE can be members of the KY Student Union, if they so wish, with limitedbenefits.

After September 8, 2008 it is not possible to register via WebOodi as the status of thestudent in the student register will become “Not registered”. Thus, registration afterSeptember 8, 2008 is possible only by paying the re-registration fee and filling up theregistration form. The form for the payment is available at the Help Desk.

If you were not registered in the spring term 2008 as attending or non-attending, you mustpay the re-registration fee, the Student Union membership fee, and draw up a personalstudy plan. Please read the detailed instructions at HSE Piazza, updated later on.

Please notice that after 1.8.2008 it is not possible to study according to the degreeregulations 1995. Those students who have not yet transferred to study according to thedegree regulations 2005 cannot register as attending or non-attending before they transferto the new degree regulations. For more information on the degree transfer, please [email protected]. Siirtyminen means transfer in Finnish.

Registration for a non-attending studentIf you wish to register as a non-attending student, please use the WebOodi application.You can do this also by email ([email protected]). In this case please remember to give yourstudent number. In both cases you have to give the information on the term/s you will benon-attending as well as the reason for not attending.

Please note that if you register yourself as a non-attending student for the academic yearyou can e.g. neither register for courses nor for exams or get any student services providedby the university administration nor the benefits or services the KY membership provides.Please, note also that non-attendance will affect to your right to study.

3.3 COURSE REGISTRATION

Registration for the courses with a limited number of participants has to be done viaWebOodi application (excluding some exceptions) 21 days but not later than 7 daysbefore the teaching period starts.

Registration for courses with an unlimited number of participants has to be done viaWebOodi application 21 days before the teaching period starts but not later than 7 days

12


since the course has commenced. Please check the registration for the courses from theleaflet “Lecture Schedules and Classrooms” (Opetusajat- ja paikat) fall term 2008 andspring term 2009.

3.4 EXAMINATIONS

Concerning all examination arrangements HSE follows the “Regulations on Examinations”which was adopted by the Board of HSE on Oct 21, 2005 and ratified by the Chancellor ofHSE on Feb 3, 2006. The Regulations on Examinations are currently only in Finnish.

3.4.1 Registration

Registration for examinations is compulsory. You can only attend an examination if youhave registered for it. The registration is done via WebOodi computer application, at thelatest 7 days in advance. The examination schedule is found in the bulletinKuulustelujärjestys – Examinations 2008-2009. Before attending an examination, theinvigilators will check that the students’ names are on the list of the participants. If youhave not registered for an examination and your name is not on the list, you are not able toparticipate in the examination. Some of the courses can be conducted so that theexamination will be held during the last lecture. In this case students should be notified bythe course instructor of this kind of arrangement.

It is not possible to attend the examination unless you have registered for it.

3.4.2 Late Registration

If you have not registered for an examination on time, and you still would like to take partin it, a late registration is used. In this case a fee of 12 euros will be collected. It is onlypossible to register late for an examination provided that at least one student has registeredon time for that particular examination and therefore the examination will be held. Thelate registration can be done no later than by noon the day before the examination.

How to proceed with a late registration?Fill in the late registration form that is available at the Help Desk of Office of Studies andRegistrar, pay the fee of 12 euros on one of the following bank accounts: Nordea 166030-107329 or OKO 500001-20377626 or Sampo 800012-35716. The receiver (vastaanottaja)is Helsingin kauppakorkeakoulu (HSE), Ref.no (viitenumero) 400 37389. You can also paythe fee at the Help Desk. After having paid the fee, attach the receipt of payment thatshows the filing number to the late registration form and drop it into the letter box of theOffice of Studies and Registrar situated in front of the Help Desk (not in that of theInternational Relations) no later than by noon (12 hrs sharp) the day before theexamination. If the receipt of payment is not attached to the late registration form or theform is filled in incompletely the late registration will not be taken into account.

13


3.4.3 Codes of Conduct and Ethics in the Examinations

1. You will take your examination in the classroom where it is appointed to be held.The classrooms for the examinations are announced on the bulletin board in theentrance hall of the Main Building on the day the examination is taking place.

2. Please note that the examinations start on the hour and not like the lectures whichstart a quarter past. There will be roll call of participants before they can enter theexamination classroom. Please arrive in time!

3. Please leave your bag, coat etc. close to the wall or in front of the classroom.4. Please turn off your mobile phone.5. You may only take your pens and ID-card (and a water bottle) to your seat unless

the invigilators give other instructions. The invigilators will distribute the HSEcalculators, if needed in the examination.

6. You may not leave the room before 30 minutes have passed from the actualbeginning of the examination.

7. In case you have a question (e.g. you need more paper), please raise your hand andthe invigilator will come to you.

8. Please concentrate on your own examination paper to avoid unnecessarymisunderstandings.

9. The invigilators have the right to remove a student from the examination, if cheatingis suspected.

10.Cheating denotes an offence against teaching or research at the university asdefined in section 19 of the Universities Act (645/1997). Any cheating leads to therelevant student performance being failed and also the rector may punish a studentguilty of cheating.

11.Return all your examination papers, if not otherwise told.12. If you don’t want to have your examination graded, please write on the paper:

“Please do not grade my paper”. An accepted course will be registered and will notbe removed from the register by any reason. If a student repeats an examination fora given course or a book examination, the best grade obtained will remain instudent’s transcript for the course in question.

13.When returning your papers, prove your identity (e.g. an ID-card or a student card).

Cheating in the ExaminationInvigilators of examinations must immediately ask any student suspected guilty of cheatingto leave the examination room. If a case of cheating is discovered only after theexamination has finished, the teacher giving the mark can reject the paper. A thoroughinvestigation of the case of suspected cheating will follow, and if the student within theschool’s jurisdiction is found guilty of a misdemeanor against the teaching procedurehe/she can be punished by the Rector, who can issue admonition. If the misdemeanor issuch that, after due consideration by the Rector, a more severe penalty could be imposed,the case has to be taken up by the board which in turn can punish the guilty party with acaution or suspend him/her from the school for a period not exceeding one year.

14


4 ACADEMIC FACILITIES AND STUDENT SERVICES

4.1 BUILDINGS AND CLASSROOMS

HSE MAIN BUILDING, Runeberginkatu 14-16,Classrooms and Offices (A-xxx, B-xxx, C-xxx, D-xxx)The classrooms in the Main Building are denoted with A-xxx, B-xxx or C-xxx. The capitalletters refer to the wings of the building, and xxx are numbers signifying the classrooms oroffices. The first number indicates also the floor, e.g. the classroom A-410 is located on thefourth floor of A-wing. The Main Building is open from 8 a.m. to 7.30 p.m. during the fall andspring terms.

Offices and Services in the HSE Main Building:Administrative Director’s OfficeCafeteria Rafla for studentsCafeteria Proffa for PersonnelCareer Services CenterComputer LabsDepartment of Languages and CommunicationHSE PRINT and Copy Machines for studentsHSE Information DeskInternational RelationsInternational Student Services (Student Exchange)IT ServicesKY Bookstore (for new textbooks) and Kiva – Bookstore (for used books, lecture notesand previous exams)KY-housing Services for StudentsLanguage StudiosLecturers’ Reception OfficesMarketing and Communications ServicesOffice of Studies and RegistrarOpen University and Adult EducationRector’s Office1st Vice Rector’s office2nd Vice Rector’s officeSelf-Study and Group Work FacilitiesSports Hall, Gym, SaunaStudent Business Projects (Career Services Center)

ARKADIA BUILDING, Lapuankatu 6Administrative and Financial OfficesClassrooms and Offices (E-xxx, F-xxx)Café ArkadiaCenter for Innovative Education

15


Center for Markets in Transition, CEMATComputer Labs and Group-Work Computer DesksDepartment of Marketing and ManagementHSE FoundationResearch Services

The Arkadia building is open from 8 a.m. to 7.30 p.m. during the fall and spring terms.

CHYDENIA BUILDING, Runeberginkatu 22-24Classrooms and Offices (G-xxx, H-xxx)

Cafeteria Chydenia for personnel and studentsComputer LabsDepartment of Accounting and FinanceDepartment of Business TechnologyGroup Work FacilitiesIT Center

The Chydenia building is open from 8 a.m. to 7.30 p.m. during the fall and spring terms.

ECONOMICUM BUILDING, Arkadiankatu 7Department of Economics

OTHER FACILITIES OF HSE

CENTER FOR DOCTORAL PROGRAMSPost-graduate Education and Research AdministrationFredrikinkatu 48 A, 8th floor

HELECON Information Center, HSE Library, Leppäsuonkatu 9Course Book Library, Leppäsuonkatu 9Library Services, Leppäsuonkatu 9Study Hall, Leppäsuonkatu 9

HSE EXECUTIVE EDUCATIONPorkkalankatu 20 a

CEMAT, Center for Markets in TransitionLapuankatu 6

CKIR, Center for Knowledge and Innovation ResearchFredrikinkatu 48 A 9th floor

LTT Research LtdUnioninkatu 18

SMALL BUSINESS CENTER, HelsinkiPohjoinen Rautatiekatu 21 B

16


KY- The Student Union of Helsinki School of EconomicsPohjoinen Rautatienkatu 21 B

4.2 OFFICE OF STUDIES AND REGISTRAR

The Office of Studies and Registrar is located in the Main Building, room B166. Thestudents’ service desk, Help Desk, is located in the lobby of the HSE main building and itis open during the teaching periods on Mondays and Thursdays 13 to 16 hrs and onTuesdays, Wednesdays and Fridays 9 to 12 hrs. Please note that there are exceptionalopening hours during holidays and feast days and in the summertime. Most of the studentservices are available on the Help Desk. The general email address of the Office of Studiesand Registrar is [email protected].

The tasks and duties of the Office of Studies and Registrar are for example:Registration for HSE , Certificates of AttendanceProducing and giving out materials such as the study guide, examinations booklet,forms, instructions, other guides etc.Registration certificates (when collecting your document(s), please always prove youridentity)in charge of the student register 1) personal data; if there is a change in your name,please inform the Office, and also bring the official certificate, 2) grades; you can getyour transcript of records via WebOodi and print it; if you need an official one, youcan collect it from the Help Desk, the cost of a transcript is 2,00

Office for Student Financial Aid; room A 012. Office hours: Mon 14-16 hrs, Thu 9-12 hrs,by phone 431 38230 Mon-Fri 13-14 hrs. Please note that there are exceptional openinghours during holidays and feast days and in the summertime.

Staff of Office of Studies and Registrar

Airila Tiina, Planning Officer; A122, 431 38611, [email protected] Degree Students

Brander Leena, Planning Officer; A115, 431 39729, [email protected] degree studentscredit transfer incl. International Study Modulelanguage and maturity exemptions, Finnish for Foreigners Courseseditor of the Information Guide for International BSc/MSc Degree Studentsorientation days for non-Finnish speaking students

17


Heikkinen Hanna, Study Secretary; A012, 431 38236, [email protected] (fall term2008)

student registerHelp Desk Servicesstudent financial aidJoo studies assistance

Kapulainen Piia, Planning Officer; A149, 431 38237, [email protected] from Degree Regulations 1995 to Degree Regulations 2005

Laaksonen Katri, Application Counsellor (WebOodi); A021, 431 38232,[email protected]

development and support of WebOodi computer application

Lotz, Melanie (on a leave of absence for fall term 2008, Planning Officer; A107, 43139726, [email protected]

student counseling projectsorientation days for Finnish speaking studentsplanning of studies, Personal Study Plan

Lähteenmäki Kaarina, Department Secretary; A147, 431 38234,[email protected]

student registerHelp Desk servicesdocumentsreception hours newsletter

Mizota Kristiina, Study Secretary; A-148, 431 38239, [email protected] register

Nevala Minna, Study Psychologist; 431 39728, [email protected] in E008 (see Clinic for Students)

Ojala Heidi, Planning Officer; A146, 431 38 235, [email protected] students, degree requirementsJOO-studies (Flexible Study Rights)admission to the Master’s Programs

Oksanen Jukka, Planning Officer; A144, 431 38238, [email protected] (starting from Bachelor’s level)students’ legal protection affairs

18


Peltonen Riitta, Planning Officer; A150, 431 38443, [email protected] of studiesprogram coordinator / coordinator of the task groupstudy guides in Finnishorientation days for Finnish speaking students

Roine Anu, Secretary for Student Financial Aid; A012, 431 38230, [email protected] financial aid

Sillanpää Katri, Planning Officer; A107, 431 39726, [email protected] (autumn 2008)student counseling projectsplanning of studies, Personal Study Plan

Soismaa Margareta, Head of the Office of Studies and Registrar; A152, 431 38240,[email protected]

head of the officecoordination and development of degrees/programspresenting official of academic affairs in the school’s expert bodies

Söderholm Berit, Training Assistant; A 145, 431 38246, [email protected] students, degree requirementsdiplomasDiploma Supplement

4.3 KEY CARDS AND ACCESS RIGHTS TO THE PREMISES OF HSE

All the entrance doors and some of the inside doors of the HSE buildings are electronicallycontrolled and locked. In order to enter the premises i.e. to get access to the study halls,computer labs, group/independent study premises and sports facilities, you need apersonal key card. The key card is your personal property and you are responsible for itsproper use. Do not give your card to anyone else, even momentarily. Moreover, do notunder any circumstances use your key card to admit anyone else to the premises of HSE.

A key card is based on a personal PIN code. The rights of access are encoded respectively.You need your PIN code only when the doors are not open. When you need to use thePIN code, please proceed in the following way: 1) show your card to the reader and take itaway from it 2) punch in your PIN code and press #. Within the opening hours, only showyour card to the reader when entering e.g. computer classrooms or sports facilities.

You will get your key card during the orientation days or you can collect it later on fromthe Arkadia Building, room E.1.12 (Ms Sirpa Moisio-Aho, Technical Services (Tilahallinto).When collecting your key card, you have to present your ID card and a certificate ofattendance. In the case of loss of your key card you have to report it immediately (tel. 09

19


4313 8673, email: [email protected]). Report your full name and date of birth. You areliable for any damage due to unauthorized use of your key card from the moment of lossuntil the loss is reported.

The first key card is free of charge. Payment for a lost card is 33 . When graduating fromHSE, please return your key card to Technical Services. Payment for an unreturned card is84 .

4.4 AV SERVICES / LANGUAGE LAB CENTER

The Language Lab Center is designed for language studies. It is located on the second floorin the A-wing consisting of the following facilities: 4 media classrooms (A203–A206), a labfor independent learning (A207) and other facilities like customers’ lounge, TV studio andoffices (A208–A213).

The services are there for you when you need to borrow AV equipment e.g. a taperecorder for interviews or there is a need for video recording.

The lab is an ideal place for independent language learning or for preparing classassignments. On the shelves you can find tapes of 16 languages, but note that due tocopyright legislation you are not allowed to borrow them home. The lab is open forstudents during the office hours.

In the customers’ lounge there are, for example, tapes and dictionaries that you can takewith you into the lab. It is also possible to use the facilities of the media classrooms outsidethe classes. The staff of the AV Services will open you the doors to the classrooms.

The Centre is open during the teaching periods Mon–Fri, 8.30-16.15 hrs. Opening hoursare subject to change.

4.5 COMPUTER SERVICES AND FACILITIES

The main task of the IT-Services is to contribute and foster the use of the informationtechnology in tuition, research and related support functions, as in administration andlibrary services at HSE. The IT-Services HelpDesk is located on the ground floor in the A-wing of the Main Building.

Office hours:

Phone service (09 431 38801): Mon-Fri 8.30-15.30Email responses: Mon-Fri 8.30-15.30Personal service: every day 9.00-15.00.The opening hours are subject to change.

20


The most essential activities from the students’ point of view are the use of PCs, HSE e-mailand a personal home directory (a space on server) for saving data at the school. Also thepossibility to use personal computers at HSE wireless network is catching on amongstudents. User accounts and passwords are required in order to access the HSE’scomputers, wireless network and in order to use most of the IT services provided for thestudents by HSE. Such services are for example the use of the local network, access toInternet, HSE’s software distribution and HSE email operations. You will get your accountduring the orientation days from your tutor.

There are about 400 workstations at the students’ disposal. The six computer classrooms(WM-Data Novo C331, C332 and TietoEnator C250 in Main Building / G1.13 and G1.14in Chydenia Building / E021 in Arkadia Building) are freely at the HSE students’ disposaloutside the classes. In addition, there are working spaces with workstations in the MainBuilding, the Arkadia Building and the Chydenia Building. Those students with mandatoryclass assignments should be given priority to use the PCs. Please always remember to logout from classroom computers so that other students cannot operate with your useraccount.

A student has the right to print 250 pages / month free of charge. If more pages are needed,a written application with an approving signature of a member of HSE’s teaching staff hasto be submitted.

4.6 HSE PIAZZA

HSE Piazza is a network service (intranet) for HSE degree students and staff. HSE Piazzahas information on studies and services for international BSc and MSc degree students. Inaddition, various forms and guides are also available at Piazza. Bulletin boards on changesin daily activities for example changes of the classrooms, cancellation of lectures andreception hours etc. are also available for students.

You can log in at https://piazza.hse.fi. To log in, use your network username andpassword.

If you are not able to find information you need at Piazza, please contact your degreeprogramme, department, subject or the Office of Studies and Registrar at [email protected].

4.7 WEBOODI COMPUTER APPLICATION

Registration for courses, examinations, and registration to HSE for the academic year isdone through the WebOodi computer application. You will not need any special useraccount for WebOodi but you can use your microcomputer network username andpassword. Via this application you can also make your personal study plan, order an

21


unofficial copy of your academic transcript to your e-mail, have a look at course outlinesor make alterations concerning your personal data (e.g. change of address).

4.8 BULLETIN BOARDS

- Bulletin board with the daily information (e.g. examinations): The Main Building, lobby- Bulletin board for the 1st year students: The Main Building, A-wing, the ground floor- Department of Marketing and Management: The Main Building, A-wing, 2nd floor and

Arkadia, 2nd and 3rd floor. Philosophy Chydenia 1st floor.- Department of Accounting and Finance:

Accounting: The Main Building, A-wing, 2nd floor and Chydenia 3rd floor.Finance: Chydenia 2nd floor.Business Law: Arkadia 1st floor.

- Department of Business Technology: Chydenia 4th floor.Information Systems Science: Chydenia 5th floor.Logistics: Chydenia 5th floorManagement Science: Chydenia 1st floor.Quantitative Methods in Economics: Chydenia 4th floor.Technology Management and Policy: Chydenia 1st floor.

- Department of Economics: The Main Building, A-wing, 2nd floor and Economicum 3rd

floor- Department of Languages and Communication: The Main Building, A-wing, 4th floor

4.9 LIBRARY

The HSE Library, called the Helecon Information Center, is a national resource center ineconomics and business sciences in Finland. With its collection and services it is one ofthe largest libraries in the field in the Nordic Countries.

The collections include 100 000 books and there are more than 150 internationaldatabanks at the service. Furthermore, more than 5000 periodicals, including theelectronic ones, are subscribed annually. The Master’s theses done at HSE can also befound in the library’s collection room.

During your studies you can make good use of the text book library. You can get a librarycard from the library office by presenting your ID card. In the Helcat database you cancheck the availability of books and renew loans. The Linda database is the pathway to thecollections of all domestic scientific libraries. When writing your Master’s thesis, you canmake an appointment with the staff for guidance on reference retrieval.

22


Opening hours and contact information:Opening hours:Mon–Thu, 9–19 hrs, Fri, 9–16 hrs, Sat, 10–15 hrs except in the summertime.Visiting address: Leppäsuonkatu 9 E, Mailing address: PL 149, 00101 HelsinkiPhone: for loan renewals, book and journal availability 09-4313 8423 (charge: localnetwork charge).Email: [email protected], Internet: http://lib.hse.fi/EN/

4.10 THE CAREER SERVICES CENTER

The Career Services Center serves as an active link between students and businesses. TheCenter offers a range of services to students including career information and referencesmaterial, facilitating company presentations to students; seminars for résumé writing andother career-related subjects, résumé proofreading and career counseling services. Pleasevisit the website: www.hse.fi/career or contact [email protected]. The visiting address for theCareer Services Center is Runeberginkatu 14-16 (Main Building), C-wing, 3rd floor, andthe office hours are Mon-Fri 13.00 to 14.00 hrs and Tue 11.00 to 17.00 hrs.

The Career Services Center organizes an annual ARENA fair jointly with Hanken, theSwedish School of Economics. The ARENA fair for 2008 is held on Wednesday, November12 from 9:30 am to 4 pm. At the fair you will have the possibility to listen to companypresentations and talk to the company representatives. In addition, there will be infosessions for job-hunting as well as a CV-stop. Generally, there are no classes on the day ofthe ARENA Fair. Fair area is located in the main building of Helsinki School of Economics.

4.11 HSE PRINT

HSE Print is in charge of printing services and acquisition and maintenance ofphotocopiers. Copiers for students are located in the basement of the A-wing in the MainBuilding, in the library, on the ground floor of the Arkadia Building and on the 1st floor ofthe Chydenia Building. HSE Print uses first class quality digital production equipment thatenables even small amounts of copies. The seminar presentations and theses of thestudents are printed by HSE Print. Additional services include transparencies, color copiesand picture scanning. For further information, please contact the HSE Print staff. HSE Printis located on the ground floor in the A-wing, tel. (09) 4313 8264, email: [email protected] service hours are Mon–Fri, 8–16 hrs.

4.12 KY - THE STUDENT UNION OF HSE

Every student at the Helsinki School of Economics aiming at the BSc / MSc degree inEconomics and Business Administration is by law automatically a member of the StudentUnion of the Helsinki School of Economics, KY. Thus the membership is mandatory. And

23


as a member of KY you are automatically member of the National Union of the FinnishStudents (SYL).

KY is the abbreviation for Helsingin kauppakorkeakoulun ylioppilaskunta, in English theStudent Union of the Helsinki School of Economics. The membership includes the KYmembership fee, which is compulsory for every attending student. To be able to register tothe Helsinki School of Economics you need to pay the KY membership fee. Themembership fee for degree students is 64 for the academic year 2008-09 and 32 forone semester. International exchange students can join KY if they want to, and practicallyevery student does this because of the numerous benefits one receives by joining theStudent Union.KY offers several direct and indirect benefits for its members. All of KY members are alsomembers of the National Union of Students in Finland and they are entitled to generalstudent benefits, such as reductions on local transportation (HKL), national train (VR) andbus connections (Matkahuolto), student priced meals in student cafeterias as well asstudent health care services. In addition, KY offers its own members additional benefits.

The most central services are:ScholarshipsBook store servicesSubventions for sports-, culture and other leisure time activitiesStudent apartmentsDiscounts offered by co-operating companies

More benefits and information about KY can be found from http://english.kyweb.org/.

KY exists for its members - its function is to connect its members and enhance theirsocietal, social and mental welfare. For students, KY stands for benefits, services andfriends. The Student Union and its activities are based on active members, thus everymember has an opportunity to influence the future development of the Student Union. Inaddition, KY is an important special-interest group in educational and social politicalaffairs.

4.12.1 KY Bookstore and KIVA Book Agency

The KY Bookstore and the KIVA Book Agency are located in the same facilities on theground floor in the A-wing of the Main Building. In the KY bookstore you can buy coursetextbooks, stationery, KY products, copying cards etc. In the KIVA Book agency you cansell your books and buy second hand books.

4.13 STUDENT CARDS

New student cards are ordered from http://www.lyyra.fi with the price of 14,50 euros.Note that the first student card for freshman students and exchange students is free ofcharge. Before receiving the student card, you can get all the same benefits with the

24


receipt for the membership fee of KY. You need to have it stamped at the Help Desk of theOffice of Studies and Registrar (HSE main building, 1st floor).

The validity of the membership card is proven by a sticker indicating the current academicyear. You can get a sticker for the Lyyra student card from HSE’s HelpDesk (located at thelobby of HSE Main Building, room B166) during its opening hours. You will get the stickerfor the card after you have paid the KY membership fee and it has been registered by theWebOodi system. Without a KY membership and a valid sticker indicating the academicyear, the Lyyra student card can’t be used. A valid membership is also a requirement for anaccess to the Lyyra web service. The card is a valid as a student card as long as the stickerindicates.

Who can get a Lyyra student card?All BSc, MSc and postgraduate students who are members of KY can order a Lyyra studentcard. For students who already have an old blue student card this is optional – the oldcard still works as valid student identification. If you have misplaced your card, it is stolenor for any other reason you might need a new student card, you need to order a Lyyra cardas instructed below.

How to order the card?1. You must have paid KY’s membership fee and registered as a student in order to get

a student card.2. Get a digital picture of yourself that shows your face, has a light background, is at

minimum 245x300 pixels in size and is saved in .jpg-format. The picture can be inblack and white or color. You can also send a printed photo, but this will slowdown the process.

3. Go to http://www.lyyra.fi and choose “order card”. Fill in the order form accordingto the instructions given on the website. The card costs 14,50 and you can pay iteither by using your e-banking service or by a traditional bank transfer.

4. When you fill in the ordering form on the website, you can choose if you want thenotification of the completion of your card to be sent to your e-mail or to yourmobile phone. When you get this notification you can get your card from KYService Point in the ground floor of HSE Main building.

5. Get the sticker that indicates the validity of the card from HSE’s HelpDesk (locatedat the lobby of HSE Main Building, room B166) during its opening hours.

Normally the delivery of the card takes about two weeks. There is a peak time in the ordersduring the beginning of the academic year so the delivery time is also longer. In thebeginning of the fall term the cards start arriving usually in the beginning of September.The order will be processed once you have paid for the card, delivered your photographand Lyyra Company has been received information about your attendance from HSE.

Once the card is completed, you will receive an e-mail with a link to activate the Lyyraweb service. With that link, you can create a user name and password for the web service.The link will be sent to the e-mail address you have stated in your application form. If you

25


have problems with logging in to the Lyyra web service or any questions concerning theservice, please contact [email protected].

4.14 FINANCING OF STUDIES

Student financial aid - What it isStudent financial aid is intended to provide an income for financially needy studentswhose parents are not under obligation to finance their studies and who are not eligible foraid under some other provisions. In order to qualify, you must be a full-time student, makesatisfactory academic progress, and be in need of financial assistance.

Financial aid is available in the form of study grants, housing supplements and governmentguarantees for student loans. Study grant and housing supplement are government-financed benefits with monthly payments to the student’s bank. The study grant is subjectto tax. If you are granted a government loan guarantee, you can apply for a student loanwith a bank of your choice. The bank will contact KELA to check the loan guaranteedetails.

International StudentsNon-citizens of Finland can get financial aid for studies in Finland if they live in Finlandon a permanent basis for a purpose other than studying. This requires that they areregistered as permanent residents in the Finnish population register system. The purpose ofresidence in Finland is determined by reference to such matters as the residence permit,registration or acceptance to an educational institution. Applications for financial aid mustbe accompanied by the appendix form OT10 for foreign residents. If you come to Finlandsolely for the purpose of attending a school, you cannot get Finnish student financial aid.(www.kela.fi)

Cash flow problemsFor sudden cash flow problems the Student Union offers its members a short term loan ofmax. 200 . The annual interest rate is 6% and the pay-back time is at most two months.For more information on the loan and applications please contact the KY's financialsecretary Sirkku Kemppainen. You can meet her at the KY office. You need two guarantorsto get the loan. The guarantors have to be KY members or near relatives. The money willbe given on the next weekday from the day of leaving the application.

4.15 HOUSING

The Student Union of the Helsinki School of Economics, KYKY has over 700 apartments in 13 different locations, 12 in Helsinki and one in Espoo. Theapartments are available to all KY members. They are all well situated with good transportconnections to the centre and the university. KY also provides housing for its foreigndegree and exchange students. The rents for the apartments are below market prices.

26


KY offers a few furnished rooms reserved especially for new degree students arriving fromabroad. To apply for these, you should contact the Student housing secretary [email protected] or visit the housing secretary office in the main building of HSE. You canalso find more information on housing in http://english.kyweb.org/info/Housing in English.The student union also offers apartment services for HSE students and the housingsecretary can help you with matters concerning your housing at the KY Service Point in theHSE main building. You can contact housing office by email at [email protected].

Foundation for Student Housing in the Helsinki Region, HOAS

HOAS student accommodation can be applied for by anyone undertaking full-time studiesin a secondary level educational institution or university. Part of HOAS's accommodationis reserved for international exchange students and researchers. In the summertime HOASrents rooms and apartments also for non-students. For post-graduate students HOAS is ableto offer accommodation only rarely.

HOAS provides different types of housing units ranging from dormitory-style sharedapartments, family apartments to studios. For more information, please visit www.hoas.fi.

4.16 HEALTH SERVICES

Finnish Student Health Service, FSHSFinnish Student Health Service, FSHS, provides students with preventive health care,medical care, mental health care and dental health care. FSHS covers all universitystudents in 16 Finnish cities and services are produced at 16 health centers. Paying theFinnish Student Health Service (FSHS) fee with the KY membership fee entitles all HSEdegree students to get health services from the FSHS. For more information about theFinnish Student Health Service please visit the website www.yths.fi.

Study PsychologistPsychologist Minna Nevala (Ms) will give guidance on tasks that involve problem-solvinglike how to map the targets of your studies, how to get back to the studies after a longerbreak, how to learn the right study techniques, how one could adapt oneself smoothly inthe study environment, how to solve the problems concerning motivation, anxiety aboutexaminations and thesis writing, how to learn to manage time effectively and howovercome the difficulties of writing processes. Consultation available by appointmentonly, phone 431 39728, or email [email protected]. The appointments are held inroom G-010 in the basement of the Chydenia building.

Local health stations and other health servicesIn case of accident or emergency, you can also contact your local health station. Thehospitals have also their emergency departments which are open 24 hours a day. If youneed information on health, illnesses or health services and you live in Helsinki, Espoo,Vantaa or Kauniainen, you can call to the health telephone number (09)10023 which

27


serves 24 hours a day. There are also a number of private health stations available. TheUniversity Pharmacy (Yliopiston Apteekki) in the address Mannerheimintie 96, Helsinki isopen 24 hours a day.

University priestIf you are in need of a confidential discussion, you can also contact the university priest(the minister from the congregation of the Evangelical Lutheran Church of Finland), whowill listen and talk with you regardless of your religion. Consultation is available byappointment, email [email protected].

Secretaries for Social Affairs of KYThe Secretaries for Social Affairs of KY are there for you when you need help with matterslike accommodation, student financial aid, health services (FSHS) and matters linked topsychological and physical wellbeing.

Please note that in cases of mental or physical illnesses, the primary place to get help is theFinnish Student Health Service, FSHS (YTHS) www.yths.fi.

28


5 GENERAL INFORMATION ON STUDIES AT HSE

5.1 GRADES AND CREDITS

HSE has adopted a new credit system as a measurement of studies and degrees on August1, 2005. After August 1, 2005 HSE started to use European ECTS credit system as a base ofthe measurement of studies and degrees. The ECTS, European Credit Transfer andAccumulation System, was developed originally for the credit transfer for the EuropeanStudent Exchange Program, Erasmus. In 1999 the European Ministers of Education decidedin Bologna, Italy to promote the wide use of ECTS system in European countries andEuropean universities (Bologna Declaration). Therefore ECTS is currently developing fromthe credit transfer system into an accumulation system to be implemented at institutional,regional, national and European level.

ECTS is a student-centered system based on the student workload required to achieve theobjectives of a program, objectives specified in terms of the learning outcomes andcompetences to be acquired. ECTS is based on the principle that 60 credits measure theworkload of a full-time student during one academic year.

The student workload of a full-time study program at HSE is 1600 hour per year and oneHSE ECTS credit (in Finnish opintopiste = study point) stands for around 27 working hours.For example in Europe in most universities students’ workload for 60 ECTScredits/academic year is about 1500-1800 hours. All courses at HSE are mostly 6 ECTScredits.

The extent of the three-year Bachelor’s Degree at HSE is 180 ECTS credits and the extent ofthe two-year Master’s Degree at HSE is 120 ECTS credits. Although HSE has moved to theECTS credit system, the ECTS grading scale as such is not used.

5.2 GRADING SCALE AT HSE

The students who study according to the Degree Regulations 2005 will be graded with thefollowing grading system:

86-100 points excellent (knowledge)70-85 points very good (knowledge)60-69 points good (knowledge)50-59 points satisfactory (knowledge)40-49 points sufficient (knowledge)

A minimum of 40 points is required to pass.

29


For studies completed according to the Degree Requirements 1995 (Degree Regulations of1 August 1995) the grading system at HSE was verbal and based on a numerical scale asfollows:0-100 points excellent (knowledge)60-79 points good (knowledge)40-59 satisfactory (knowledge)A minimum of 40 points was required to pass. This grading system was valid until July31,2008.

5.2.1 The validity of grades and credits

The grades and credits of individual courses of the Bachelor’s or Master’s degree are validfor five years for the degree from the original date of completion of the course. It ispossible to improve the original grade by attending to a new examination. The best gradeof the course will be the official grade of the course.

The compulsory courses of the BSc and MSc degree which are common to all students donot expire at all as well as the language and communication studies and the modules (forexample the module of minor studies) of the degrees.

5.2.2 Transcript of records

The transcript of records can be ordered via WebOodi. The Official HSE Transcript ofRecords with the stamp and signature from the Office of Studies and Registrar costs 2euros. It can also be obtained from the Help Desk during the opening hours.

5.3 HSE STUDENT EXCHANGE PROGRAM

HSE students who complete either Bachelor’s or Master’s Degree are able to apply to studyin the student exchange program of HSE. The exchange program is administered by theInternational Student Services at the Office of Studies and Registrar. For further informationon study options, admission policy and partner universities can be obtained from theInternational Student Services.

The study abroad period is the part of the student’s HSE degree – usually the InternationalStudy Module - and the part of the student’s official personal study plan.

5.3.1 International Study Module

According to the degree requirements only one minor can be completed for both of thedegrees: Bachelor’s and Master’s. When having completed studies at a partner universityabroad, the principle ruling is that these studies should form the only one and compulsoryminor of either the BSc or MSc degree. This minor is called the “International StudyModule”.

30


The minor for Bachelor’s degree is 30 credits in extent and 24 credits for the Master’s.However, it is also acceptable to take courses of corresponding content required forprogram studies (a study entity). Students should, however, take into account the fact thatpartner universities seldom have courses to be offered with a corresponding content ofthose offered by HSE that are required for the degree/program studies. It is also possible toinclude the studies completed at another university to the study program of HSE if therequirements for the program aloud that. Study plans (learning agreement) concerningexchange studies must always be approved before leaving for abroad.

5.3.2 CEMS Master’s – European Joint Program Degree

HSE is a member of CEMS (Community of European Management Schools). CEMS consistsof 17 European universities and approximately 60 corporate partners. The main “product”is the CEMS MIM (Master’s in International Management), a degree with European andglobal orientation developed jointly by the member universities and the corporate partners.The network is undergoing a vivid globalisation process with new member universities alsooutside Europe joining in, and the CEMS MIM program will also be available at many ofthese new members already starting academic year 2009-2010.

The CEMS MIM is most suited for a student who is interested in languages, aims at aEuropean career and is committed to a long-term study plan to achieve this goal. Thosestudents who have signed up for the CEMS MIM degree may profit a great deal from theCEMS network when planning their future professional careers, since corporate partnersoffer internships and permanent jobs. HSE’s corporate partners are Elcoteq, Kone, Nokiaand StoraEnso.

HSE students pursue the CEMS MIM parallel to their MSc degree. The CEMS MIM consistsof the HSE MSc (Econ.&Bus.Adm.) degree studies and the CEMS curriculum. The CEMSstudies are mainly to be completed within one academic year. This intensive period ofinternational exposure includes studies at home university and a semester abroad, CEMSCourses, CEMS Business Project and Skill Seminars.

The ideal timing to apply for CEMS is in the first year of their MSc studies. At this stagewhen drawing up their Personal Study Plans, students should take into account that theCEMS studies must as completely as possible be included in the extent of the degree, 120credits.

Additional information on the program and the application process is available from HSECEMS Coordinator Liisa Kotilainen, email: [email protected] , and from the CEMSwebsite www.cems.org.

31


5.4 JOO STUDIES

Degree students may study parts of the degree at another university via the flexible right tostudy scheme (JOO). This means a student who has been admitted to a Finnish university(“home university”) can apply for a temporary right to study parts of his/her degree atanother Finnish university (“receiving university”). The agreement comprises both theBSc/MSc degree students and the postgraduate students. The studies will be paid for by thestudent’s home university.

In order to apply for the flexible right to study (JOO) at another Finnish university, astudent has to obtain approval from his/her home university. Thus, the followingprerequisites have to be met:

The course(s) / study module applied for have to fit into (not exceed) the extent of theBSc degree (180 credits) or MSc degree (120 credits).The course(s) / study module applied for should complement the HSE BSc/MSc degreewithin its general structure requirements; i.e. the studies would form the minor subjector be a part of a study module.The JOO studies need to be a part of the student’s officially approved personal studyplan (PSP).The student has progressed with his/her studies within the normative length.Courses with a corresponding content are not offered by HSE. The purpose of JOOstudies at another university is not to take elsewhere courses that can also be taken atHSE.

Usually JOO studies form a minor studies module of the degree. Although it may bepossible to include them also elsewhere in the degree, in practice, it is somewhat rare.Based on the degree requirements, the extent of a minor studies module in the BSc degreeis 30 credits and in the MSc degree 24 credits (at the minimum).

When the above mentioned prerequisites are met, the student’s application will besubmitted for approval to the Office of Studies and Registrar, which does not, however,automatically mean that the Office of Studies and Registrar will give the seal for approval.Please note that depending on the receiving university, either a paper application form oran electronic application system needs to be used. Both are found in www.joopas.fi.Electronic application is already in use at most of the universities.

Please visit the website www.joopas.fi for updated information and deadlines or contactthe officer in charge of JOO at the HSE Office of Studies and Registrar for detailed advice.

Currently, after the completion of JOO studies, the student himself/herself needs to get anofficial transcript from the receiving university (+get course description(s) if needed) and fillin the HSE application form for credit transfer.

32


5.5 STUDYING FINNISH AS A FOREIGN LANGUAGE

In 2005 HSE signed a co-operation agreement on language studies jointly with HeliaBusiness Polytechnic, now known as Haaga-Helia Polytechnic. The non-Finnish speakingHSE students are permitted to participate in the Finnish language courses offered byHaaga-Helia starting from beginners’ level 1 up to level 6. The normal duration of thelanguage course is one teaching period, half of the term. The courses are allocated 3credits each. As soon as the student has reached and completed the Finnish course level 6organized by Haaga-Helia he/she can continue with the more advanced Finnish courseslevel 7 and 8 organized by HSE.

Finnish for MSc studentsMSc students can take only one 3 cr Finnnish course (Finnish 3 or higher) at Haaga-Heliafor their degree. For further information, please contact [email protected].

5.5.1 Finnish Language Courses at Haaga-Helia (levels 1-6)

RegistrationThe students are not able to register for the Finnish language courses offered by Haaga-Helia through the Weboodi system. The Haaga-Helia’s semesters are not the same as thoseof HSE. Therefore the registration and the deadlines for the registration differ from theregular HSE course registration.

The registration for Haaga-Helia’s Finnish courses will always and only go through theOffice of Studies and Registrar of HSE. The Office of Studies and Registrar will inform theregistered HSE students to the Haaga-Helia. Although the Finnish language coursesorganized by Haaga-Helia are free of charge to the HSE degree students HSE is obliged topay Haaga-Helia a course fee according to the number of participants attending thatparticular course. Therefore only those students who have properly registered for Finnishcourses are allowed to participate in them, and HSE will cover their costs.

You can register for Finnish language courses by informing the Office of Studies andRegistrar by the given deadline (see the table below) to the e-mail [email protected] (or [email protected]) or you can leave a message in the mailbox of theOffice of Studies and Registrar in the A-wing, 1st floor, main building of HSE.

The registration for the courses must be sent no later than 21 days before the teachingperiod starts at Haaga-Helia. Please notice that Haaga-Helia students can register forFinnish courses earlier that HSE students and there is only limited number of places forHSEstudents available.

AUTUMN 2008Please, notice that changes in courses and course schedules are possible. The students forthe courses are admitted in the order of registration and both HSE and Haaga-Heliastudents can register for the same courses. The courses during the first period of autumn

33


semester will start from August 25 onwards. If you miss the first class you can still start thecourse without any difficulties.

Deadline forregistration for HSEOffice of Studies and

Registrar

The course period atHELIA in autumn

2008

Name of the courseat HAAGA-HELIA

The schedule atHAAGA-HELIA

New students during theorientation weekOther students by WedAug 13

Aug 25 – Oct 17 FIN4TF001Introduction to theFinnish Language 1

Tue 08:00-09:45,Thu 08:00-09:45


Aug 25 – Oct 17 FIN4TF001Introduction to theFinnish Language 1

Tue 14:00-15:45, Thu14:00-15:45


Aug 25 – Oct 17 FIN4TF003Finnish 3

Tue 14:00-15:45, Thu14:00-15:45



Mon 10:00-11:45Wed 10:00-11:45



Wed 10:00 – 11:45Fri 10:00 – 11:45

New students during theorientation weekOther students by FriAug 24


Tue 16:00 -17:30Thu 16:00 – 17:30

Wed Oct 1 Oct 27 – Dec 19 FIN4TF002Introduction to theFinnish Language 2

Tue 08:00-09:45,Thu 08:00-09:45

Wed Oct 1 Oct 27 – Dec 19 FIN4TF002Introduction to theFinnish Language 2

Mon 10:00-11:45Wed 10:00-11:45

Wed Oct 1 Oct 27 – Dec 19 FIN4TF004 Finnish4

Mon 16:00-17:30,Thu 16:00-17:30

Wed Oct 1 Oct 27 – Dec 19 FIN4TF006Finnish 6

Tue 16:00 – 17:30Wed 16:00 -17:30

Wed Oct 1 Oct 27 – Dec 19 FIN4TF006Finnish 6

Mon 16:00-17:30,Thu 16:00-17:30

34


SPRING 2009The courses for spring 2009 will be available in the end of the autumn semester 2008.During the first period of studies in 2009 will be offered at least courses of Finnish 3 andFinnish 5 so that the students can continue their language studies from the autumn period.

Deadline for registration The course period atfor HSE Office HELIA in springof Studies and Registrar 2007Dec 15, 2008 Jan 19 – March 20 All courses offered during this periodFeb 16, 2009 March 30 - May 22 All courses offered during this period

Cancellation of the participationAs mentioned above, the Finnish language courses organized by Haaga-Helia are free ofcharge to HSE degree students. However, as HSE is obliged to pay Haaga-Helia a coursefee according to the number of participants attending a particular course and does not geta refund for non completions, students who register for the Finnish courses are expected tocomplete them.

If you are not able to attend the course you have registered for at all or you are not goingto finish it, please, always inform the Office of Studies and Registrar at HSE. If you neglectto pass on this information to the HSE Office of Studies and Registrar you will have onlyone more chance to register for a Haaga-Helia Finnish language course. In case of e.g. a(severe) illness, your right to take Finnish language courses at Haaga-Helia will bereconsidered. If you cancel your course participation twice or you never finish the coursewithout a good enough reason and without informing the HSE Office of Studies andRegistrar, you will not be permitted to attend to Finnish language courses at Haaga-Heliaagain.

Transferring Haaga-Helia Finnish courses to HSEAfter completing a Finnish language course at Haaga-Helia the credits should betransferred without delay towards the HSE degree. The student him/herself is mainlyresponsible for the credit transfer. The prerequisite for participating another Haaga-Helia’sFinnish language course is that the credit transfer of the previous course has been takencare of.

In case the student has not taken care of the transfer of the Haaga-Helia Finnish coursesOffice of Studies and Registrar reserves right to transfer the Finnish studies on behalf of thestudent. Once the student has marked to his/her Personal Study Plan Haaga-Helia Finnishcourse/s and attended and completed the course/s it is considered equivalent to theapplication for credit transfer. Finnish language studies can only be a part of the student’sHSE degree studies and they will not show in the HSE student register without credittransfer.

35


If you have any questions concerning the Finnish language studies at Haaga-Helia, pleasecontact Leena Brander at the Office of Studies and Registrar, [email protected], tel.4313 9729.

5.5.2 Finnish Language Courses at HSE (levels 7-8)

For those international students who have a good basic knowledge of Finnish and masterall basic structures of Finnish language will be arranged Finnish communication courses atHSE: 71000100 Finnish Business Communication 1 (level 7) (3 credits), continuation forthe Helia Finnish course level 6 and 71000200 Finnish Business Communication 2 (level8) (3 credits)

71000100 FINNISH BUSINESS COMMUNICATION (3 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: Finnish Business Communication elective for non-nativespeakers of Finnish. The course can be included either in the required language andcommunication studies for the B.Sc. Programme or in the Common Core courses for theM.Sc. Programme.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Finnish Business Communication elective for non-nativespeakers of Finnish.OBJECTIVES: The student will be able to write e-mails in Finnish. He will know the basicsof meeting techniques. He can give a brief presentation of a company. His businessvocabulary will be increased.CONTENT: The course introduces the fundamentals of oral and written businesscommunication in Finnish. It provides training in spoken and written communicationfluency, grammatical accuracy, and business terminology (e-mail, informative businesspresentations, and meetings, memos, advanced Finnish grammar). The grammar will bedetermined by the needs of the students.OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Course materials provided by the lecturer.TEACHER(S): Part-time teacher MA Kaarina MononenCOURSE FORMAT:

Contact hours 28 h, mandatory attendance.Independent studies 40 h: homework, assignments and preparation for lessons andexams.Assignments 30 %Exams 40 %Class contribution 30 %

TIMING: Autumn 2008 and spring 2009.PREREQUISITE: Common European Framework of Reference (CEF), minimum startinglevel: A2 (or Helia’s course Finnish 6 with good marks). The student should master allbasic structures of the Finnish language.TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: FinnishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodi

36


71000200 FINNISH BUSINESS COMMUNICATION 2 (3 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: Finnish Business Communication elective for non-nativespeakers of Finnish. The course can be included either in the required language andcommunication studies for the B.Sc. Programme or in the Common Core courses for theM.Sc. Programme.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Finnish Business Communication elective for non-nativespeakers of Finnish.OBJECTIVES: The student can participate in a negotiation or argumentation discussion andcan express his/her opinion. He can write a memo and a report. He knows thecharacteristics of persuasive language.CONTENT: The course focuses on the fundamentals of oral and written businesscommunication in Finnish. It provides training in spoken and written communicationfluency, grammatical accuracy, and business terminology (product demonstrations,negotiations, memos, reporting, and advanced Finnish grammar). The grammar will bedetermined by the needs of the students.OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Course materials provided by the lecturer.TEACHER(S): Part-time teacher MA Kaarina MononenCOURSE FORMAT:


TIMING: Autumn 2008 and spring 2009.PREREQUISITE: Common European Framework of Reference (CEF), minimum startinglevel: B1 (or Finnish 7 = Finnish Business Communication 1 at HSE)TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: FinnishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodi

5.6 CREDIT TRANSFER

Credits can be transferred to the HSE BSc/MSc degrees on the basis of studies completed atanother university or a polytechnic. Studies which are included in a lower academicdegree cannot be recognized for a higher academic degree.

Studies or study modules which are so called “supplementary studies” and do not count asobligatory studies either for the BSc degree (180 credits) or for the MSc degree (120credits), will not be acknowledged.

The credits can be transferred only to be a part either of the BSc or the MSc degree i.e. themaximum number of credits that can be transferred to the HSE BSc degree is 90 credits.Thus, at least 90 credits have to be completed at HSE. Respectively the maximum number

37


of credits allowed to be transferred to the HSE MSc degree is 60 credits. Thus, a studenthas to complete at least 60 credits at HSE. A Bachelor’s or a Master’s thesis completed inanother institution is not transferable but the thesis work, the thesis seminar and thematurity test must always be completed at HSE.

When talking about credit transfer there are two different terms being used: substitutionand inclusion. Substitution means compensating certain obligatory studies included in thedegree requirements with other studies of corresponding content. Inclusion meansintegrating studies of another institution into the degree as an obligatory minor subject,which will be registered with the mark “pass”.

Further information on credit transfer and the application form can be found from HSEPiazza.

5.7 GRADUATION

5.7.1 Getting the Bachelor’s Diploma

The Bachelor’s diplomas are awarded once a month, always on the 15th of the month orthe next weekday after that if the 15th is not a weekday, except in July and August whendiplomas are not awarded. The diploma order must be done at least 3 weeks before thegraduation. You can place your order for the Bachelor’s diploma only when all thecourses are registered incl. the BSc thesis and the maturity test.

The first BSc graduation in 2008-2009 is in September, on Monday, 15 September 2008.Deadline for ordering diploma and for final grade registration is the same. That is 3 weeksbefore the graduation, on 25 August 2008. The diploma is obtainable at the Help Desk ofOffice of Studies on the graduation day, i.e. there is no graduation ceremony.

Note! The diploma will be put together based on the information in the ePSP. Please checkin advance that the courses you have completed are in accordance with your updated andapproved ePSP for the Bachelor’s degree! You can check that by ordering an unofficialtranscript to your email and comparing it to your ePSP.

In order to graduate, you will need to fill in and return the following forms:

1) a diploma order form2) an updated and approved Personal Study Plan (ePSP) for the Bachelor’s degree3) an application form for the Master's degree program4) copies of possible decisions, e.g. language exemptions5) preferably a questionnaire form of graduating Bachelors

All documents should be returned to the Office of Studies and Registrar, e.g. dropped inthe letterbox of the Office of Studies and Registrar (main building, first floor) or left to the

38


Help Desk of Office of Studies and Registrar personnel. Please do not hesitate to contactthe officers in charge of graduation for further assistance, valmistuminen(at)hse.fi.

5.7.2 Getting the Master’s Diploma

There are ten awards of the Master’s diplomas during the academic year 2008-2009, ofwhich four are with festivity. On the other graduation days there is no graduationceremony, but the diploma is obtainable at the Help Desk of Office of Studies on thegraduation day. The diploma order must be done at least 3 weeks before the graduation.You can place your order for the Master's diploma only when all the courses areregistered incl. the MSc thesis and the maturity test. So deadline for ordering the diplomaand for final grade registration is the same.

Note! The diploma will be put together based on the information in the ePSP. Please checkin advance that the courses you have completed are in accordance with your updated andapproved ePSP for the Master’s degree! You can check that by ordering an unofficialtranscript to your email and comparing it to your ePSP.

In order to graduate, you will need to fill in and return the following forms:

1) A diploma order form2) An updated and approved Personal Study Plan (PSP) for the Master’s degree3) Copies of possible decisions on supplementary studies, exemptions on maturity test

etc.4) MSc thesis statistics form5) Preferably a questionnaire for recent graduates with a MSc degree

All documents should be returned to the Office of Studies and Registrar, e.g. dropped inthe letterbox of the Office of Studies and Registrar (main building, first floor) or left to theHelp Desk of Office of Studies and Registrar personnel. Please, do not hesitate to contactthe officers in charge of graduation for further assistance, valmistuminen(at)hse.fi.

39


Graduation dates in 2008-2009

There are no graduations in July or August 2008. The first graduation in 2008-2009 is onFriday, 26 September 2008 (cer). Deadline for ordering diploma and for final graderegistration is the same. That is 3 weeks before the graduation, on 5 September 2008.

Placing orderultimate deadline:

MSc graduationdates:

Fri 5.9.2008 Fri 26.9.2008 (cer.)

Fri 3.10.2008 Fri 24.10.2008*Fri 7.11.2008 Fri 28.11.2008*

Fri 28.11.2008 Fri 19.12.2008(cer.)

Fri 9.1.2009 Fri 30.1.2009*Fri 6.2.2009 Fri 27.2.2009*Fri 6.3.2009 Fri 27.03.2009 (cer)Fri 3.4.2009 Fri 24.4.2009*

Fri 15.5.2009 Fri 05.06.2009(cer.)

Fri 12.6.2009 Fri 03.07.2009*No graduation ceremony. The diploma is obtainable at the Help Desk of Office of Studies duringopening hours on the graduation day.

(cer.) = Ceremonial awarding of certificates in the auditorium of the HSE Main Building

A letter or an email with directions will be mailed to the graduating students approximatelya week before the graduation.

When returning your thesis copies to your MSc degree program with one loose-leaf library-copy, please also remember to pay the fee required by the HSE Library related to bindingthe loose-leaf copy of the thesis later on. Take the receipt to the department with the loose-leaf library copy and other thesis copies. Information for making the payment: Account:Nordea 166030-107329 or OKO 500001-20377626 or Sampo 800012-35716. Referencenumber to be used: 300 11111. Amount to be paid: 10,10 . This money will be used forbinding your thesis for the HSE library. HSE Print has nothing to do with this payment.

Information material on graduation is currently mostly in Finnish. However, the HSEPiazza should be updated later on. Please, do not hesitate to contact the officers in chargeof graduation for further assistance (e-mail: [email protected]). “Valmistuminen”means “graduation” in Finnish.

40


5.7.3 Grading and Appearance of Diploma

The grading system in the diploma is verbal and based on a numerical scale (40-100).

The courses have the following grading scale:86-100 excellent (knowledge)70-85 very good (knowledge)60-69 good (knowledge)50-59 satisfactory (knowledge)40-49 sufficient (knowledge)

The thesis will be approved with one of the following grades:90-100 excellent80 very good60-70 good50 satisfactory40 sufficient

The diploma includes the degree studies: 180 credits for the Bachelor’s degree and 120credits for the Master’s degree. The data of diploma will be retrieved from the WebOodicomputer application and it is based on the personal study plan.

A verbal grade is given for each study entity shown in the diploma. The entities in theBachelor’s diploma are: the study module of Fundamentals of Business Knowledge, degreeprogram studies, thesis, minor studies, and compulsory language studies groupedaccording to different languages. The entities in the Master’s diploma are: common corestudies, degree program studies, thesis, and minor. Sometimes a student admitted directlyto the Master’s level may have been assigned to do complementary studies. These studies,however, will appear in the diploma without grading.

When major subject, thesis, minor subjects and language studies are completed with anexcellent grade, the student has completed the degree in economics and businessadministration with distinction.

A transcript of records is attached to the diploma. It looks almost similar to the transcript ofrecords that the student has during the studies. Every course has a numerical grade and allstudy entities have a weighted average.

Additionally, a Diploma Supplement (DS) is attached to the diploma. It does not costanything extra nor does the English translation of diploma, which is given automatically forstudents who have completed the degree entirely in English. The DS is planned to makethe student mobility easier since it has a standard EU format. For example, the last chapterof DS includes information on the national education system.

41


5.8 INTERNSHIPS

The degree regulations of 2005 do not allow internships to be included in the degrees. Theonly exception can be a business project arranged by HSE, which has to be approved bythe respective degree program one is majoring in.

42


6 DEGREE PROGRAMS AND STRUCTURES

6.1 THE DEPARTMENTS AND DEGREE PROGRAMS OF HSE

The Departments for Research and Teaching are responsible of all teaching in HSE. Thedepartments are as follows:

Department of Accounting and FinanceDepartment of Business TechnologyDepartment of EconomicsDepartment of Languages and CommunicationDepartment of Marketing and Management

HSE offers the following Bachelor´s Degree Programs in Helsinki Campus:1. Accounting, Finance and Business Law (Accounting and Business Law in Finnish, only Finance in English)2. Business Technology (in English)3. Economics (in Finnish)4. Management (in Finnish)5. Marketing (in Finnish)

HSE offers in English in Mikkeli Business Campus the Bachelor’s Program in InternationalBusiness with the compulsory Study Abroad semester. For further information see internetpage www.hse.fi/EN/mikkeli/.

HSE offers the Master´s Programs in Helsinki Campus in the following subjects:1. Information and Service Management (=Business Technology – students who have

begun their studies in 2005-2006) (in English)2. Economics (in Finnish and in English)3. Entrepreneurship (in English)4. Finance (in English)5. International Business (in English)6. International Business Communication (in English)7. Marketing (in Finnish and in English)8. Accounting (in Finnish)9. Business Law (in Finnish)10.Finnish Language and Business Communication (in Finnish)11.Logistics and Service Management (in Finnish)12.Management (in Finnish)13.Retail and Channel Management (in Finnish)

Helsinki School of Economics has a two-phase degree structure according to the nationalregulations. The students must first complete the Bachelor of Science degree (phase 1),

43


and only after that the Master of Science in Economics and Business Administration degree(phase 2).

The form of teaching is based on study programs in undergraduate and graduate level. Thestudents can choose the program that suits them best. HSE uses the ECTS credits (EuropeanCredit Transfer and Accumulation System) meaning that 60 ECTS credits at HSE measuresthe workload of a full-time student in one academic year. Credits are allocated to allcomponents (such as courses, thesis work, and placement) of a study program.

The students who have started to study in the BSc and MSc Programs of HSE after August1, 2005 will complete their degrees according to the Degree Regulations of 2005 of HSE.

6.2 THE STRUCTURE OF THE BSC DEGREE PROGRAM (IN HELSINKI CAMPUS)

The Bachelor of Science in Economics and Business Administration degree program (BScDegree Program) is a three year degree with the extent of 180 credits.

The structure of the three-year Bachelor´s Program is:1) common studies for all BSc students (Fundamentals of Business Knowledge), 60

credits2) major studies, 60 credits of which 18 credits required courses, includes also

Bachelor´s Thesis work3) minor studies, 30 credits4) language and communication studies, 30 credits = in total 180 credits

6.3 THE STRUCTURE OF THE MSC DEGREE PROGRAM (IN HELSINKI CAMPUS)

The Master of Science in Economics and Business Administration degree program (MScDegree Program) is a two-year program with the extent of 120 credits.

The structure of the two-year Master´s Program iscommon studies for all MSc students, 12 creditsmajor studies, 84 credits of which 18 credits are required courses and 30 iMaster´sthesis work and seminarminor studies, 24 credits = in total 120 credits.+ possible supplementary studies up to 30

44


7 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE STUDIES

The Bachelor of Science in Economics and Business Administration degree program is athree year program with the extent of 180 credits. The HSE credits can be compared to theECTS, (European Credit Transfer and Accumulation System) system developed for theErasmus student exchange program in Europe. The studies in BSc Degree are designed sothat the student should complete 30 credits/term and 60 credits/academic year. During thefirst year, students complete the compulsory courses of the BSc degree as well aslanguages and possibly minor studies. The students will choose their program of study inthe end of the first year of studies and after being admitted to a BSc study program theystart to study the courses of the program.

The structure of the BSc Degree Programs is as follows:

Fundamentals of Business Knowledge, Common Core Studies 60 creditsProfessional Skills Portfolio incl. Personal Study Plan 6 crMathematics and Statistics for Managers 6 crIntroduction to Accounting 6 crIntroduction to Business Law and Ethics 6 crIntroduction to Finance 6 crIntroduction to Management 6 crMarketing Management 6 crOperations Management 6 crPrinciples of Economics 6 crQuantitative Business Analysis 6 cr

Common Program Studies 18 creditsBachelor’s Program in Business TechnologyBachelor’s Program in Accounting, Finance and BusinessLaw, Finance Specialization

Specialisation Studies 42 creditsBachelor’s Program in Business TechnologyBachelor’s Program in Accounting, Finance and Business Law, Finance Specialisation5 courses of 6 credits eachCompulsory for all: Bachelor’s Thesis 10 cr and Bachelor’s Thesis Seminar 2 cr

Minor Studies 30 creditsStudent can choose his/her minor studies offered at HSE or in another universityMinor studies offered in English are Business Technology, Finance, International BusinessCommunication and ITP, Information Technology Program

Language and Communication Studies30 credits

TOTAL 180 CREDITS

45


7.1 PLANNING OF STUDIES

To be able to start and continue studies smoothly and effectively, the planning of studieswill play the important role during the student’s time of study. HSE will provideadvisement and support for students in many different ways.

The planning of the studies will start during the orientation days for the new, incomingstudents on August 25–27 2008 with the sessions concentrating on support and assistanceof the students with the planning of studies. For more information on the orientation days,see chapter 10.5.

The new students will be assigned student tutors whose task is to support new students atthe very beginning of their studies. The student tutors assist the new students in adapting tothe new study environment and with practical details of study including the planning ofstudies.

All students will also be assigned a tutor teacher. BSc degree students will get their tutorteachers in the end of the first year of studies. The tasks related to the advisement ofstudents are defined annually in the teachers’ work plan and the teachers have regularreception hours for students. During the first year of studies, the Office of Studies andRegistrar will take care of advisement of the students. Students are entitled to receiveadvising services from the Office of Studies and Registrar by appointment.

Each student will compile a personal study plan (into the electronic form) to help themthroughout the whole study period when making choices and planning their career. Thepersonal study plan (PSP) is an overall presentation of the studies, which the student plansto take, as well as a plan of goal attainment and of earning the degree. On the other hand,the officially approved students’ personal study plans will provide systematic input for theplanning and development of teaching. The personal study plan will be revised andupdated with the progress of studies.

Personal study plan and other forms of planning of studies are compulsory part of the BScdegree. The compulsory studies include the course of Professional Skills Portfolio. Thename Portfolio refers to the idea that the student will collect in many different ways theskills and abilities needed in carrying on successfully university level studies andprofessional development. Professional Skills Portfolio will also help student in his/herstudies. In the Bachelor’s Program the extent of Personal Skills Portfolio is 6 credits withthe modules of Orientation to the studies at HSE (3 credits) Academic writing (1 credit)and Computing Skills (2 credits).

In the end, the student has the primary responsibility for the planning and success ofher/his studies but with the help of advisement services.

46


7.1.1 Example of scheduling the studies of BSc Degree

The BSc studies have been scheduled for three years. During one year student is expectedto complete 60 credits (equivalent to 1600 hours of student work) and during one semesterthe student is expected to complete 30 credits (equivalent to 800 hours of student work).The semester is divided into the two teaching periods and the student should completeduring one period 12-18 credits.

During the first year of studies the student will mainly complete the courses of theFundamentals of Business Knowledge and languages. The language requirements of theBSc degree, 30 credits of languages, can be for example divided for 5 semesters (6 crlanguage studies per semester) for 2,5 years’ time. Most non-Finnish speakers will beadmitted the exemption from the official language requirements of the BSc degree. Insteadthey will make the personal language plan where they plan how to study 30 cr languages,for example Finnish and English.

It is also possible to complete the minor studies during the first year of studies providedthat the student will not attend to the student exchange program during his/her Bachelorstudies.

Here is an example of the study plan with one semester exchange studies abroad(International Study Module). The amount of credits can slightly vary from semester tosemester and from year to year depending on the course offerings.

Year 1 AUTUMN SEMESTERAutumn semester: First periodCourses of the Fundamentals of Business Knowledge:30A00210 Half of the Mathematics and Statistics for Managers21A00310 Introduction to Management

3 cr6 cr

Language studies :61A00100 Business Communication (ORFinnish for Foreigners 1) OR no language studies

6 cr(3 cr)

Autumn semester: Second periodCourses of the Fundamentals of Business Knowledge:30A00210 Half of the Mathematics and Statistics for Managers22A00210 Introduction to Accounting23A00210 Marketing Management(continuing Finnish with Finnish for Foreigners 2

3 cr6 cr6 cr3 cr)

Language studies :61A00100 Business Communication (ORFinnish for Foreigners 2) OR no language studies

6 cr3 cr

Total amount of cr in autumn semester year 1 30 cr

47


Year 1 SPRING SEMESTERSpring semester: First periodCourses of the Fundamentals of Business Knowledge:32A00210 Introduction to Business Law and Ethics31A00210 Principles of Economics20A00203 Professional Skills Portfolio: Computing Skills20A00211 Professional Skills Portfolio: Orientation to studies atHSE

6 cr6 cr2 cr3 cr

Language studies :Finnish for Foreigners 1 OR(61A00100 Business Communication, 6 cr)or no language studies

3 cr6 cr

Spring semester: Second periodCourses of the Fundamentals of Business Knowledge:35A00210 Operations Management,28A00210 Introduction to Finance

6 cr6 cr1 cr

Language studies :Finnish for Foreigners 2 OR61B120 Finance and Company PerformanceOR no language studies

3 cr3 cr

Total amount of cr in spring semester year 1 29-33 cr

TOTAL AMOUNT OF CR YEAR 1 59-63 cr

Year 2 AUTUMN SEMESTERAutumn semester: First periodCourses of the Fundamentals of Business Knowledge:30A00410 Half of the course of Quantitative Business Analysis20A00213 Professionel Skills Portfolio: Academic Writing

3 cr1 cr

Common Program StudiesCommon Program Studies

6 cr6 cr

Language studies :61C00300 English for Communication in Business ORFinnish for Foreigners 1/3

3 cr

Autumn semester: Second periodCourses of the Fundamentals of Business Knowledge:30A00410 Half of the course of Quantitative Business Analysis 3 crMajor Studies 6 crLanguage studies :61C00300 English for Communication in Business ORFinnish for Foreigners 2/5

3 cr3 cr

Total amount of cr in autumn semester year 2 30-33 cr

48


Year 2 SPRING SEMESTERSpring semester: First periodMajor studies 6 crCommon Program Studies 6 crLanguage studies :Finnish for Foreigners 3/6OR 61C00200 Managerial Writing

3 cr6

Spring semester: Second periodMajor studies 12 crLanguage studies :Finnish for Foreigners 461C00200 Managerial Writing continues

3 cr

Total amount of cr in spring semester year 2 30 cr

TOTAL AMOUNT OF CR YEAR 2 60-63 cr

Year 3 AUTUMN SEMESTERAutumn semester: First and second periodInternational Study Module 30 cr

Year 3 SPRING SEMESTERSpring semester: First periodMajor Studies 12 crLanguage studies :Finnish for Foreigners 5 OR61C00100 Managerial Communication

3 cr6 cr

Spring semester: Second periodMajor Studies 12 crLanguage studies :Finnish for Foreigners 6 OR61C00100 Managerial Communication continues

3 cr3 cr

Total amount of cr in spring semester year 3 30 cr

TOTAL AMOUNT OF CR YEAR 3 60 cr

7.2 FUNDAMENTALS OF BUSINESS KNOWLEDGE: CORE COURSES

The BSc Program studies start with Fundamentals of Business Knowledge study modulewhich is a compulsory study module to all BSc students. There are altogether 9 courses inbusiness and economics (each course is 6 credits) and the course of Professional SkillsPortfolio (6 credits) which together form the Fundamentals of Business Knowledge (60credits).

The courses are in alphabetical order as follows:22A00210 Introduction to Accounting 6 cr32A00210 Introduction to Business Law and Ethics 6 cr28A00210 Introduction to Finance 6 cr

49


21A00310 Introduction to Management 6 cr23A00210 Marketing Management 6 cr30A00210 Mathematics and Statistics for Managers 6 cr35A00210 Operations Management 6 cr31A00210 Principles of Economics 6 cr20A00210 Professional Skills Portfolio 6 cr

20A00211 Orientation to the Studies at HSE 3 cr20A00212 Computing Skills (modules 37A05-37A057) 2 cr20A00213 Scientific Writing 1 cr

30A00410 Quantitative Business Analysis 6 cr

All other courses than 20A00210 Professional Skills Portfolio are offered by thedepartments and they are related to business and economics subjects. Detailed coursedescriptions of the courses of Fundamentals of Business Knowledge can be found from Part4 Course descriptions, at the end of this guide. The description of Professional SkillsPortfolio is in the end of this chapter.

The nine common business and economics core courses will be taken during the first yearof studies and during the autumn semester of the second year together with theProfessional Skills Portfolio in the following order:

Autumn 2008, 1st periodMathematics and Statistics for Managers, (Statistics) one semester courseQuantitative Business Analysis (Mathematics), only for those students who havebeen exempted from the course of Mathematics and Statistics for Managersotherwise during the 2nd year of studies, one semester courseIntroduction to ManagementStudies of Professional Skills Portfolio

Autumn 2008, 2nd periodMathematics and Statistics for Managers (Mathematics), continues from the 1st

periodQuantitative Business Analysis (Statistics), only for those students who have beenexempted from the course of Mathematics and Statistics for Managers otherwiseduring the 2nd year of studies, continues from the 1st periodIntroduction to AccountingMarketing ManagementStudies of Professional Skills Portfolio

50


Spring 2009, 1st periodIntroduction to Business Law and EthicsPrinciples of EconomicsStudies of Professional Skills Portfolio

Spring 2009, 2nd periodIntroduction to FinanceOperations ManagementStudies of Professional Skills Portfolio

Autumn 2009, 1st periodQuantitative Business Analysis (Mathematics), one semester courseStudies of Professional Skills Portfolio

Autumn 2009, 2nd periodQuantitative Business Analysis (Statistics), continues from the 1st periodStudies of Professional Skills Portfolio

At the same time students will take language courses. In case student has for exampletransferred credits for the first year from another university, he/she might also have time forminor studies.

7.2.1 Professional Skills Portfolio

Professional Skills Portfolio is a compulsory course of 6 credits for all BSc students and itis one of the required core courses of the degree. The name Portfolio refers to the idea thatthe student will collect in many different ways the skills and abilities needed in carrying onsuccessfully university level studies and professional development. There are threedifferent parts in the course

1. 20A00211 Orientation to the studies at HSE, 3 credits2. 20A00213 Academic writing, 1 credit3. 20A00203 Computing skills (modules 37A051 – 37A057), 2 credits

The very first part of the Professional Skills Portfolio is the Orientation Week for the NewStudents on August 25– August 27, 2008 where all students are expected to be present.

20A00211 Professional Skills Portfolio: Orientation to the Studies at HSEStatus of the course in the new degree: Bachelor’s degree, Fundamentals of BusinessStudies, Compulsory study module of 3 cr of the Professional Skills Portfolio (6 cr).Level of the course in the new degree: Fundamentals of Business StudiesObjectives: The objective of this course is to give you all the necessary skills andinformation you need to begin your studies at HSE and to complete your studiessuccessfully. You also learn to know HSE, the study possibilities available, the personnel ofHSE, other students at HSE and HSE is as a scientific community. You will also be giveninformation on Student Union of HSE. During this course students will also learn how to

51


evaluate their learning skills and get tools for improving them. Students will also learn howto plan their studies and organize their time better.Content: The Orientation Week, student and teacher tutoring, personal study plans (PSP),study and learning skills, group learning skills, choosing the BSc program and minorstudies, planning of the language studies of the BSc degreeLiterature:

1. The Information Guide for International BSc and MSc Degree Students 2008-2009 2. Other material handed out during the Orientation week and during lecturesTeacher(s): Minna Nevala, Leena Brander, Office of Studies and RegistrarCourse format: 1. Orientation Week 2. Information sessions and lectures during 2008-093. Personal Study Plan 1 (20A00214), Orientation Task (20A00215), Essay on learningskills (20A00216) and Personal Study Plan 2 (20A00216)Methods: Information sessions and lectures and exercises, group work, individual work,student and teacher tutoringTiming: Three first semestersTeaching language: EnglishRemarks: The course modules will be graded Pass/Fail. All modules of the course have thecode of their own. The course must be completed at HSE (no credit transfer).Homepage: http://cie.hkkk.fi/20A00210

20A00214 Personal Study Plan 1 (0 ECTS cr)Status of the course in the new degree: A compulsory assignment on the course20A00211, Orientation to Studies at HSE.Content: Students will familiarize themselves with the degree requirements of thebachelor’s degree and draw up a personal study plan (PSP) using PSP software. Moredetailed instructions: http://cie.hkkk.fi/20A00211Course Format: available in http://cie.hkkk.fi/20A00211Homepage: http://cie.hkkk.fi/20A00211Responsible for the course: Center for Innovative Education

20A00215 Study Skills Assignment (0 ECTS cr)Status of the course in the new degree: A compulsory assignment on the course20A00211, Orientation to Studies at HSE.Content: An assignment on personal study skills. More detailed instructions:http://cie.hkkk.fi/20A00211Course Format: available in http://cie.hkkk.fi/20A00211Homepage: http://cie.hkkk.fi/20A00211Responsible for the course: Center for Innovative Education

20A00217 Personal Study Plan 2 (0 ECTS cr)Status of the course in the new degree: A compulsory assignment on the course20A00211, Orientation to Studies at HSE.Content: After choosing their bachelor’s program, students will plan their studies furtherand update their personal study plan (PSP) using PSP software. Student will also meet withtheir personal tutor teachers. More detailed instructions: http://cie.hkkk.fi/20A00211

52


Course Format: vailable in http://cie.hkkk.fi/20A00211Homepage: http://cie.hkkk.fi/20A00211Responsible for the course: Center for Innovative Education

20A00212 Professional Skills Portfolio: Computing SkillsStatus of the course in the new degree: Bachelor’s degree, Fundamentals of BusinessStudies, Compulsory study module of 2 ECTS cr of the Professional Skills Portfolio (6 ECTScr).Level of the course in the new degree: Fundamentals of Business StudiesObjectives: The objective of the course is to demonstrate the skills to use basic officeapplications effectively and understand the basic concepts of ICT (Information andCommunication Technology) and pass the A-level Computer Driving Licence examinationsat the same time with HSE examinations. The HSE course follows the requirements ofComputer Driving Licence, A-level, defined by TIEKE Finnish Information TechnologyDevelopment Centre. A person who has performed A-level in the Computer DrivingLicence System can independently use a computer, handles the basics of officeapplications, is familiarized with the basic concepts of IT and recognizes the applyingfields.Content: There are altogether 7 different compulsory modules in the Computing Skillscourse (as in the Computer Driving Licence) which need to be passed. The modules are:

Code Name37A051 Using the Computer and File Management (Windows)37A052 Word Processing (MS-Word)37A053 the Internet (Internet Explorer and OutlookWebAccess)37A054 Spreadsheets (MS-Excel)37A055 Graphics (MS-PowerPoint)37A056 Databases (MS-Access)37A057 Basic Concepts of Information Technology (Theory)

Literature: 1. Steve Johnson: Brilliant Office 2003 What You Need to Know and How to Do It, Pearson Education, 2005, ISBN 0 132 00 133 0. 2. Other Office 2003 related materialTeacher(s): Bertta Sokura, Lecturer, Information System ScienceCourse format: Independent study and tests on 7 modules of the courseMethods: Teacher’s counselling when neededTiming: Fall semester 2008 – Spring semester 2009Teaching language: Study material and examinations are in EnglishRegistration: The students register for the tests of the course modules by using the HSEcodes 37A051 and so on. No registration for the code 20A00212 but it will appearautomatically once the student has completed successfully all 7 modules.

53


The examinations in 2008- 2009 are as follows:37A051-37A057 All Modules 04.09.2008 at 14 - 1637A051-37A057 All Modules 17.10.2008 at 14 - 1637A051-37A057 All Modules 28.11.2008 at 14 - 1637A051-37A057 All Modules 13.2.2009 at 14 - 1637A051-37A057 All Modules 20.4.2009 at 14 - 16

Remarks: The course can be passed in three different ways: 1. If you have alreadycompleted computer application courses which are equivalent to the requirements of thecourse, please, make the credit transfer application. 2. Participate in the tests which areheld for students who already have the sufficient skills in using the computer applications.It is recommended that the student would complete the 7 modules at least in two partsunless the student has excellent basic knowledge of all topics of the modules. 3Study therelevant course material and participate in the tests after reading the material.Homepage: http://cie.hkkk.fi/20A00212

20A00213 Professional Skills Portfolio: Scientific writingStatus of the course in the new degree: Bachelor’s degree, Fundamentals of BusinessStudies, Compulsory study module of 1 ECTS cr of the Professional Skills Portfolio (6 ECTScr).Level of the course in the new degree: Fundamentals of Business StudiesObjectives: The purpose of the course is to deepen the student’s understanding of theelements of scientific writing and give practice in improving the scientific writing skills.Content: Exercises concerning the style and cohesion in academic writing, article readingand essay.Literature: Given article as a base for the essayOther course material: Given internet pagesTeacher(s): Maija Tammelin, Lecturer, English Business Communication, Department ofLanguages and CommunicationCourse format: Self-study and communication with the teacher via e-mailTiming: fall and spring semesterTeaching language: EnglishRegistration: Via WebOodiHomepage: http://cie.hkkk.fi/20A00213

7.3 LANGUAGE AND COMMUNICATION STUDIES IN THE BSC DEGREE

An integral part of the Bachelor of Science Degree is the language and communicationstudies. According to the Degree Regulations 2005 students are required to take 30 creditslanguage and communication studies to able to graduate from the Bachelor’s Program.Language courses are offered by the Department of Languages and Communication.

The requirements of the degree regulations for language and communication studies are asfollows:

54


Compulsory Language and Communication Studies 30 creditsAccording to the BSc Degree RegulationsDomestic Languages and Communication 6 credits- Finnish Business Communication 3 credits- Swedish Business Communication 3 creditsInternational Business Communication 18 credits- Foreign Language 1 6+6 credits- Foreign Language 2 6 creditsElective Language Course 6 credits

The courses are offered in English Business Communication, French, Finnish Language andCommunication, German, Italian, Japanese, Russian and Spanish. The levels of the coursesare A (basic), B (intermediate) and C (advanced). The requirements can mainly be followedby the students who are fluent in Finnish. Majority of the language course at HSE is taughtfrom Finnish to the foreign language.The students who are not fluent in Finnish may applyfor exemption.

CEF language scaleHSE language courses are listed according to the CEF, Common European Framework ofReference System.

CEF is a European framework developed by the Council of Europe for the learning,teaching and assessment of languages. It defines and describes six levels of languageattainment from A1 at the Basic User level to C2 at the Proficient User level. The levelsare A1-A2-B1-B2-C1-C2. The CEF can be used as a tool both for student self-assessmentand for language course planning. In addition, it provides a common international basis forthe evaluation of language learning, such as when deciding on compensation for languagestudies completed abroad.

7.3.1 Exemption on Language Requirements of the BSc Degree

There are many students who are not able to follow the language and communicationstudies in the way that is defined in the degree regulations of the BSc degree for exampledue to a lack of knowledge of Finnish and Swedish. The HSE language andcommunication courses (except English Business Communication) are usually taught fromFinnish to the foreign language and therefore the non-Finnish speaking students are able toparticipate only to the courses of English Business Communication and very few othercourses offered at HSE. However, they can attend Finnish (as foreign language) coursesoffered at Haaga-Helia Polytechnic which are open for HSE students.

In case the student is not able to follow the language requirements of the degree, thestudent needs to apply for exemption from language requirements to be able to graduateand complete the BSc degree. The Vice Rector responsible for teaching may grant theexemption.

55


Applying for exemption on language requirementsDuring the orientation days will be arranged a special session concerning languagestudies. In this session the students have a possibility to apply for the exemption. In othertimes the students can apply for exemption with the simple application addressed to theVice Rector of HSE. The student should mention that he/she will apply the exemptionbased on his/her high school level studies. With the application of exemption the studentshould attach a true copy of his/her high school diploma. The true copy means that thedocument has been signed with two adult persons with their names, addresses and date ofbirths. The application for exemption should be addressed to the Registry (Kirjaamo),which is the official mail office of HSE in the Arkadia building.

The exemption may be granted if the student has been educated in a language other thanFinnish and Swedish or has been educated abroad. In most cases it is required that thestudent has not has his/her secondary level education (high school) in Finnish or inSwedish or who has completed his/her secondary level education (high school) abroad.

After the official decision is made the student will get the letter of the decision by mail.

Language Studies according to the Language PlanIf the exemption from the language requirements of the BSc degree will be granted, thestudent is expected to complete 30 cr language studies according to her/his own languageplan. The language plan will be the part of the students personal study plan. Most studentscan take at least English Business Communication courses or Finnish for Foreigners fromthe beginner’s level to advanced level (8 levels).

HSE has the co-operation agreement on Finnish language studies with Haaga-HeliaPolytechnic. All non-Finnish speaking HSE students are allowed to participate the Finnishcourses of Haaga-Helia starting from beginner’s level 1 up to the level 6. The languagecourses last one period each and they are 3 credits. After the student has completed theFinnish 6 course at Haaga-Helia he/she can continue studies at HSE with Finnish coursesin level 7 and 8. For more information, see chapter Studying Finnish as Foreign Language.

The student should study languages at least 6 cr/semester. To be able to complete 30 cr oflanguages for the BSc degree the student can for example study 18 cr Finnish language and12 cr English or vice versa 12 cr Finnish and 18 cr English. First year students are assignedfor the first course of English Business Communication which is the requirement for furtherstudies in English. If you are fluent for example in French or in Spanish you may also beable to participate into the higher level language courses at HSE for example conversationcourses.

Language studies are also a part of the International Business Communication program andminor studies. Further information on IBC studies can be found in the program and minordescriptions in this guide.

56


8 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE STUDY PROGRAMS

8.1 CHOOSING THE BSC STUDY PROGRAM

The BSc Degree students will choose their BSc study program during the second period ofspring semester in their first year of studies. This does not apply to the students admitted onthe basis of the HSE Open University studies.

For non-Finnish speaking students there are two BSc study program options: BusinessTechnology and Finance in the Accounting, Finance and Business Law Degree Program.

The selection to the study programs is based in main cases on the student’s grades andcredits in the courses of the Fundamentals of Business Knowledge that are taught duringthe first year except for Professional Skills Portfolio (48 credits) and language studies (max12 ECTS credits to be taken into account). Other credits will not be taken into account. Inthe ranking of the students there will be used the following formula:

100/2100/2m

jjj

n

iii poppopP ,

opi = ECTS credits from course i in Fundamentals of Business Knowledgepi = the grade from course i in Fundamentals of Business Knowledgen = number of courses taken in Fundamentals of Business Knowledgeopj = ECTS credits from language course jpj = grade from language course jm = number of language courses taken

For example: The student has completed all 8 courses of the Fundamentals of BusinessStudies during the first year of studies and the course of English Business Communicationof 6 credits all with the grade of 60. The student will get 48 x (120/100) + 6 x (120/100) =49,2 + 7,2 = 56,4.

When a student has transferred credits for those courses in Fundamentals of BusinessKnowledge that are taken into account in the program selection, other courses that thestudent has passed in the HSE will be taken into account instead of these so that bestgrades are taken into account first but altogether the maximum credits is 60. In otherwords, only those credits are taken into account that the student has passed since enrollingat HSE. Open University at HSE is considered as HSE. In the Bachelor’s program inAccounting, Finance, and Business Law core courses in Finance, Accounting, andBusiness Law will have a double effect.

57


All Bachelor’s programs / their maximum intakes in 2008:

• Business Technology / 75• Accounting, Finance, and Business Law / 180– Specialization in Accounting / 90, Finance / 60, / Business Law / 30• Management / 60• Economics / 80• Marketing / 100Altogether 495 places

8.1.1 How to Change the BSc Program

The changing of the BSc study program can be applied when the student has a wellfounded reason for that. The change is not possible unless all courses in Fundamentals ofBusiness Knowledge have been passed, most of the Professional Skills Portfolio have beenpassed, and three courses from the present program (18 credits) have been completed.

If the change is approved, the student must include to the degree as a minor the coursescompleted in the previous program and two additional courses in that program. Thesecourses will be the minor studies of the student. However the student exchange,International Study Module, is an exception and it will be always the minor studies of thedegree. The prerequisite for the change is that the student would have been admitted intothe new program already when program selection was made.

8.1.2 Choosing the Minor

At the same time with the selection of the study program, the student should also choosethe minor studies of 30 cr he/she wishes to complete unless the student has not yet doneso.

The minor study options (in English) at HSE in the Bachelor’s Program are as follows:Business Technology in the fields of Information Systems Science, ManagementTechnology, Logistics and Service ManagementFinanceInformation Technology Program (ITP, summer program)International Business Communication

There are four possibilities to complete the minor studies.1) minor studies offered at the HSE, see chapter Minor Studies in BSc Programs2) in one of the official partner universities of the HSE student exchange program or in

equivalent foreign business university3) in another Finnish university as a JOO student. JOO agreement allows a person

who is a degree student at a Finnish University to apply for a temporary study rightat another Finnish university

58


4) the minor studies can be a part of approved Personal Study Plan provided that theyare a relevant part of student’s degree.

8.1.3 Choosing the Master’s Program

When selecting your Bachelor’s Program you should also think about the studies after theBachelor’s Degree. Your final Master’s Degree will be a combination of Bachelor’s andMaster’s programs’ studies and two minor studies.

Master’s Programs offered in English are:

EconomicsEntrepreneurshipFinanceInformation and Service Management (Business Technology – students who havebegun their studies in 2005-2006)International BusinessInternational Business CommunicationMarketing

You can start the Master’s studies from the compulsory courses or from the minor whenyou have got 150 credits for the bachelor’s degree. When applying for the Bachelor’sdiploma, you need to inform the Office of Studies and Registrar of the Master’s programyou’ll be taking. Please, notice that there are certain rules how you can continue in theMaster’s programs and some MSc programs have prerequisites. You will get detailedinformation during spring 2008 when the information sessions concerning the BSc andMSc study programs will be held.

After you’ve been accepted to the program, you’ll get the right to study for the Master’sdegree and a tutor from the faculty. After receiving the BSc diploma and you have the rightto study, you must draw up a personal study plan, have discussion with your teacher tutor,and have the personal study plan approved within two months.

8.2 BSC PROGRAM IN BUSINESS TECHNOLOGY

The bachelor’s program in Business Technology is an interdisciplinary program thatprovides students with readiness to continue either in the Information and ServiceManagement Master’s program or varied other Master’s programs. In addition, the programprepares graduates to work in diverse ex-pert-level assignments as managementconsultants or independent entrepreneurs with assignments in the fields of informationtechnology, logistics and supply chain management, marketing or financial management.

Students graduating from the program will have general knowledge concerningo the key issues in information and management technologies;

59


o ways of developing information systems;o associated business processes and services.

be able to develop, analyze and implement logistic systems as well as innovationprocesses and new product commercialization;be able to use managerial tools (such as quantitative models and diverse information tech-nologies) in planning and problem solving, and be familiar with issues and methodsregarding development of business and information networks, as well as with concepts forservices, sourcing, and international distribution of goods

Program Director: Professor Virpi Tuunainen.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS (180 CR/ECTS CR)1. COMMON CORE STUDIES=FUNDAMENTALS OF BUSINESS STUDIES 60 CR

2. SUBJECT STUDIES 60 CR

COMMON PROGRAM STUDIES 18 CRChoose 3 out of the following courses27C01000 Tools for Business Decisions 6 cr30C00100 Statistical Analysis 6 cr35C00100 Distribution and Logistics Services 6 cr37C00100 Management Information Systems 6 crFourth of these courses can be included in student’s specialization studies.

SPECIALIZATION STUDIES 42 CRChoose 5 courses out of the following:27C02000 Negotiation Processes 6 cr27C03000 Applied Optimization 6 cr30C00200 Econometrics 6 cr30C00300 Mathematical Methods for Economists 6 cr35C00200 Purchasing and Supply Management 6 cr37C00200 Information Systems Development 6 cr37C00300 Enterprise Applications 6 cr37C00400 Introduction to Programming 6 cr38C00100 Management of Technology 6 cr

Compulsory for all the students57C99901 Bachelor’s Thesis 10 cr57C99902 Bachelor’s Thesis Seminar 2 cr57C99903 Proficiency in Mother Tongue 0 cr

3. LANGUAGE AND COMMUNICATION STUDIES 30 CR

4. MINOR STUDIES 30 CR

CREDITSTOTALCREDITS

PROGRAMSTUDIES (CR) MINOR (CR)

LANGUAGE ANDCOMMUNICATION STUDIES(CR)

FUNDAMENTALS OFBUSINESS STUDIES (CR)

1st year fall semesterFundamentals of Business Studies (Professional SkillsPortfolio 3 cr) 27Language and Communication Studies 6

33 6 271st year springFundamentals of Business Studies (Professional SkillsPortfolio 1 cr) 25Language and Communication Studies 6

31 6 252nd year fall semesterFundamentals of Business Studies (Professional SkillsPortfolio 2 cr) 8Distribution and Logistics Services* 6Management Information Systems* 6Electives/Minor Studies 6Language and Communication Studies 6

32 12 6 6 82nd year spring semesterTools for Business Decisions* 6Statistical Analysis / valinnainen * 6Electives/Minor Studies 6Minor Studies 6Language and Communication Studies 6

30 18 6 63rd year fall semesterElectives x 2 12Minor Studies x 2 12Language and Communication Studies 6

30 12 12 63rd year spring semesterElective 6BSc Thesis Seminar 2BSc Thesis 10Minor Studies 6 *) You need to choose 3 courses out of 4 coursesavailable as your common program studies 24 18 6The 4th course can be included into the program studies.TOTAL 180 60 30 30 60

BUSINESS TECHNOLOGY3 YEAR BSC STUDIES DIVIDED INTO THE SEMESTERSwhen the student will complete the International Study Module CREDITS

TOTALCREDITS

PROGRAMSTUDIES(CR)

MINOR(CR)

LANGUAGE ANDCOMMUNICATIONSTUDIES (CR)

FUNDAMENTALSOF BUSINESSSTUDIES (CR)

1st year fall semesterFundamentals of Business Studies (Professional Skills Portfolio 3 cr) 27Language and Communication Studies 6

33 6 271st year springFundamentals of Business Studies (Professional Skills Portfolio 1 cr) 25Language and Communication Studies 6

31 6 252nd year fall semesterFundamentals of Business Studies (Professional Skills Portfolio 2 cr) 8Distribution and Logistics Services* 6Management Information Systems* 6Elective 6Language and Communication Studies 6

32 18 6 82nd year spring semesterTools for Business Decisions* 6Statistical Analysis /elective * 6Elective 6Elective 6Language and Communication Studies 6

30 24 63rd year fall semesterInternational Study Module 30

30 30 03rd year spring semesterElective 6BSc Thesis Seminar 2BSc Thesis 10Language and Communication Studies 6 *) You need to choose 3 courses out of 4 courses available as your common program studies 24 18 6The 4th course can be included into the program studies. TOTAL 180 60 30 30 60

62


8.3 BSC PROGRAM IN FINANCE

The objective of the Bachelor’s program in Accounting, Finance, and Business Law is togive the student essential professional skills necessary for success in nearly any jobdescription within the modern business environment. These skills include theinterpretation and production of company financial information, an understanding of thefunctioning of capital markets, and the legal issues related to companies and taxation. Theweight given to different issues is different in each of the three specializations within theprogram. The only specialisation which is offered in English is Finance.

The objective of the specialization in Finance is to give the students a fundamentalunderstanding of pricing financial instruments, obtaining corporate financing from varioussources, evaluating the costs of these funds, and analyzing value creation within acompany. Core topics within the Finance specialization include the principles ofinvestment analysis, sources of financing, short and long term financial planning, mergersand acquisitions, capital structure and dividend policy, functioning of stock and fixedincome markets, securities valuation, asset management, derivatives and risk management,and pricing options, futures and other derivatives.

Program Director: PhD Seppo Ikäheimo.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS (180 CREDITS/ECTS CR)

1. COMMON CORE STUDIES 60 CR

2. SUBJECT STUDIES 60 CR

COMMON PROGRAM STUDIES 18 CR22C00150 Introduction to Financial Accounting (book exam) 6 cr28C00100 Corporate Finance 6 cr32C23000 International Taxation. 6 cr

SPECIALIZATION STUDIES IN FINANCE 42 CR28C00300 Investment Management 6 cr28C00400 Derivatives and Risk Mgnt 6 cr30C00100 Statistical Analysis 6 cr30C121 Econometrics 6 cr

In addition one of the following:27C02000 Negotiation Processes 6 cr31C00800 Henkilöstön taloustiede 6 cr32C260 Rahoitusjuridiikka 6 cr20C00100 Student Business Project 6 cr28C09900 Finance Studies at Another University 6 cr *)

63


*) must be agreed in advance with professor Sami Torstila

Compulsory for all the students28C99901 Bachelor’s Thesis 10 cr28C99902 Bachelor’s thesis seminar 2 cr28C99903 Maturity Test 0 cr

3. LANGUAGE AND COMMUNICATION STUDIES 30 CR


BSc Program in Accounting, Finance and Business LawFINANCE SPECIALISATION 3 year studies divided into the semesters CREDITS

TOTALCREDITS

PROGRAMSTUDIES(CR)

MINOR(CR)




33 6 271st year spring semesterFundamentals of Business Studies (Professional Skills Portfolio 1cr) 25Language and Communication Studies 6

31 6 252nd year fall semesterFundamentals of Business Studies (Professional Skills Portfolio 1 cr) 8Introduction to Financial Accountings 6Corporate Finance 6International Taxation 6Minor Studies 0Language and Communication Studies 6

32 12 0 6 82nd year spring semesterInvestment Management 6Derivatives and Risk Management 6Statistical Analysis 6Minor Studies 6Language and Communication Studies 0

24 18 6 03rd year fall semesterElective 6Minor Studies 12Language and Communication Studies 12

30 6 12 123rd year spring semesterEconometrics 6BSc thesis seminar and BSc thesis work 12Minor Studies 12

30 24 12TOTAL 180 60 30 30 60

BSc Program in Accounting, Finance and Business LawFINANCE SPECIALISATION WITH INT’L STUDY MODULE3 year BSc studies divided into the semesters CREDITS

TOTALCREDITS

PROGRAMSTUDIES(CR) MINOR (CR)




33 6 271st year spring semesterFundamentals of Business Studies (Professional Skills Portfolio 1cr) 25Language and Communication Studies 6

31 6 252nd year fall semesterFundamentals of Business Studies (Professional Skills Portfolio 1 cr) 8Introduction to Financial Accountings 6Corporate Finance 6International Taxation 6Minor Studies 0Language and Communication Studies 6

32 18 0 6 82nd year spring semester 6Investment Management 6Derivatives and Risk Management 6Statistical Analysis 6

24 18 0 63rd year fall semesterInternational Study Module, Student Exchange 30

30 30 0 30 03rd year spring semesterEconometrics 6BSc thesis seminar and BSc thesis work 12Elective 6Language and Communication Studies 6

30 24 0 6TOTAL 180 60 30 30 60

66


9 MINOR STUDIES IN THE BSC DEGREE

To be able to graduate from the Bachelor of Science in Economics and BusinessAdministration Programs, the students need to complete a module of the minor studies as apart of the degree.

The degree structure of Bachelor of Science Degree is as follows:

Fundamentals of Business Knowledge 60 credit9 required core course of 6 credit/course and the course of Professional SkillsPortfolio 6 creditsCommon Program Studies 18 creditsSpecialization Studies 42 creditsLanguage and Communication Studies 30 creditsMinor Studies 30 credits

TOTAL 180 CREDITS

Minor studies are offered for BSc students in English in the following subjects:- Business Technology: Information Systems, Management Technology, Logistics and

Service Management- Finance- International Business Communication- Information Technology Program, ITP, summer program

There are four possibilities to complete the minor studies:1) minor studies offered at the HSE2) in one of the official partner universities of the HSE student exchange program or in

equivalent foreign business university3) in an other Finnish university as a JOO student. JOO agreement allows a person who is

a degree student at a Finnish University to apply for a temporary study right at anotherFinnish university

4) the minor studies can be a part of approved Personal Study Plan provided that they arevalid part of student’s degree.

9.1 MINOR STUDIES IN BUSINESS TECHNOLOGY

Objectives:

Business Technology (BT) refers to the creative use of information and technology indecision making, in managing business processes and networks, and in developing newproducts and services. Minor studies in Business Technology offer an interdisciplinary

67


education that allows the student to focus on economic analysis and quantitativemodelling, management information systems, or logistics and service management.

Topics covered by the minor studies in Business Technology include:• decision analysis and negotiation processes•development of information systems and associated business processes and services• logistics and supply chain management: sourcing, production and distribution of goodsand services• management of technological innovation• mathematical methods and statistical analysis

While BT gives an understanding of different business functions and their interdependencerelevant to managers, it also provides methods and skills for economic analysis required inmany other fields of undergraduate and graduate studies. Recommendations for minorstudies and personal course packages suitable for students in Bachelor’s Programs inEconomics, Marketing, Management, Accounting, Finance and Business Law are availableat http://www.hkkk.fi/businesstechnology.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE PROGRAMS

Minor studies include 5 courses (30 credits)Students are advised to counsel their tutoring teacher on their choice of courses.

There are three suggested focus areas A, B and C:

A. Management TechnologyCoordination: Merja Halme

Choose 5 courses from the list below:27C01000 Tools for Business Decisions 6 cr27C02000 Negotiation Processes 6 cr27C03000 Applied Optimization 6 cr30C00100 Statistical Analysis 6 cr30C00200 Econometrics 6 cr30C00300 Mathematical Methods for Economists 6 cr38C00100 Management of Technology 6 crand courses from list B and list C.

B. Information Systems ScienceCoordination: Virpi Tuunainen

Choose 5 courses from the list below:37C00100 Management Information Systems 6 cr37C00200 Information Systems Development 6 cr37C00300 Enterprise Applications 6 cr

68


37C00400 Introduction to Programming 6 crand courses from list A and list C.

C. Logistics and Service ManagementCoordination: Ari VepsäläinenChoose 5 courses from the list below:35C00100 Distribution and Logistics Services 6 cr35C00200 Purchasing and Supply Management 6 crand courses from list A and list B.

9.2 MINOR STUDIES IN FINANCE

A minor in Finance provides a fundamental understanding of the models and theoriesbetween corpo-rate finance and investment decisions, as well as an ability to apply themanalytically in practical settings.

STRUCTURE OF STUDIES 30 CR

28C00100 Corporate Finance * 6 cr28C00300 Investment Management 6 cr28C00400 Derivatives and Risk Management 6 cr

In addition 12 cr of the following:27C01000 Tools for Business Decisions 6 cr27C02000 Negotiation Processes 6 cr30C00100 Statistical Analysis 6 cr30C00200 Econometrics 6 cr31C00800 Henkilöstön taloustiede 6 cr32C260 Rahoitusjuridiikka 6 cr28C09900 Finance Studies at Another University ** 6-12 cr

* If the student has already taken the course as a part of his/her major subject, he/she musttake one of the Bachelor’s level electives instead.

** Must be agreed in advance with Sami Torstila.

Minor studies coordinator: Sami Torstila.

9.3 MINOR STUDIES IN INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM (ITP)

Information Technology Program (ITP) is an academic summer program taught at the HSE.Close co-operation with companies ensures that ITP program serves both of its targetgroups with up-to-date information on Internet economy.

69


The purpose of ITP is to provide students with a strong applied understanding ofInformation and Communication Technologies (ICT). The program provides the necessarytools, concepts and ap-proaches that enable students with diverse backgrounds to operateeffectively in the global business environment.Please note that the following information is based on the 2008 program and is subject tochange. The form in which the program will be offered in 2009 depends on the trends andfundraising for the program. Please check our web site for further information,http://www.hse.fi/itpIn 2008, the program consisted of two parallel subprograms: Business & Technologies andContent & Media.The Business & Technologies subprogram aims at providing students with anunderstanding of e-business infrastructure technologies, the new business opportunitiesthese technologies create, and their effects on the business environments and societies inwhich they are used. The Content & Media subprogram aims at providing students with anunderstanding of basic methods, techniques and tools for producing and designing digitalmedia products.THE FOLLOWING COURSES WERE OFFERED IN SUMMER OF 2008:

Business & Technologies subprogram47C510 Information Technology and E-business Fundamentals 6 cr47C520 Achieving Strategic Advantage through Distributed Technologies 6 cr47C530 Digital Economy and Information Industries 6 cr47C480 ITP Business Project 6 cr

Content & Media subprogram47C390 Introduction to Digital Media 6 cr47C460 Visual Communication Design 6 cr47C465 Rich Media Design 6 cr47C481 ITP Business Project 6 cr

Both subprograms are worth 24 credits and are recognized as a minor in the M.Sc.program at HSE. ITP studies can be extended to 30 credits with extra work and are thusrecognized as a minor in the B.Sc. program at HSE.

Individual modules of the program are taught by visiting faculty. Visitors from otheruniversities and from the business community are invited to come and teach for a shortperiod in the field of their particular expertise. All courses are run in the form of intensivemodules. A normal one-semester uni-versity course is compressed to three weeks of fulltime study.

Each course includes 42 contact hours (3,5 hours a day, four days a week) excludinggroup work and individual assignments. Approximate workload for ITP is 6-9 hours a daythroughout the summer. In addition to theoretical studies in ITP courses all ITP studentscomplete an ITP business project for cooperating companies under the programsupervision.

70


The working language is English. That is why it is essential that students understand spokenand writ-ten English with ease, and can express their thoughts clearly in English. Noprevious experience or studies in the field are required.

The 2009 Information Technology Program with course descriptions and the selectioncriteria will be announced later. The application period for following ITP will start at thebeginning of year 2009.Academic Director: Professor Matti Rossi, Department of Business Technology

9.4 MINOR STUDIES IN INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS COMMUNICATION

International Business Communication offers two programs of study: a Minor program (BScand MSc), and a Major program (MSc).

Language of instruction

The language of instruction on both the IBC Minor and Major programmes is English, apartfrom courses offered in Business Language and Communication Studies (Minor) andAdvanced Business Language and Communication Studies (Major). If any course requiresknowledge of Finnish, it will be clearly stated in the course description.

International Business Communication Minor (BSc and MSc)By the end of the IBC Minor program students will have an understanding of corporate andintercul-tural communication theories; have the ability to analyse business communicationsituations; possess the skills required to deliver high-quality written documents andpresentations, and have the skills to work in a multilingual business environment.

61A00100 Business Communication is the prerequisite for taking the IBC Minor.IBC Minor Studies Coordinator: Geoffrey Hilton. Please contact him if you have anyqueries.

STUCTURE OF STUDIES (MINOR)Requirement for BSc minor is 30 cr, and MSc minor 24 cr.

2 core courses (mandatory)75C00500 Introduction to International Business Communication 6 cr75C00600 IBC Minor Project 6 cr

Electives18 credits (BSc) / 12 credits (MSc) can be chosen freely from any of the following threespecial topic categories:

1. Business Language and Communication Studies: Courses in French, German, Italian,Japanese, Russian, Spanish or Swedish.

71


This elective allows you to take one or more business language or communication coursesin French, German, Italian, Japanese, Russian, Spanish or Swedish. These courses willenhance your ability to speak and write in a culturally appropriate manner in a variety ofbusiness situations, using precise terminology and suitable style.The courses start at different levels, but all require at least a working knowledge of thelanguage con-cerned. You should choose a course that corresponds to your level ofproficiency in that language. Each course is organised by the language concerned. Formore details, please see the degree re-quirements for the language concerned.

Courses offered:French66B00101 French Business Communication 1a 3 cr66B00102 French Business Communication 1b 3 cr66B00201 Français des affaires 1 3 cr66B00202 Économie de la France 3 cr66C00301 Français des affaires 2 3 cr66C00303 Rédaction de documents professionnels 3 cr66C00402 Négocier et présenter en français 6 cr66C00404 Diplôme de français des affaires 1er degré (DFA 1)6 cr66C00405 Diplôme de français des affaires 2e degré (DFA 2) 6 crGerman62B00201 Deutsch beruflich 2 3 cr62B00202 Deutsch situativ 2 3 cr62C00301 Deutsch beruflich 3 3 cr62C00302 Deutsch situativ 3 3 cr62C00303 Erlebte Landeskunde 6 cr62C00304 Deutsch fürs Management 3 cr62C00305 Spezialthemen 3 crItalian63B00100 Italian Business Communication 1 6 cr63B00201 Testi economico-finanziari 3 cr63B00202 Italiano per gli affari 3 cr63C00300 Italian Business Communication 3 6 crJapanese68B00101 Japanese Business Communication 1a 3 cr68B00102 Japanese Business Communication 1b 3 cr68B00201 Japanese Business Communication 2a 3 cr68B00202 Japanese Business Communication 2b 3 crRussian67B00101 Russian Business Communication 1a 3 cr67B00102 Russian Business Communication 1b 3 cr67B00201 Russian Business Communication 2a 3 cr67B00202 Russian Business Communication 2b 3 cr67C00301 Russian Business Communication 3a 3 cr67C00311 Russian Business Comm.3a

72


(Russian as mother tongue) 3 cr67C00302 Russian Business Communication 3b 3 cr67C00312 Russian Business Comm.3b

(Russian as mother tongue) 3 cr67C00401 Russian Business Communication 4a 3 cr67C00411 Russian Business Comm.4a

(Russian as mother tongue) 3 cr67C00402 Russian Business Communication 4b 3 cr67C00412 Russian Business Comm.4b

(Russian as mother tongue) 3 crSpanish65B00101 Spanish Business Communication 1a 3 cr65B00102 Spanish Business Communication 1b 3 cr65B00201 Spanish Business Communication 2a 3 cr65B00202 Spanish Business Communication 2b 3 cr65C00301 Cultura y Negocios en España 3 cr65C00302 Cultura y Negocíos en América Latina 3 crSwedish72B00201 Företagskommunikation med moderna medier 3 cr72B00202 Intern och extern kommunikation 3 cr72B00203 Muntlig framställining 3 cr72B00204 Specialla teman B 3 cr72C00301 Mötes- och förhandlingsteknik 3 cr72C00302 Från tanke till text 3 cr72C00303 Specialla teman C 3 cr

2. English Communication Specialisation:61D010 Business Negotiations 6 ECTS cr

Contact person: Geoffrey Hilton MA, lecturer

73


10 MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE STUDIES

10.1 AN OVERVIEW TO MSC STUDIES

There are altogether 13 Master’s degree programs at HSE, out of which 7 can currently becompleted in English: Entrepreneurship, Finance, Economics, Information and ServiceManagement, International Business, International Business Communication, andMarketing. MSc Programs are open to students who have already completed Bachelor’sDegree in Economics and Business Administration or in related field.

The minor studies offered in English for MSc students are Area Studies, Economics,Entrepreneurship, Finance, Information and Service Management, Information and ServiceManagement, Information Technology Program, International Business, InternationalBusiness Communication, International Design Business Management, Management,Marketing and Quantitative Methods.

The students who have not completed their BSc degree at HSE might be assignedsupplementary studies by the vice rector of HSE up to 30 ECTS cr. The supplementarystudies have to be taken at HSE and cannot be compensated by the credits completed atanother university. The studies are not including to the 120 ECTS cr of the MSc degree.

The Master of Science in Economics and Business Administration degree program is a two-year program with the extent of 120 ECTS credits. The credits can be compared to theECTS (European Credit Transfer and Accumulation System) system. The extent of oneacademic year is 60 ECTS credits corresponding to 1600 hours of work by the student(lectures, exercises, seminars, other forms of instruction and independent work at home, inthe library etc.)

The structure of the two-year Master’s Program is:required courses for all MSc students, 12 creditsmajor studies, 84 credits, 18 credits are required courses, includes Master´sthesis work and seminar, 30 creditsminor studies, 24 credits = in total 120 credits+ possible supplementary studies up to 30 ECTS cr

74


The studies have been scheduled for two years in the following way:

Year 1 Autumn semester Spring semesterRequired Courses for all MSc students, 6ECTS:20D00220 Social Psychology of LeadershipContexts and Skills andAdvanced International CommunicationMajor Studies of the Program, 12 ECTS crMinor Studies, 12 ECTS cr

Required Courses for all MSc students, 6ECTS 51D00220 Argumentation in Researchand 37D65020 Introduction to ProjectManagementMajor Studies of the Program, 12 ECTS crMinor Studies, 12 ECTS cr

Year 2 Autumn semester Spring semesterMajor Studies of the Program, 24 ECTS crMinor Studies, 6 ECTS cr

Major Studies of the Program, 30 ECTS cr

10.2 FROM BACHELOR’S TO MASTER’S AT HSE

The students of HSE who have been admitted to study BSc degree have the right tocontinue to the MSc degree programs. The HSE students can start the Master’s studiesfrom the compulsory courses when they have got 150 ECTS credits for the bachelor’sdegree.

When applying for the bachelor’s diploma, the student informs the Office of Studies andRegistrar of the Master’s program the student will be taking. Please, notice that there arecertain rules preconditions on how the student can choose the MSc Program. Thepreconditions in the English programs can be seen in the following table:

75


FROM BACHELOR'S PROGRAMS TO MASTER'S PROGRAMS

BACHELOR’S LEVEL

Business Technology Finance

Information andService

ManagementX X

Finance F X

InternationalBusiness

IB IB

InternationalBusiness

CommunicationXIBC XIBC

Economics ECON ECON

MASTER´S

LEVEL Marketing M M

X No preconditionsF Finance as a minor in Bachelor's degree with GPA of over 80 pointsIB GPA in Bachelor's degree more than 70 pointsXIBC Recommended that minor in Bachelor's degree is International Business

CommunicationECON Minor in Bachelor's degree includes 31C00100, 31C00200, 30C121 and

34C110M Marketing as a minor in Bachelor's degree or as a minor in Master's degree

These rules and preconditions have been approved by the HSE Council of Teaching andResearch on 13 April 2007 and they are subject to change.

After the student has been accepted to the MSc program, the student will get the right tostudy for the Master’s degree and a tutor from the faculty. After receiving the BSc diplomaand the student has the right to study, he/she must draw up a personal study plan and havediscussion with the teacher tutor, and have the personal study plan approved within twomonths.

If you have been admitted to HSE directly to the Master’s level (without prior BSc studies atHSE) you will meet your teacher tutor during the orientation days and make your personalstudy plan.

How to change the Master’s programIf you have a well founded reason why to change the MSc Program you originally werechosen, you are entitled to apply for change. You can submit the application after youhave completed the compulsory studies of the MSc degree. You can only transfer to a

76


program that is available on the basis of your Bachelor’s degree and there must bevacancies in the receiving program and it must be ready to accept more students.

10.3 COMPULSORY STUDIES IN THE MSC PROGRAMS

The MSc students will mainly study the degree according to the content structure of theindividual programs. However, there are also four modules in the MSc degree, which arecompulsory to all MSc students regardless of the program the students have been admittedto. In addition to the four required core courses for all students in the Master’s Programs,the students are required to compile the Personal Study Plan with the guidance of theteacher tutor as well as participate into the Orientation Days on August 25 – August 26,2008.

The objective of all these courses and other sessions is to offer students the skills andabilities for carrying on successfully university level graduate studies as well as supporttheir professional development. The required courses are 3 ECTS credits each and studentsshould complete all of them during the first year of their MSc degree studies. The coursesare Social Psychology of Leadership Contexts and Skills (3 ECTS), Argumentation inResearch (3 ECTS), Introduction to Project Management (3 ECTS) and AdvancedInternational Communication (3 ECTS).

20D00220 Social Psychology of Leadership: Contexts and SkillsSTATUS OF THE COURSE: Compulsory course in the master’s degree, 3 ECTSLEVEL OF THE COURSE: Intermediate studiesOBJECTIVES: The aim of the course is to help the student in developing an understandingof organizations, groups, and individuals from a social psychological point of view, and toprovide a basis for building social and self-knowledge skills needed in working life andleadership positions.CONTENT: Organizations and leadership from the perspective of social interaction (majorleadership theories, psychology of leadership, hierarchies and role structures inorganizations, group processes, social skills), and the social psychological base of requisiteinteractional skills, (conflict management, motivation, psychology of decision making,social perception, personality in the workplace).LITERATURE:

PENNINGTON, D. (2005) Pienryhmän sosiaalipsykologiaSchein, Edgar H. (2004) Organizational culture and leadershipPennington, Donald C. (2002) Social psychology of behaviour in small groups

OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Provided during the lectures.TEACHER(S): LSc Marja Ahokas, M.Sc. Nelli HankonenCOURSE FORMAT:

Lectures (24 h, Ahokas and Hankonen), individual and group work Orbook exam

METHODS: Lectures, group work & discussion, individual work (learning diary)

77


TIMING: Fall 2008, 2nd periodPREREQUISITE: Bachelor’s degree or 150 ECTS credits in the Bachelor’s degreeTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiREMARKS: It is preferable to participate in the lectures.HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/20D00220

51D00220 Argumentation in ResearchSTATUS OF THE COURSE: Compulsory course in the masters program, 3 ECTSCONTENT: We approach research knowledge from the perspective of argument, debateand rhetoric, since research knowledge consists of knowledge claims supported by well-founded arguments, debated against competing positions, and formulated with the help ofappropriate rhetorical tools. Thus the course helps to read and write scientific researchreports, and to distinguish arguments both pro and con choices concerning thecontribution of the study, the chosen topic and methods. The course also offers a neatintroduction to philosophy of science and various research methods.TEACHER(S): FM Jaakko Kuorikoski ([email protected])COURSE FORMAT:

Lectures 28 h and the final exam (100%) about the lectures, homework, and theliterature to be announced later. OrExam on the following literature:

o Chalmers, A. F. What is this thing called science? : an assessment of thenature and status of science and its methods Milton Keynes: Open UniversityPress, 1982 Chapters 1-8

o Fisher, Alec (2001): Critical Thinking an introduction. Cambridge UniversityPress. ISBN 0-521-00984-7

o Rottenberg, A.T. Elements of Argument: A text and a reader, cop. 1997. Ch.9 Writing and Argumentative Paper. In earlier versions, this Ch. is in theAppendix.

METHODS:Lectures, exam and homework, OrExam

TIMING: Spring 2009, second period.TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiREMARKS: Exam on the last lecture.HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/51D00220

37D65020 Introduction to Project ManagementSTATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. (Econ), compulsory course, 3 ECTSOBJECTIVES: Project work is important part of business nowadays. The aim of the courseis to offer a comprehensive view on project work as well as management of projects. Thelectures will be carried out in separate modules with exercises integrated to them. The

78


topics covered in the course include: basic concepts of project work, the planning ofprojects, scheduling, and project risk management.LITERATURE: Kathy Schwalbe (2005) Introduction to Project Management, or neweredition.TEACHER(S): Pentti Marttiin, Johanna Bragge, Risto Rajala, Antti NurmiCOURSE FORMAT:

Lectures 14 hExercises (40 %)Exam or Essay (60 %)

TIMING: Spring 2009, 1st periodTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiREMARKS: This course is optional with Projektinhallinnan peruskurssi (37D60020). Onlyone of them can be included in the degree. The topics covered in both courses are thesame.HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/37D65020

Advanced International CommunicationThis module comprises the compulsory course of 3 ECTS credits in advancedcommunication skills required for the MSc degree. Thus, the students cannot get exemptedfrom this module. The minimum starting level is B1-B2, though the courses in Finnishlanguage make an exception and are targeted at students who do not have a basicknowledge of Finnish or have a poor one.

Please choose only one from the courses listed below:English61C230 Thesis Writing Workshop61C370 Communication for Business Professionals61C00700 Business NegotiationsFinnish71D00100 Viestintäosaamisen haasteet, taitosalkku, 3 ECTS credits

International Students who do not have a basic knowledge of Finnish or have a poor onecan complete a Finnish language course, 3 ECTS credits in extent at any level, 1 to 6. Theacceptable Finnish language courses are arranged in cooperation with Haaga-HeliaPolytechnic.

For those international students who have a good basic knowledge of Finnish and masterall basic structures of Finnish language will be arranged Finnish communication courses atHSE:71000100 Finnish Business Communication 1 (level 7) (3 ECTS credits), continuation for

the Helia Finnish course level 671000200 Finnish Business Communication 2 (level 8) (3 ECTS credits), For further

information, please, see the chapter Studying Finnish as Foreign Language.

79


French66E00301 Français des affaires 2 (3 ECTS credits)66E00303 Rédaction de documents professionnels (3 ECTS credits)Italian63B00201 Testi economico-finanzari (3 ECTS credits)63B00202 Italiano per gli affari (3 ECTS credits)Japanese68B00201 Japaninkielinen yritysviestintä 2a ( Bijinesu Nihongo 2a) (3 ECTS credits)68B00202 Japaninkielinen yritysviestintä 2b ( Bijinesu Nihongo 2b) (3 ECTS credits)German62E00301 Deutsch beruflich 3 (3 ECTS credits)62E00302 Deutsch situativ 3 (3 ECTS credits)62E00304 Deutsch fürs Management (3 ECTS credits)62C00305 SpezialthemenRussian67C00301 Russian Business Communication 3a (3 ECTS credits)67C00311 Russian Business Communication 3a (3 ECTS credits)

(Russian as a mother tongue), fall 200867C00302 Russian Business Communication 3b (3 ECTS credits)67C00312 Russian Business Communication 3b (3 ECTS credits)

(Russian as a mother tongue), fall 200867C00401 Russian Business Communication 4a (3 ECTS credits)67C00411 Russian Business Communication 4a (3 ECTS credits)

(Russian as a mother tongue), spring 201067C00402 Russian Business Communication 4b (3 ECTS credits)67C00412 Russian Business Communication 4b (3 ECTS credits)

(Russian as a mother tongue), spring 2010Spanish65B00201 Espanjankielinen yritysviestintä 2a (3 ECTS credits)65B00202 Espanjankielinen yritysviestintä 2b (3 ECTS credits)65E00301 Cultura y Negocios en España (3 ECTS credits)65E00302 Cultura y Negocios en América Latina (3 ECTS credits)Swedish72B00201 Företagskommunikation med moderna medier (3 ECTS credits)72B00202 Intern och extern kommunikation (3 ECTS credits)72B00203 Muntlig framställning (3 ECTS credits)72B00204 Speciella teman B (3 ECTS credits)72E00301 Mötes- och förhandlingsteknik (3 ECTS credits)72E00302 Från tanke till text (3 ECTS credits)72E00303 Speciella teman C (3 ECTS credits)

20D00230 and 20D00240 Planning of Studies 1 and 2

Planning of studies with the personal study plan is a compulsory part of the MSc degreeand common core courses of the degree.

80


First the student will make the personal study plan for all MSc degree studies during theautumn semester 2008 with electronic PSP system (eHOPS). The student will also meet theteacher tutor for discussion on program studies. The PSP will be checked and approved bythe Master’s Program of the student.

During the studies the student should update the PSP and make necessary changes to it aswell as get the approval for the changes. The information on student’s PSP will be used asa basis for the student’s graduation diploma, on credit transfer process and in otheroccasions and therefore the PSP should always be accurate. It is on the student’sresponsibility to keep PSP updated.

Planning of studies and PSP will help the student to get a better overview of the MScdegree studies, to make a realistic schedule for the studies and also help the student tofollow progress of studies.

The instructions for planning of studies and how to make PSP will be given for studentsduring the orientation days. The appointments with the teacher tutors will be organizedlater in fall. All professors and teachers have also regular reception hours (usually weekly)for students as well.

The module of Planning of Studies and guidance on PSP will be arranged by the Office ofStudies and Registrar.

10.4 PERSONAL STUDY PLAN

All students studying towards the MSc degree are required to compile a Personal StudyPlan, PSP. The personal study plan is the overall presentation of studies which studentsplan to take to be able to graduate from MSc Program. When compiling PSP, students willbetter understand the content of the MSc degree and how they can study systematicallyand efficiently courses of the MSc Program. The PSP will be revised and updated with theprogress of studies and the MSc diploma of the student will be created by using thestudent’s approved PSP. There will be a special electronic system (eHOPS) for the use ofPSP and it will be presented during the orientation days. All students will be also assigneda personal teacher tutor. The teacher tutor will help student with the PSP other mattersrelated to the courses and studies. Credits will not be given for PSP.

10.5 ORIENTATION DAYS ON AUGUST 25 – 27, 2008

The aim of the orientation days is to offer new students information on Helsinki School ofEconomics and studies in HSE. There will be for example sessions on IT services, facilities,presentations of the programs, financing of studies and studies abroad. During theorientation days new students will meet the personnel of HSE as well as senior students.New students will be divided into smaller groups and each group is assigned a tutorstudent who will guide the group in the beginning of studies. New MSc students will also

81


be assigned a teacher tutor who will help them with the planning of studies. There willalso be time reserved for questions.

Orientation days for BSc Students (Students admitted to HSE via SAT I test)

The programme of the Orientation days has been divided into two parts. The mainactivities are held from Monday to Wednesday (August 25-27) with the full day programon for example how to get started at the Helsinki School of Economics, how to planstudies, how to register for courses and IT services as well as meeting the fellow studentsand personnel of HSE. Attendance is mandatory as the orientation days are the first part ofthe professional skills portfolio in BSc degree.

In addition, KY- the student union of HSE will arrange for all around 450 new HSE students- whether Finnish or international - additional activities on Thursday, August 28. OnThursday you can relax, have fun and get to know HSE students and KY.

The official opening ceremony of the academic year will be held on September 5, 2008.

Orientation days for MSc Students (Students admitted to HSE Master’s Programs)

The programme for the Orientation days has been divided into two parts. The mainactivities are held on Monday and Tuesday (August 25-26) with the full day program on forexample how to get started at the Helsinki School of Economics, how to plan studies, howto register for courses and IT services as well as meeting the fellow students and personnelof HSE. Attendance is mandatory as the orientation days belong to the MSc degree studies.

In addition, KY- the student union of HSE will arrange for all around 450 new HSE students- whether Finnish or international - additional activities on Thursday, August 28. OnThursday you can relax, have fun and get to know HSE students and KY.

The orientation week ends, and the academic year 2008-2009 begins, with an openingceremony on Friday (in Finnish only).

82


11 MASTER’S DEGREE PROGRAMS

11.1 MSC PROGRAM IN ECONOMICS

The Department of Economics has only one subject, economics. HSE is working in co-operation with the Swedish School of Economics (Hanken) and the University of Helsinki. Thecourses in economics in these two universities are also open to HSE students.

When planning your program studies in economics, please contact the Department ofEconomics or your teacher tutor for completing your personal study plan.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS (120 CR)

1. COMMON CORE STUDIES 12 cr2. ADVANCED STUDIES 84 cr- COMMON ADVANCED STUDIES 18 cr- ADVANCED SPECIALISATION STUDIES 64 cr3. MINOR STUDIES 24 CRTOTAL MSc Degree Requirements 120 cr

Since the Department of Economics offers only one subject there is not listed separately thecommon advanced studies and advanced specialization studies. The courses are listed onlyinto two groups: compulsory courses and elective courses.

Compulsory courses:31E20000 Macroeconomic Theory* 12 cr31E99901 Master’s Thesis 30 cr31E99902 Master’s Thesis Seminar 0 cr31E99903 Maturiryt Test 0 crAnd two oF the following courses: *)31E11000 Microeconomic Theory I 6 cr31E12000 Microeconomic Theory II 6 cr31E13000 Microeconomic Theory III 6 cr

Elective courses:Total 30 cr of the following courses:31E11000 Microeconomic Theory I (if not chosen as compulsory course) 6 cr31E12000 Microeconomic Theory II (if not chosen as compulsory course) 6 cr31E13000 Microeconomic Theory III (if not chosen as compulsory course) 6 cr**)31E00500 International Trade and Integration 6 cr31E00600 International Finance 6 cr31E00700 Labor Economics 6 cr31E00800 Fixed Income Securities 6 cr31E00900 Applied Econometrics 6 cr31E01000 Topics in Economic Theory and Methods 6 cr

83


31E09000 Course in Economics completed at the 6 crUniversity of Helsinki

31E09900 Course in economics completed at another 6 cruniversity

20E00100 Student Business Project 6 cr

See also ”Courses from other programs”.

*) The courses 31E11000 and 31E12000 replace the course 31E10000 Microeconomic Theory(12 cr). The student can also replace the courses 31E12000 and 31E13000 with the course31E10000. If the student has completed the course of 31E10000 she/he can complete thecourse 31E13000, but not the courses 31E11000 and 31E12000. If the student has completedthe course 31E11000 the student cannot complete the course 31E13000.

**)The course 31E13000 replaces the course 31E11000.

Courses from Other ProgramsThe students in the MSc Program in Economics can also include courses from other MScPrograms to their degree studies and specialize in certain topics for example in IndustrialOrganization. For example the following courses from other MSc Programs can be part ofadvanced specialization studies and electives in the MSc Program in Economics:

27E01000 Investment Science 6 cr27E02000 Models in Marketing 6 cr30E00300 Productivity and efficiency analysis 6 cr30E00700 Advanced statistical methods 6 cr38E00100 Immaterial Property Rights 6 cr80E00100 Financial Modeling and Simulation 6 crAll courses in Finance with the course code starting 28Exxxxxx.

In addition, courses in Finance with the code starting 28Exxxxx and courses in TechnologyManagement and Policy with the code starting 38Exxxxx.

Courses at the University of HelsinkiFaculty of Social Sciences, Department of Economicshttp://www.valt.helsinki.fi/katal/

The students of economics at HSE can complete the courses at the University of Helsinki at theDepartment of Economics as a part of their BSc or MSc degree. The Department of Economicsis located in the same building in Economicum as HSE.

The optional courses in economics at the University of Helsinki in 2008-09 are:

In English: Advanced Public Economics Empirical Macroeconomics Fiscal Federalism Game Theory

84


Please, see http://www.valt.helsinki.fi/faculty/Studies/instruction/index.htmIn Finnish: Ekonometrian tilastolliset perusteet, Rahapolitiikka, Yrittäjyyden teoria

Courses from Other UniversitiesIt is possible to include the course completed at another university for example coursescompleted in foreign universities to the MSc Program in Economics according to theRegulations on credit transfer at HSE.

Program Director Professor Matti Liski

ECONOMICS CREDITS TOTALCREDITS

PROGRAMSTUDIES (CR)

MINOR (CR) COMMONCORE STUDIES

FALL 1Common Core Studies 6Microeconomic Theory (two of the threeMicroeconomic Theory courses) 12Elective 6Minor studies 6

30 18 6 6

SPRING 1Common Core Studies 6Macroeconomic Theory 122 electives 12

30 24 6

FALL 22 elective courses / Masters Thesis 12Minor studies / Masters Thesis 18

30 12 18

SPRING 2Masters Thesis / Electives / Minor studies 30

30 30

TOTAL 120 120 84 24 12

85


ECONOMICSIncluding International Study Module

CREDITS TOTALCREDITS

PROGRAMSTUDIES (CR)

MINOR (CR) COMMONCORE STUDIES

FALL 1Common Core Studies 6Microeconomic Theory (two of the threeMicroeconomic Theory courses) 12Elective 6Elective 6

30 18 6 6

SPRING 1Common Core Studies 6Macroeconomic Theory 122 electives 12

30 24 6

FALL 2International Exchange 24Creditable course taken on exchange 6

30 24 6

SPRING 2Masters Thesis / Electives 30

30 30

YHTEENSÄ 120 120 96 12 12

86


11.2 MSC PROGRAM IN ENTREPRENEURSHIP

Entrepreneurial attitude and skills are needed in different tasks in the businesses because of highlevel of uncertainty of the environment, rapid technological development and changingconsumers’ preferences. This creates a need to continuously being alert of new opportunitiesand allocating resources efficiently.

The Master’s Programme in Entrepreneurship offers the students an outstanding opportunity tolearn the tools and applications needed in solving the problems of value and innovationcreation processes that managers, leaders and entrepreneurs faced in their everyday activities.The studies combine theory and practice and encourage students to develop their practicalskills and creativity together with academic knowledge. Practicality will be included by usingcases and empirical examples among the main teaching methods.

Competences and tasksIn the Programme the students will get versatile theoretical competences and practical skills toidentify, create and develop opportunities and innovations, and to plan, establish, and runbusinesses. After the graduation students are expected to think entrepreneurially and to becapable to plan, establish, and manage own businesses or corporate business units. The activitymay take place as an independent entrepreneur, a member of an entrepreneurial team or as amanager of a corporate business unit. Interdisciplinary studies and holistic approach to businessdevelopment and management are emphasized in the program. In addition to entrepreneur theother potential tasks and professions are for example assignments in a community of venturecapital, analyst or expert positions in various sectors of business community and in a publicsector. These professions demand for understanding and practical skills in the different fieldsand functions of business, especially in strategic management, marketing, and entrepreneurialfinance. In addition, the students need to have knowledge and skills considering how tomanage complexity of growth and risk involved in business.

Teaching and the process of studiesTeaching is strongly based on case studies. Accumulation of knowledge is ensured so thatstudents are allowed to participate to the next level course only if previous courses are passedor they have shown sufficient knowledge level otherwise. Thus requirements for passing thecourses increases at every level and on the next level also previous course information needs tobe taken into consideration and implementation for passing the course. (see coursedescriptions).

Program Director: Prof. Markku VirtanenProgram Committee: Prof. Markku Salimäki, Assistant Prof. Jorma Pohtola, Prof. MikaGabrielsson, M.Sc. student Tuomas Pättö

87


DEGREE REQUIREMENTS (120 CR)

1. COMMON CORE STUDIES 12 cr

2. ADVANCED STUDIES 84 cr

COMMON ADVANCED STUDIES 18 CRSelect three courses from the the following list:

21E90000 Managing Change 6 cr23E21000 Marketing Principles: Markets, Relationships & Networks 6 cr26E00300 International Marketing 6 cr33E00100 The Firm in the Global Economy: Competences,

Coordination and Strategic Location 6 cr26E01000 International Design Business Management 6 cr23E42000 Project Marketing 6 cr

ADVANCED SPECIALIZATION STUDIES 66 CR

25E44000 Opportunity development and business planning 6 cr25E45000 Entrepreneurial marketing 6 cr25E42000 Growth and internationalization of SMEs 6 cr25E32000 Entrepreneurship as a field of science 6 cr80E80100 Business Research Methods 6 cr

Select 2 of the following courses25E31000 Entrepreneurship and managing innovations 6 cr25E46000 Entrepreneurial education and entrepreneurial competences 6 cr25E47000 Entrepreneurial and small business finance 6 cr

Entrepreneurship Studies at Another University 6 cr

Thesis work25E99901 Master’s Thesis 30 cr25E99902 Master’s thesis seminar 0 cr25E99903 Maturity Test 0 cr

3. MINOR STUDIES 24 CRTOTAL MSc Degree Requirements 120 cr

88


ENTREPRENEUSHIP CR CR TOTAL

YEAR 1, FALL TERM

Common core studies 2 x 3 6

25E44000 Opportunity development and business planning 6 Jorma Pohtola

Elective courses - courses from the list of department 6

Select 2 of the following courses

25E31000 Entrepreneurship and managing innovations 6 Arto Lahti

25E46000 Entrepreneurial education and entrepreneurial competences 6 Paula Kyrö

25E47000 Entrepreneurial and small business finance 6 Markku Virtanen

Minor studies 1 6

30

YEAR 1, SPRING TERM

Common core studies 2 x 3 6

25E45000 Entrepreneurial marketing 6 Jorma Pohtola

Elective courses - courses from the list of department 6

25E42000 Growth and internationalization of SMEs 6 Markku Virtanen

Minor studies 2 6

30

YEAR 2, FALL TERM

25E99902 Master's Thesis Seminar 0 Virtanen, Lahti, Kyrö

80E80100 Business Research Methods 6

Select 2 of the following courses

25E31000 Entrepreneurship and managing innovations 6 Arto Lahti

25E46000 Entrepreneurial education and entrepreneurial competences 6 Paula Kyrö

25E47000 Entrepreneurial and small business finance 6 Markku Virtanen

25E32000 Entrepreneurship as a field of science 6 Markku Virtanen

Minor studies 3 6

Minor studies 4 6

30

YEAR 2, SPRING TERM

25E99901 Thesis 30

25 E99903 Proficiency in Mother Tongue 0

30

Elective courses: Two courses of the following list 6

21E90000 Managing Change 6

23E21000 Marketing Principles: Markets, Relationships & Networks 6

26E00300 International Marketing 633E00100 The Firm in the Global Economy: Competences,Coordination and Strategic Location 6

26E01000 International Design Business Management 6

28E00600 Venture Capital 6

89


11.3 MSC PROGRAM IN FINANCE

Completing the Master’s Program in Finance offers the student a thorough understanding of themodels and theories behind corporate financing and investment decisions, as well as skillsnecessary to apply these ideas independently and analytically in working life. Finance offershigh quality and up-to-date teaching and research that are directly applicable to both strategicdecision making of the firm (e.g. mergers and acquisitions) and day-to-day management (e.g.portfolio and risk management). The Master’s Program in Finance prepares students for the jobmarket in two ways:- Preparing the students for entry-level positions requiring a thorough expertise in Finance- Preparing the students for further career progress within general management

Finance students have an excellent placement record in the job market. Most Finance graduatesfind their first jobs in the financial industry, such as investment and commercial banks,brokerage firms, mutual fund companies, and insurance companies. Management consultingcompanies, industrial corporations, and public institutions are also important employers ofFinance graduates.

Competences

Graduates of the program will know well both the institutional and theoretical features ofcapital markets. They can apply financial tools to a number of situations in questions such asinvestments, mergers and acquisitions, and portfolio management. They are also able toanalyze corporate risk factors quantitatively and to evaluate the value of e.g. derivativeinstruments using sophisticated valuation tools. The students have the further opportunity totailor their degree by specializing in one of two areas of concentration, corporate finance orfinancial markets.

In the corporate finance area, students focus on such questions as analyzing and choosinginvestment projects, mergers and acquisitions, agency theory, investment banking andobtaining funds from the primary markets, project and trade finance, and capital structure anddividend decisions. The corporate finance area prepares students for entry-level positions in e.g.investment or commercial banking, management consulting, or the finance and corporateplanning functions of industrial firms.

In the financial markets area, students focus on issues such as the behaviour and determinantsof security prices, their implications on portfolio management, behavioral finance and investorpsychology, venture capital, risk management, as well as using and pricing options, futures, andother derivatives. The financial markets area prepares students for entry-level positions in e.g.positions of investment management and strategy, venture capital and private equity, and riskmanagement.

The general management skills the program aims to foster include the student’s analytical skills,teamwork skills, and problem solving skills. The student will also have the opportunity toconsider challenging issues in business ethics and to develop his/her international businesscommunications skills at an advanced level.

90


Further informationIn addition to the information here, the Finance website at www.hse.fi/finance includes detailedinformation on course, faculty, and several related issues such as instructions on credit transferand graduation. All courses have their own websites, which may be accessed through theFinance website. Faculty members are naturally also available for study guidance.

Program Director: Prof. Sami TorstilaProgram Committee: Prof. Vesa Puttonen, Prof. Matti Keloharju, Assistant Prof. Samuli Knüpfer,Prof. Sami Torstila, Prof. Pontus Troberg, Ph.D. Jussi Karhunen (alumni rep.), Tuomas Määttä(student rep.)

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS (120 cr)


2. ADVANCED STUDIES 84 CR

COMMON ADVANCED STUDIES 18 CR

22E00100 Tilinpäätösanalyysit* 6 cr28E00800 Financial Institutions** 6 cr32E11000 Yhtiöoikeus*** 6 cr

Students who take their degree in English can make the following substitutions:

22E00100 Tilinpäätösanalyysit can be replaced with 22E00400 International Accounting32E11000 Yhtiöoikeus can be replaced with 32E11100 Legal Aspects of Finance.

* If this course is included in the old B.Sc. Degree, it can be replaced with any of the E-coursesin Accounting.** If this course is included in the old B.Sc. Degree, it can be replaced with any of the E-coursesin Finance.*** If this course is included in the old B.Sc. Degree, it can be replaced with 32E11100 LegalAspectsof Finance.

ADVANCEDSPECIALIZATION STUDIES 66 CRSix courses from the two lists below:At least three courses from the following:27E07000 Investment Science 6 cr28E00100 Behavioral Finance and Decision Making 6 cr28E00300 Advanced Investment Theory * 6 cr28E00900 Fixed Income 6 cr28E29000 Advanced Corporate Finance 6 cr28E33000 Mergers and Acquisitions 6 cr30E00400 Simulation 6 cr30E00700 Advanced Statistical Methods 6 cr

91


Not more than 18 cr from the following:22E00500 Corporate Governance 6 cr26E00600 Capstone 6 cr28E00400 Marketing FinancialServices 6 cr28E00500 Project and Trade Finance 6 cr28E00600 Venture Capital 6 cr28E00700 Corporate Risk Management 6 cr28E26000 Advanced Financial Theory (Hanken) 6 crThe course 28E26000 will be arranged in the Swedish School of Economics (Hanken)20E00100 Student Business Project** 6 cr28E34100 Project Work** 6 cr28E09900 Finance Studies at AnotherUniversity *** 6-12 cr

* Not lectured in 2008-2009.** Only one of these can be included in the degree.*** Must be agreed in advance with Sami Torstila.

In addition:28E99901 Master’s Thesis 30 cr28E99902 Master’s thesis seminar 0 cr28E99903 Maturity Test 0 cr


Total Credits for the MSc degree 120 cr

92


FINANCE CREDITS TOTALCREDITS

PROGRAMSTUDIES (CR)

MINOR(CR)

COMMONCORESTUDIES

FALL 1Common Core Studies 12Tilinpäätösanalyysit (International Accounting) 6Financial Institutions and Capital Markets 6Elective 1 6

30 18 12

SPRING 1Yhtiöoikeus (Legal Aspects of Finance) 6Elective 2 6Elective 3 6Minor studies 12

30 18 12 6

FALL 2Elective 4 6Elective 5 6Minor Studies 12

24 12 12

SPRING 2Elective 6Masters Thesis 30

36 36

TOTAL 120 120 84 24 18

93


FINANCEIncluding International Study Module


PROGRAMSTUDIES (CR)

MINOR(CR)

COMMONCORESTUDIES

FALL 1Common core studies 12Tilinpäätösanalyysit (International Accounting) 6Financial Institutions 6Optional 1 6

30 18 12

SPRING 1Yhtiöoikeus (Legal Aspects of Finance) 6Optional 2 6Optional 3 6Optional 4 6Minor Studies 0

24 24 0 6

FALL 2Minor studies on exchange 24Creditable course taken on exchange (Optional 5)* 6Minor Studies 0

30 6 24

SPRING 2Optional 6 6Master's Thesis 30

36 36

TOTAL 120 120 84 24 18* Advanced finance course taken on exchange. If there is no such course, this course must be taken at HSEin a suitable semester.

11.4 MSC PROGRAM IN INFORMATION AND SERVICE MANAGEMENT

The MSc program in Information and Service Management provides students withinterdisciplinary skills of analyzing of the rapidly growing supply of information and newtechnologies and managing the increasingly electronic business operations.Students graduating from the program will

have the necessary know-how to efficiently manage and develop business processes usinginformation systems and networks;be familiar with centrally related fields such as logistics, software business, managementscience, and technology management;command the necessary analytical models and methods.

94


The content and focus of the program differ according to its two elective areas of specialization.

The focus of Management Technology is on increasingly important skills to manage andanalyze the rapidly growing supply of information. The main themes include managementdecision-making, risk control (e.g. hedging financial risks), incentives in organizations,production systems, market analysis, and exploitation of new technologies as well asdeveloping and launching products. This focus area provides a broad general view of thedifferent business functions and their interactions. The aim is to use effectively the modernmanagerial tools, such as quantitative models and information technology, in solving practicalbusiness problems.

The focus of Information Systems Science is on the know-how necessary to efficiently manageand develop business processes using information systems and networks. Topics includebusiness information systems, e-commerce as well as soft-ware business and their strategicapplications. The aim is efficient management of information re-sources and the skillfulimplementation of information systems applying technology which best supports the particularbusiness needs.

The focus of Logistics and service management is on providing students the capabilities tomanage and develop companies’ production, distribution, supply, purchasing and serviceoperations. Topics include e.g. supply chain management in various operating environments,service development and operations, inventory management models and policies, qualitymanagement and different business models. This focus area prepares students for the challengesof the network economy and gives the ability to control and design complex logistics chainsand to apply project management skills to various environments.

Upon graduating from the MSc program in Information and Service Management students canoperate in the international information and ser-vice business, as well as in high technologyenter-prises. The program prepares students to work in managerial, expert-level anddevelopment as-signments of diverse business tasks, for instance, as a specialist in riskmanagement and analytical decision-making, or as an independent entrepre-neur. Studentsconcentrating on information sys-tems work as information systems managers, or as experts orconsultants in information system and e-business development. Those who specialize insoftware business may also take managerial posi-tions in IT companies.

Program Director: Matti Rossi.

Program Committee: Matti Rossi, Virpi Tuunainen, Ari Vepsäläinen, Merja Halme, TomiSeppälä, Miira Juntumaa, Katri Karjalainen, Pirkko Lahdelma, Outi Somervuori and two studentrepresentatives

95


DEGREE REQUIREMENTS (120 cr)



COMMON ADVANCED STUDIES 18 CRADVANCED SPECIALIZATION STUDIES 66 CR

COMMON ADVANCED STUDIES 18 CR

Choose 3 courses of the following:27E01000 Decision Making and Choice Behavior 6 cr35E00100 Service Operations and Strategy 6 cr35E00200 Business Models and Technology 6 cr37E00100 Information Economy 6 cr

The remaining course can be included in student’s advanced specialization studies.

MANAGEMENT TECHNOLOGY


Choose six courses (36 cr)

Two required courses from the following:27E02000 Models in Marketing 6 cr27E07000 Investment Science 6 cr30E00400 Simulation 6 cr30E00100 Optimization 6 cr

The remaining courses can be included in the recommended electives.

Three recommended electives from the BT department:27E03000 Advanced Negotiation Practices 6 cr80E20100 Database Marketing 6 cr30E00700 Advanced Statistical Methods 6 cr35E00300 Product and Inventory Management 6 cr35E00400 Coordination of Supply Chains 6 cr35E00500 Quality Leadership 6 cr37E00300 ICT Enabled Business Process Development 6 cr38E00100 Intellectual Property Rights 6 crPlus one free advanced elective course to be approved by the tutoring teacher.

Compulsory for all the students:57E99901 Master’s Thesis 30 cr

96


57E99902 Master’s thesis seminar 0 cr57E99903 Maturity Test 0 cr

INFORMATION SYSTEMS SCIENCE

ADVANCED SPECIALIZATION STUDIES 66 CRChoose six courses (36 cr)

Two required courses from the following:37E00200 Strategic Management of Information Technology 6 cr37E00300 ICT Enabled Business Process Development 6 cr37E00800 Software Business 6 cr37E00900 Project Management 6 cr


Three recommended electives from the BT department:27E02000 Models in Marketing 6 cr80E20100 Database Marketing 6 cr30E00400 Simulation 6 cr35E00300 Product and Inventory Management 6 cr35E00400 Coordination of Supply Chains 6 cr35E00500 Quality Leadership 6 cr37E01000 Current Topics in Information Systems Science 6 cr37E01400 Essential Literature in Information Systems Science 6 cr38E00100 Intellectual Property Rights 6 cr Plus one free advanced elective course to be approved by the tutoring teacher.

Compulsory for all the students57E99901 Master’s Thesis 30 cr57E99902 Master’s thesis seminar 0 cr57E99903 Maturity Test 0 cr

LOGISTICS AND SERVICE MANAGEMENT

ADVANCED SPECIALIZATION STUDIES 66 CRChoose six courses (36 cr)

Two required courses from the following:35E00300 Product and Inventory Management 6 cr35E00400 Coordination of Supply Chains 6 cr35E00500 Quality Leadership 6 cr37E00900 Project Management 6 cr


Three recommended electives from the BT department:27E02000 Models in Marketing 6 cr

97


30E00400 Simulation 6 cr35E00100 Service Operations and Strategy 6 cr35E00600 Operations Control 6 cr35E00700 Packaging and Warehousing Technologies 6 cr37E00300 ICT Enabled Business Process Development 6 cr38E00100 Intellectual Property Rights 6 crPlus one free advanced elective course to be approved by the tutoring teacher.

Compulsory for all the students57E99901 Master’s Thesis 30 cr57E99902 Master’s thesis seminar 0 cr57E99903 Maturity Test 0 cr


TOTAL CREDITS FOR THE MSC DEGREE 120 CR

INFORMATION AND SERVICE MANAGEMENT CREDITS TOTALCREDITS

PROGRAMSTUDIES (CR)

MINOR (CR) COMMON CORESTUDIES

FALL 1Common Core Studies 2 x 3 op 6 637E00100 Service Operations and Strategy / elective 6 627E01000 Decision Making and Choice Behavior / elective 6 6Elective 6 6Minor studies 1 6 6

30 18 6

SPRING 1Common Core Studies 2 x 3 op 6 637E00100 Information Economy / elective 6 635E00200 Business Models and Technology / elective 6 6Elective 6 6Minor studies 2 6 6

30 18 6 6FALL 257E99902 Masters Thesis Seminar 0Elective 6 6Elective 6 6Minor studies 3 6 6Minor studies 4 6 6

24 12 12SPRING 2Elective 6 657E99901 Master’s Thesis 30 3057E99903 Proficiency in Mother Tongue

36 36

TOTAL 120 84 24 12

INFORMATION AND SERVICE MANAGEMENTWITH INTERNATIONAL STUDY MODULE


PROGRAMSTUDIES (CR)

MINOR (CR) COMMON CORESTUDIES

FALL 1Common Core Studies 2 x 3 op 6 637E00100 Service Operations and Strategy / elective 6 627E01000 Decision Making and Choice Behavior / elective 6 6Elective 6 6Elective 6 6

30 24 6

SPRING 1Common Core Studies 2 x 3 op 6 637E00100 Information Economy / elective 6 635E00200 Business Models and Technology / elective 6 6Elective 6 6Elective 6 6

30 24 6FALL 2International Exchange 24 24

0 24SPRING 257E99902 Masters Thesis SeminarElective 6 657E99901 Master’s Thesis 30 3057E99903 Proficiency in Mother Tongue

36 36

TOTAL 120 84 24 12

100


11.5 MSC PROGRAM IN INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS

The purpose of the MSc program in International Business (IB) is to provide the student withcompetencies and skills to analyze, plan and manage international business while facingdifferent markets, business practices, cultures, political, institutional and legal environments.The basic assumption of the program is that the need for International Business competenciesof operating across borders has penetrated all kinds of firms and organizations and is anecessity at most organizational levels.

The core contents of the program build on a holistic understanding of the internationalizationprocess of the firm and its expansion strategy from early to mature stages of development.The program addresses the local or regional business environments accounting fordifferences in cultures, ethics, institutions and historical contexts (e.g. Baltic States, Asia,Europe) as well as issues associated with globalization. The program approachesInternational Business from a range of perspectives including the growth of small businessesinto multinational corporations, the particular context of emerging markets, and small andopen economies, the impact of industry dynamics and inter-firm relationships. The programalso offers functional approaches to analyzing specific International Business strategies andpractices such as international marketing and human resource management.

As one of the MSc programs offered completely in English but supplemented with an explicitmultilingual component, IB students acquire competencies and skills to effectively operateand manage international activities. Students graduating from the program will be:

- strategic and analytical thinkers- team players who are able to perform in an international environment- competent in using English as a working language- multilingual and culturally sensitive

The MSc program in International Business prepares students for international careers. Upongraduating from the MSc program in International Business students are equipped withspecific professional skills and business knowledge that assist them in excelling ininternational commerce, such as foreign sales and marketing functions, in demandingmanagement positions of international organizations or in business consulting.

Knowledge skillsInternational Business graduates should:- have an adequate knowledge of International Business theory and practice

(internationalization processes of the firm, foreign operation modes, internationalmarketing strategies and international human resources management);

- be able to apply International Business know-how to a practical situation and addressboth strategic and functional business problems;

- be capable of strategic thinking taking into account the local and global businesscontexts;

- have an in-depth understanding of a particular regional business environment such asAsia or the Baltic States and appreciate its implications for firms operating across borders;

- be qualified to apply to international doctoral programs

101


Thinking skillsInternational Business graduates should:- be able to perform in a fast changing environment;- be capable of independent strategic thinking;- be capable of contributing to an international team; and- be able to apply theory to practical business problems

Personal and management skillsInternational Business graduates should:- be able to communicate professionally (orally and in writing) in front of a demanding

international audience;- be able to work in cross-cultural teams and to respond to international contexts; and- be sensitive to different cultures, values and behaviors

In order to create and develop students’ skills in the above mentioned areas the followingassumptions drive our teaching and learning efforts. Our courses are organized in anintensive format to enhance students’ commitment to their course work, deadlines andencourage them to take responsibility for their studies. The teaching combines theory withpractice brought to life through company cases as well as presentations by industry expertsand practicing managers. Most courses include group work where international studentteams are formed to demonstrate opportunities and challenges of managing diversity. Theprofile of the students in our courses is highly international. In some courses students areassigned roles in group work and required to report and reflect upon the team dynamics.During courses, teachers provide students with individual and/or collective feedback on theircourse assignments to specifically develop analytical and research skills, for example interms of systematic referencing, convincing argumentation, logical presentation, applicationand use of theoretical concepts to practical problems. The courses are consciously designedin a way that allows for feedback sessions and development of various sets of skills.Moreover, students are sometimes provided with the opportunity to integrate feedback ontheir group work before submitting their final report for grading. Local or regional expertise isintroduced through, for example additional readings in the local language, choice ofteaching faculty and visitors. We also suggest that our students to spend their study periodabroad in a non-English speaking university.

Program Director: Professor Rebecca PiekkariProgram Committee: Rebecca Piekkari, Hannu Seristö, Asta Salmi, Mika Gabrielsson andLiisa Kotilainen.

The courses in International Business are interrelated and a more advanced course requiresthe knowledge of previous courses. To ensure that studies proceed in an appropriate way it isrecommended that the compulsory basic courses are taken in the following order.


2. ADVANCED STUDIES 84 CRCOMMON ADVANCED STUDIES 18 CR


102


COMMON ADVANCED STUDIES 18 CRPlease, note that the letters CEMS in the name of the course are only for information forCEMS students.Compulsory:26E00400 (CEMS) Internationalization of the Firm 6 cr80E80100 Business Research Methodology 6 crAnd one of the following:26E00300 (CEMS) International Marketing 6 cr21E90000 (CEMS) Managing Change 6 cr23E21000 Marketing Principles: Markets, Relationships & Networks 6 cr


Please, note that the letters CEMS in the name of the course are only for information forCEMS students.Compulsory:26E00700 (CEMS) International Human Resources Management 6 cr26E00800 (CEMS) Global Marketing Management 6 cr26E00500 (CEMS) Multinational Management 6 cr26E99901 Master’s Thesis 30 cr26E99902 Master’s Thesis Seminar(s) 0 cr26E99903 Maturity Test 0 crAnd either:26E00600 Capstone 1,2 6 crOr:26E01200 CEMS Special Topics in International Business 6 cr

1 Students in the IDBM Programme can substitute the Capstone course with 26E01300 IDBMIndustry Project.2 Students in the CEMS MIM Programme can substitute the Capstone course with the CEMSBusiness Project.

And one of the following:Please, note that the letters CEMS in the name of the course are only for information forCEMS students.26D00300 Comparative Regional Analysis 6 cr26D00400 Doing Business in Asia 6 cr26D23000 (CEMS) Doing Business in the EU 6 cr26D00800 Russian Economic Transformation 6 cr26E01700 (CEMS) Business Strategies and East-West Cooperation in Asia 6 cr26E01900 International Business and Institutional Change in Russia 6 cr26E09901 Area Studies at another university 6 cr

And 6 ECTS from the following:26E01000 (CEMS) International Design Business Management 6 cr26E01500 (CEMS) International Business Networks 6 cr26E01800 (CEMS) International Management Leadership 6 cr26E03000 International Business Essay 6 cr26E09900 Studies at another university 6 cr20E00100 Student Business Project 3 6 cr

103


21E03050 Organizational Cultures 6 cr23E28000 Advanced Consumer Behaviour 6 cr28E00800 Financial Institutions & Capital Markets 6 cr51E00100 Business Ethics 6 cr75E00100 Managing Corporate Communication 6 cr75E00600 Cross-Cultural Issues in Managerial Communications 6 cr

3 Suitability of the Student Business Project 20E00100 for an IB program elective isdetermined on a case-by-case basis and must be approved before the project work begins.General requirements: the project must be conducted in English and must involve theinternational dimension in a central role. Please contact the IB faculty for details.


For International Business Master’s Program students the following options are available as tominor studies:At HSE: Any minor subject entity offered. Consult the individual subjects and the section‘Minor Subjects of the MSc degree ’ for more information.

The following are in English at HSE:1. Area Studies Program2. Corporate Social and Environmental Responsibility ( maybe possible to complete in

English)3. Economics4. Entrepreneurship5. Finance6. Information Technology Program (ITP)7. International Business8. International Business Communication9. International Design Business Management10. Information and Service Management11.Management12.Marketing13.Quantitative Methods

Through JOO-studies: It is possible for IB major students to complete a minor subjectthrough JOO-studies. Please consult the Office of Studies and Registrar for information.

Exchange university studies: It is possible for IB major students – for all students in any of theprograms - to complete a minor called International Study Module during an exchangesemester abroad. The student exchange program is taken care by the International StudentServices in the Office of Studies and Registrar.


104


INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS STUDY SCHEDULES - MASTER'S DEGREE

COMPULSORY COURSES CR CR TOTAL

FALL 1

26E00400 Internationalization of the Firm 626E00300 International Marketing OR 23E21000 Marketing Principles: Markets, Relationships &Networks 6

6 - 12

SPRING 1

26E00700 International Human Resources Management 6

26E00800 Global Marketing Management 621E90000 Managing Change (OR 26E00300 International Marketing OR 23E21000 MarketingPrinciples) 6

12 - 18

FALL 2

80E80100 Business Research Methodology 6

26E00500 Multinational Management 6

26E01200 Special Topics in International Business (or 26E00600 Capstone) 6

26E99902 Thesis Seminar 0

12 - 18

SPRING 2

26E00600 Capstone (OR 26E01200 Special Topics in IB) 6

26E99901 Master’s Thesis* 30

26E99902 Thesis Seminar 0

26E99903 Proficiency in Mother Tongue 0

30 - 36

*Note: the Master's thesis should be divided into two terms: 2nd year Fall and 2nd year Spring

105


ELECTIVE COURSES ECTS TERM

Area-based courses

26D00300 Comparative Regional Analysis 6 Fall

26D00400 Doing Business in Asia 6 Summer

26D00800 Russian Economic Transformation 6 Spring

26D23000 Doing Business in the EU 6 Spring

26E01700 Business Strategies and Economic Cooperation in Asia 6 Fall

26E01900 International Business and Institutional Change in Russia 6 Spring

26E02000 Doing Business in Rapidly Growing Markets 6 Spring

Other elective courses

26E01000 International Design Business Management 6 Fall

26E01500 International Business Networks 6 Spring

26E01800 International Management Leadership 6 Fall

26E03000 International Business Essay 6 Continuous

20E00100 Student Business Project 6 Continuous

21E03050 Organizational Culture 6 Fall & Spring

23E28000 Advanced Consumer Behaviour 6 Spring

28E00800 Financial Institutions & Capital Markets 6 Fall

51E00100 Business Ethics 6 Fall

75E00100 Managing Corporate Communication 6 Fall

75E00600 Cross-Cultural Issues in Managerial Communications 6 Spring

Note: not all of the above courses are taught every year. See coursedescriptions for more information.

106


11.6 MSC PROGRAM IN INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS COMMUNICATION

The International Business Communication (IBC) Program provides students with nicheknowledge, combining business communication theory with sound business knowledge andexcellent communication skills. The IBC program focuses on communication in internationaloperations, with specialemphasis on multinational corporations.

The concept is unique in Finland - and also else-where. In the program, businesscommunication is seen as a distinctive ‘umbrella’ discipline that includes the fields ofcorporate, managerial, and organizational communication. The international focus and ourstrong emphasis on business knowl edge also distinguish the program from mostcommunication programs offered in other European or US universities.

The program draws on business communication theories but is practically oriented,combining knowledge and skills within areas of corporate communication such as: corporateidentity, corporate social responsibility, company performance and investor relations, changeand crisis management, and intercultural communication issues.

ObjectivesThe goals of the IBC Program relate to particular areas of knowledge and skills that thegraduating students will have. The overall professional goal is to provide the students withthe specific knowledge and skills needed in specialist positions in internationalcommunications.

Meeting the ‘knowledge’ goal means that the stu-dents graduating from IBC will be able tounderstand and appreciate the strategic nature of communication in a business setting;organize communications to support corporate strategy and corporate identity in aninterna-tional and culturally diverse environment;apply the theoretical input from communica-tion studies, International Business, intercul-tural research and applied linguistics to practi-cal communication issues, and solvecommu-nication related problems;

Meeting the ‘skills’ goal means that the students graduating from IBC will be able toindependently produce, process and apply knowledge pertaining to communication invarious business processes;review communication products and proc-esses critically and analytically;create and implement communication strate-gies for various business situations rangingfrom everyday procedures to international cri-ses;utilize a wide range of communication skills and techniques for various managerial andor-ganizational situations in the international business environment;use one other foreign language (besides Eng-lish) in professional communication;deal with the cultural implications of cross-border business operations;analyze business operations from a communi-cations perspective;use a research toolkit to find out more about communication in an international businessenvironment.

Program Director Dr. Leena Louhiala-SalminenAdvisory Committee: Salla Huttunen (Nokia Oyj), Kaija Langenskiöld (Competence

107


Communications), Minna Mars (Kone Oyj), Aino Wessman (JKL Group), Erja Laurila-Hellman(HSE), Rebecca Piekkari (HSE), Pekka Pälli (HSE), Laura Kaustinen (IBC Student), SamiKoivuniemi (IBC student), Mirjaliisa Charles (IBC), Anne Kankaanranta (IBC), Leena Louhiala-Salminen (IBC).

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS (120 CR)1. COMMON CORE STUDIES 12 CR



COMMON ADVANCED STUDIES 18 CR75E00100 Managing Corporate Communication 6 cr75E00600 Cross-Cultural Issues in Managerial Communication 6 crAdvanced Business Language and Communication Studies 6 cr

You will choose one or two of the following courses organized by the various languagesincluded in the Program:

German62E00301 Deutsch beruflich 3 3 cr62E00302 Deutsch situativ 3 3 cr62E00304 Deutsch fürs Management 3 cr62E00305 Spezialthemen 3 crItalian63E00300 Italiankielinen yritysviestintä 3 6 crSpanish65E00301 Cultura y Negocios en España, 3 cr65E00302 Cultura y Negocios en América Latina 3 crFrench66E00301 Français des affaires 2 3 cr66E00303 Rédaction de documents professionnels 3 crRussian67E00301 Russian Business Communication 3a 3 cr67E00302 Russian Business Communication 3b 3 cr67E00401 Russian Business Communication 4a 3 cr67E00402 Russian Business Communication 4b 3 crSwedish72E00301 Mötes- och förhandlingsteknik 3 cr72E00302 Från tanke till text 3 cr72E00303 Speciella teman C 3 crFinnish and Communication71E00400 Viestintäosaamisen haasteet 6 cr71E00500 Mainosviestin retoriikka 6 cr76E00100 Finnish for International Students 6 cr

ADVANCED SPECIALIZATION STUDIES 66 CRCompulsory: (36 cr)

108


75E00300 Business Communication Research 6 cr75E99901 Master's Thesis 30 cr75E99902 Thesis Seminar 0 cr75E99903 Maturity Test 0 crElectives: (30 cr)75E00560 Communication for Corporate Social Responsibility 6 cr75E00570 Company Performance and Investor Relations 6 cr75E00580 Crisis Communication 6 cr75E00530 Organisational Communication 6 cr75E00540 Advanced Managerial Writing 6 cr

You can also choose max. 2 of the following course electives, organized by other programs:

75E09900 Course(s) completed at another university 6 cr(In 2008-09 selected courses offered by the University of Art and Design)

26E00600 Capstone course * 6 cr26E00700 International Human Resource Management 6 cr21E90000 Managing Change 6 cr26E00300 InternationalMarketing 6 cr23E21000 Marketing Principles: Markets, Relationships & Networks 6 cr23E24000 Brand Management 6 cr26E01000 International Design Business Management 6 cr26E00800 Global Marketing Management 6 cr26E01500 International Business Networks 6 cr26E01800 International Management Leadership 6 cr20E00100 Student Business Project 6 cr

* (Note: Students in the IDBM Programme can substitute the Capstone course with 26E01300IDBM Industry Project).


In the IBC Master’s program you can choose any of the HSE minor. It is also possible tocomplete a minor through JOO-studies at another Finnish university, or take the minor calledInternational Study Module during an exchange semester at a foreign university.


IBC MASTER'S: STUDY PROGRESSIONThe following is an example of how you could organize your studies in order to graduate intwo years, studying full time. The plan might vary, depending on your choice of the MinorSubject.

Year 1, Autumn termCommon core studies 12 crManaging Corporate Communication 6 crCross-Cultural Issues in ManagerialCommunication 6 cr1 IBC elective 6 cr

109


Total: 30 crYear 1, Spring termMinor studies 12 cr2 IBC electives 12 crBusiness Communication Research 6 crTotal: 30 cr

Year 2, Autumn termMinor studies 12 crAdvanced Business Language and Communication Studies 6 cr2 IBC electives 12 crThesis seminar 0 crTotal: 30 crYear 2, Spring termThesis seminar (continued)Thesis 30 crMaturity Test 0 crTotal: 30 cr

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS COMMUNICATION STUDY SCHEDULES - MASTER'S DEGREE CR CR TOTAL

YEAR 1, FALL TERM

Common core studies 12

Managing Corporate Communication 6

Cross-Cultural Issues in Managerial Communication 6

1 IBC elective 6

30

YEAR 1, SPRING TERM

Minor studies 12

2 IBC electives 12

Business Communication Research 6

30

YEAR 2, FALL TERM

Minor studies 12

Advanced Business Language and Communication Studies 6

2 IBC electives 12

Thesis seminar 0

30

YEAR 2, SPRING TERM

Thesis seminar (continued)

Thesis 30

Proficiency in Mother Tongue 0

30

110


11.7 MSC PROGRAM IN MARKETING

The MSc program in Marketing provides students with conceptual tools and analytical skills foridentifying customer needs and for building long-term customer relationships that provide valuefor all parties involved. The program is designed to serve the multifarious strategic needs ofcontemporary business organizations. The basic premise of the program is that marketing is notonly a function that executes sales management and marketing communication but rather acomprehensive “philosophy” that guides business practice throughout the organization andhelps firms and individuals to succeed in the markets. The program offers the breadth and depthof marketing and business knowledge that firms and business professionals need to succeed inthe constantly changing global marketplace.

While the program delivers professional skills and capabilities for pursuing a variety of careersin the field of marketing, three main areas of specialization or career paths are offered:consumer marketing and marketing communication; business-to-business marketing andnetworks; and strategic marketing and marketing management.

Students graduating from the program will be:CompetitiveCooperativeCustomer-orientedReady to adapt to new situations; andStrategic thinkers.

Upon graduating from the MSc program in Marketing, students are equipped with in-depthbusiness knowledge and professional skills that help them to excel in demanding positions asmarketing executives and managers in different branches of business. Similarly, the programalso prepares students for attractive positions in various planning, training and consulting jobs.

The program offers three different fields of specialization: Strategic Marketing and MarketingManagement; Consumer Marketing and Marketing Communications; and Business to BusinessMarketing and Networks. These in-depth studies are the cornerstone of marketing on themaster’s level. In addition, the fields entail mandatory courses and advanced studies from boththe department of marketing and the department of management. The special fields aredescribed as follows:

1. Strategic Marketing and Marketing ManagementThe special field of Strategic Marketing and Marketing Management introduces the student tothe core of a company’s business activities. The courses guide the student form theconventional marketing activities, such as marketing communications, to the functions of theboard of executives, especially in the planning of the role of marketing in corporatemanagement and strategic decision making. The courses offer concrete work life know-how,knowledge for creating market-driving business models, and skills for the profitablecommercialization of innovations.

111


2. Consumer Marketing and Marketing CommunicationsThe special field in Consumer Marketing and Marketing Communications offers the studentamounts of know-how in consumer marketing and the management of marketingcommunications. The courses focus on the creation of added value for consumers throughmarketing activities by focusing on the individual, social, and cultural drivers of consumption.This knowledge of consumer groups, consumption cultures, and consumption practices hasbecome increasingly important in contemporary multicultural environments. In addition, theplanning of communications along with other strategic decisions such as targeting, positioning,distribution, and product and service conceptualization and development require theunderstanding of consumer behavior along with the development of a dialogue.

3. Business to Business Marketing and NetworksThe special field of Business to Business Marketing and Networks offers the student know-howfor both consumer-oriented and market-oriented value creation, understanding the buyingbehaviors of organizations, and the management of business networks. Additionally, thecourses of this field focus on the intricacies of project marketing, the features of the buyingbehavior of organizations, the management of customer relationships, and the management of ademand-supply network. The goal is to increase and develop the student’s ability to perform invarious specialist positions in business to business marketing and network management.

ContactAdministrative officer, Pirjo-Liisa Johansson, [email protected] Johanna Moisander, [email protected]

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS (120 CR)1. COMMON CORE STUDIES 12 CR



COMMON ADVANCED STUDIES 18 CRThree courses of the following list:23E21000 Marketing Principles: Markets, Relationships and Networks 6 cr21E90000 Managing Change 6 cr26E00300 International Marketing 6 cr26E00400 Internationalization of the Firm 6 cr33E00100 The Firm in the Global Economy: Competence, Coordination

and Strategic Locations 6 cr

ADVANCED SPECIALIZATION STUDIES 66 CRCompulsory: (36 cr)80E80100 Business Research Methods 6 cr23E99901 Master’s Thesis 30 cr23E99902 MSc Thesis seminar 0 cr23E99903 Maturity Test 0 cr

112


Electives : (30 cr)23E53000 Brands in Strategic Marketing 6 cr23E28000 Advanced Consumer Behavior 6 cr23E31000 Marketing of Culture 6 cr

(every other year)23E51000 High-Tech Marketing and Innovation Management6 cr23E42000 Project Marketing 6 cr25E45000 Advertising and Consumer Research 6 cr23E50000 Product Development Project 6 cr23E52000 Sales Management 6 cr23E09900 Studies at Another University 6 cr26E01500 International Business Networks 6 cr80E20100 Database Marketing 6 cr

Self-study courses:23E37000 Product and Service Management 6 cr23E38000 Competitive Strategy and Competitive Advantage 6 cr23E41000 Distribution and Pricing Management 6 cr

Not more than two of the following:26E00600 Capstone 6 cr26E01000 International Design Business Management 6 cr26E01200 Special Topics in International Business 6 cr26E00700 International Human Resources Management 6 cr26E02000 Global Marketing Management 6 cr27E02000 Models in Marketing 6 cr

(Note: Students who have IDBM Program as minor can include to their MSc Program inMarketing also 26E01300 IDBM Industry Project)

MARKETING CREDITS TOTALCREDITS

PROGRAMSTUDIES

(CR)MINORSTUDIES

COMMONADVANCED

STUDIES (OP)COMMON

CORE STUDIESFALL 1Common Core Studies 2 x 3 op 6 623E21000 Marketing Principles: Markets, Relationships & Networks 6 626E00300 International Marketing 6 6Electives 6 6Minor studies 1 6 6

30 6 6 12 6

SPRING 1Common Core Studies 2 x 3 op 6 621E90000 Managing Change 6 680E80100 Business Research Methods 6 6Electives 6 6Minor studies 2 6 6

30 12 6 6 6FALL 223E99902 Masters Thesis Seminar 023E99904 Johdatus tutkielmatyöskentelyyn 0Electives 6 6Electives 6 6Minor studies 3 6 6Minor studies 2 6 6

24 12 12SPRING 2Electives 6 623E99901 Masters Thesis 30 3023E99903 Proficiency in Mother Tongue 0

36 36

TOTAL 120 66 24 18 12

114


12 MINOR STUDIES IN MSC PROGRAMS

To be able to graduate from the Master of Science in Economics and Business AdministrationPrograms the students need to complete the module of the minor studies as a part of the degree.

The degree structure of Master of Science Degree is as follows:

Common Core Studies + PSP 12 ECTS creditsCommon Advanced Studies 18 ECTS credits Advanced Studies 66 ECTS creditsMinor Studies 24 ECTS creditsTOTAL 120 ECTS CREDITS

There are four possibilities to complete the minor studies:1) Minor studies offered at the HSE2) In one of the official partner universities of the HSE student exchange program or in

equivalent foreign business university3) In another Finnish university as a JOO student. JOO agreement allows a person who is a

degree student at a Finnish University to apply for a temporary study right at another Finnishuniversity

4) The minor studies can be a part of approved Personal Study Plan provided that they arevalid part of student’s degree.

Minor Studies in English of the Master’s Degree:- Area Studies Program (40005)- Corporate Social and Environmental Responsibility- Economics (40100, 40101)- Entrepreneurship (41200)- Finance (40100)- Information and Service Management (40700, 40701)- Information Technology Program (ITP) (40009)- International business (40200)- International Business Communication (40300)- International Design Business Management (40006)- Management (40102)- Marketing (40901)- Quantitative Methods (41305)- Corporate Social and Environmental Responsibility (*(+ International Study Module, one semester in the student exchange program)(* Please consult with PhD Merja Halme whether the minor studies can be completed in English

115


12.1 MINOR STUDIES IN AREA STUDIES PROGRAM

This minor is offered for all M.Sc. level students.

A minor in the Area Studies Program will increase the expertise of the student in the economicgeography of business areas. It will provide tools for analyzing and understanding the area onthe basis of the specific cultural, economic, and geographical considerations. The aim is tointroduce the student to the challenges of doing business in two particular regions and developsensitivity to special cultural and economic features of those specific environments.

STRUCTURE OF MINOR STUDIES 24 CR

Compulsory:26D00300 Comparative Regional Analysis 6 cr26E00700 (CEMS) International Human Resource Management 1 6 cr

1 This course can be substituted with a previously completed Cross-Cultural Management26E01400

And 12 cr from these electives:26D00400 Doing Business in Asia 6 cr26D23000 (CEMS )Doing Business in the EU 6 cr26D00800 Russian Economic Transformation 6 cr26E01700 (CEMS) Business Strategies and East-West Cooperation in Asia 6 cr26E01900 International Business and Institutional Change in Russia 6 cr26E02000 Doing Business in Rapidly Growing Markets 6 cr26E09901 Area Studies at another university 6 cr

12.2 MINOR STUDIES IN ECONOMICS

STRUCTURE OF MINOR STUDIES 24 CRProfessor in responsible for minor: Professor Matti LiskiCompulsory studies (12 cr):EITHER:31E20000 Macroeconomic Theory 12 crORTWO OF THE FOLLOWING COURSES:31E11000 Microeconomic Theory I 6 cr31E12000 Microeconomic Theory II 6 cr31E13000 Microeconomic Theory III 6 cr

Electives (to be completed totally 12 cr):31E20000 Macroeconomic Theory (if not a compulsory course) 12 cr31E11000 Microeconomic Theory I (if not a compulsory course) 6 cr31E12000 Microeconomic Theory II (if not a compulsory course) 6 cr

116


31E13000 Microeconomic Theory III (if not a compulsory course) 6 cr31E00500 International Trade and Integration 6 cr31E00600 International Finance 6 cr31E00700 Labor Economics 6 cr31E00800 Fixed Income Securities 6 cr31E00900 Applied Econometrics 6 cr31E01000 Topics in Economic Theory and Methods 6 cr

12.3 MINOR STUDIES IN ENTREPRENEURSHIP

The aim of the minor studies in entrepreneurship is to introduce the fascinating area ofentrepreneurship and new venture creation as well as to promote entrepreneurial mind set andgive the students holistic view of businesses.


Two compulsory courses are:25E44000 Opportunity development and business planning 6 cr25E47000 Entrepreneurial and small business finance 6 cr

Two elective courses from the following courses:25E31000 Entrepreneurship and managing innovations 6 cr25E45000 Entrepreneurial marketing 6 cr25E46000 Entrepreneurial education and entrepreneurial competences 6 cr25E42000 Growth and internationalization of SMEs 6 cr25E32000 Entrepreneurship as a field of science 6 cr

Entrepreneurship Studies at Another University 6 cr

Contact person:Ass. Prof. Jorma PohtolaEntrepreneurship and SME Management

12.4 MINOR STUDIES IN FINANCE

A minor in Finance provides a fundamental understanding of the models and theories betweencorporate finance and investment decisions, as well as an ability to apply them analytically inpractical settings.


28C00100 Corporate Finance * 6 cr28C00300 Investment Management 6 cr28C00400 Derivatives and Risk Management 6 cr

117


In addition one of the following:27C01000 Tools for Business Decisions 6 cr27C02000 Negotiation Processes 6 cr30C00100 Statistical Analysis 6 cr30C00200 Econometrics 6 cr31C00800 Henkilöstön taloustiede 6 cr32C260 Rahoitusjuridiikka 6 cr71E00700 Sijoittajaviestintä 6 cr28E09900 Finance Studies at Another University ** 6 cr

* If the student has already taken the course as a part of his/her major subject, he/she must replace it with one of the Bachelor’s level electives.** Must be agreed in advance with professor Sami Torstila.

Minor studies coordinator: professor Sami Torstila.

12.5 MINOR STUDIES IN INFORMATION AND SERVICE MANAGEMENT

Objectives:Information and Service Management (ISM) refers to the creative use of information andtechnology in decision making, in managing business processes and networks, and indeveloping new products and services. Minor studies in Information and Service Managementoffer an interdisciplinary education that allows the student to focus on economic analysis andquantitative modelling, management information systems, or logistics and service management.

Topics covered by the minor studies in Information and Service Management include:decision analysis and negotiation processesdevelopment of information systems and associated business processes and serviceslogistics and supply chain management: sourcing, production and distribution of goods andservicesmanagement of technological innovationmathematical methods and statistical analysis

While ISM gives an understanding of different business functions and their interdependencerelevant to managers, it also provides methods and skills for economic analysis required inmany other fields of undergraduate and graduate studies.

Minor studies for the Master’s degree are typically made up of 4 E-level courses totalling 24 cr(40701). However, if a student has no prior studies in ISM subjects, he/she can include one ortwo C-level courses in the minor. The possible C-level courses are listed in the course listsbelow.

118


As an alternative to the Master’s level minor studies, the student may choose a minor from theBachelor’s level (40700). However, in this case, the minor (a) cannot be already included aspart of the Bachelor’s degree and (b) consists of only 4 courses.

Recommendations for minor studies and personal course packages suitable for students inBachelor’s and Master’s Programs in Economics, Marketing, Management, Accounting, Financeand Business Law are available athttp://www.hkkk.fi/bustech .

Students are advised to counsel their tutoring teacher on their choice of courses.

STRUCTURE OF MINOR STUDIES 24 CRThere are three suggested focus areas A, B and C:

A. Management Technology / Science Coordination: Merja HalmeChoose 4 courses from the list below:27C01000 Tools for Business Decisions 6 cr27C02000 Negotiation Processes 6 cr27C03000 Applied Optimization 6 cr27E01000 Decision Making and Choice Behavior 6 cr27E07000 Investment Science 6 cr27E02000 Models in Marketing 6 cr27E03000 Advanced Negotiation Practices 6 cr28E00200 Economics of Entrepreneurial Finance 6 cr80E20100 Database Marketing 6 cr30C00200 Econometrics 6 cr30C00300 Mathematical Methods for Economists 6 cr30E00100 Optimization 6 cr30E00400 Simulation 6 cr35E00200 Business Models and Technology 6 cr38E00100 Immaterial Property Rights 6 cr38E00300 Readings in Organization of R&D (book exam) 6 crand courses from list B and list C.

B. Information Systems Science Coordination: Virpi TuunainenChoose 4 courses from the list below:37C00100 Management Information Systems 6 cr37C00200 Information Systems Development 6 cr37C00300 Enterprise Applications 6 cr37E00100 Information Economy 6 cr37E00200 Strategic Management of Information Technology 6 cr37E00300 ICT Enabled Business Process Development 6 cr37E00800 Software Business 6 cr37E00900 Project Management 6 cr37E01000 Current Topics in Information Systems Science 6 cr

119


and courses from list A and list C.

C. Logistics and Service Management Coordination: Ari P.J. VepsäläinenChoose 4 courses from the list below:35C00100 Distribution and Logistics Services 6 cr35C00200 Purchasing and Supply Management 6 cr35E00100 Service Operations and Strategy 6 cr35E00200 Business Models and Technology 6 cr35E00300 Product and Inventory Management 6 cr35E00400 Coordination of Supply Chains 6 cr35E00500 Quality Leadership 6 cr35E00600 Operations Control 6 cr35E00700 Packaging and Warehousing Technologies (book exam) 6 crand courses from list A and list B.

12.6 MINOR STUDIES IN INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM (ITP)

Information Technology Program (ITP) is an academic summer program taught at the HSE.Close cooperation with companies ensures that ITP program serves both of its target groupswith up-to-date information on Internet economy.

The purpose of ITP is to provide students with a strong applied understanding of Informationand Communication Technologies (ICT). The program provides the necessary tools, conceptsand approaches that enable students with diverse backgrounds to operate effectively in theglobal business environment.

Please note that the following information is based on the 2008 program and is subject tochange. The form in which the program will be offered in 2009 depends on the trends andfundraising for the program. Please, read Opinto-Infos and check our web site for furtherinformation, http://www.hse.fi/itp

In 2008, the program consisted of two parallel subprograms: Business & Technologies andContent & Media.

The Business & Technologies subprogram aims at providing students with an understanding ofe-business infrastructure technologies, the new business opportunities these technologiescreate, and their effects on the business environments and societies in which they are used. TheContent & Media subprogram aims at providing students with an understanding of basicmethods, techniques and tools for producing and designing digital media products.

THE FOLLOWING COURSES WERE OFFERED IN SUMMER OF 2008:

Business & Technologies subprogram

1. Information Technology and E-business Fundamentals2. Achieving Strategic Advantage Through Distributed Technologies

120


3. Digital Economy and Information Industries4. Business Project

Content & Media subprogram

5. Introduction to Digital Media6. Visual Communication Design7. Rich Media Design8. Business Project

Both subprograms are worth 24 credits and are recognized as a minor subject in the M.Sc.program at HSE. ITP studies can be extended to 30 credits with extra work and are thusrecognized as a minor subject in the B.Sc. program at HSE.

Individual modules of the program are taught by visiting faculty. Visitors from other universitiesand from the business community are invited to come and teach for a short period in the fieldof their particular expertise. All courses are run in the form of intensive modules. A normal one-semester university course is compressed to three weeks of full time study.

Each course includes 42 contact hours (3,5 hours a day, four days a week) excluding groupwork and individual assignments. Approximate workload for ITP is 6-9 hours a day throughoutthe summer.

In addition to theoretical studies in ITP courses all ITP students complete an ITP businessproject for cooperating companies under the program supervision.

The working language is English. That is why it is essential that students understand spoken andwritten English with ease, and can express their thoughts clearly in English. No previousexperience or studies in the field are required.

The 2009 Information Technology Program with course descriptions and the selection criteriawill be announced later. The application period for following ITP will start at the beginning ofyear 2009.

Academic Director: Matti Rossi

Department of Business Technology / ITP-program

12.7 MINOR STUDIES IN INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS

This minor is offered for M.Sc. students from the Department of Marketing and Managementand students conducting their Master’s program studies in English.

The minor subject will provide an understanding of the most important theories and practices ofinternational business. The influence of the global business environment on internationalizationapproaches and international business operations is examined. In order to enhance thestudents’ capabilities to apply them to a target region they are offered a possibility to select acourse on a specific geographic business area. In addition to this, the students are offered apossibility to choose two of the advanced international business courses, thus providing

121


possibilities for fine-tuning the minor subject. These courses will assess many aspects ofinternational business, including relationships between headquarters and foreign subsidiaries,the internal dynamics of an international organization, as well as the external networksmultinationals work in.


Prerequisite:26E00300 International Marketing* 6 crCompulsory:26E00400 CEMS Internationalization of the Firm 6 cr

And 6 cr from the Area studies courses (see Area Studies minor)

And 12 cr from these electives:26E00500 (CEMS) Multinational Management 6 cr26E00700 (CEMS) International Human Resource Management 6 cr26E00800 (CEMS) Global Marketing Management 6 cr26E01000 (CEMS) International Design Business Management 6 cr26E01200 Special Topics in International Business 6 cr26E01500 (CEMS) International Business Networks 6 cr26E01800 International Management Leadership 6 cr

*or an equivalent marketing course

12.8 MINOR STUDIES IN INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS COMMUNICATION

International Business Communication offers two programs of study: a Minor program (BSc andMSc), and a Major program (MSc).

Language of instructionThe language of instruction on both the IBC Minor and Major programmes is English, apart fromcourses offered in Business Language and Communication Studies (Minor) and AdvancedBusiness Language and Communication Studies (Major). If any course requires knowledge ofFinnish, it will be clearly stated in the course description.

International Business Communication Minor (BSc and MSc)By the end of the IBC Minor program students will have an understanding of corporate andintercultural communication theories; have the ability to analyse business communicationsituations; possess the skills required to deliver high-quality written documents andpresentations, and have the skills to work in a multilingual business environment.

61A00100 Business Communication is the prerequisite for taking the IBC Minor.IBC Minor Studies Coordinator: Geoffrey Hilton. Please contact him if you have any queries.

122



2 core courses (mandatory)75C00500 Introduction to International Business Communication 6 cr75C00600 IBC Minor Project 6 cr

Electives12 credits (MSc) can be chosen freely from any of the following three special topic categories:

1. Business Language and Communication Studies:Courses in French, German, Italian, Japanese, Russian, Spanish or Swedish. This elective allowsyou to take one or more business language or communication courses in French, German,Italian, Japanese, Russian, Spanish or Swedish. These courses will enhance your ability to speakand write in a culturally appropriate manner in a variety of business situations, using preciseterminology and suitable style.

The courses start at different levels, but all require at least a working knowledge of the languageconcerned. You should choose a course that corresponds to your level of proficiency in thatlanguage. Each course is organised by the language concerned. For more details, please see thedegree requirements for the language concerned.Courses offered:French66B00101 French Business Communication 1a 3 cr66B00102 French Business Communication 1b 3 cr66B00201 Français des affaires 1 3 cr66B00202 Économie de la France 3 cr66C00301 Français des affaires 2 3 cr66C00303 Rédaction de documents professionnels 3 cr66C00402 Négocier et présenter en français 6 cr66C00404 Diplôme de français des affaires 1er degré (DFA 1)6 cr66C00405 Diplôme de français des affaires 2e degré (DFA 2) 6 crGerman62B00201 Deutsch beruflich 2 3 cr62B00202 Deutsch situativ 2 3 cr62C00301 Deutsch beruflich 3 3 cr62C00302 Deutsch situativ 3 3 cr62C00303 Erlebte Landeskunde 6 cr62C00304 Deutsch fürs Management 3 cr62C00305 Spezialthemen 3 crItalian63B00100 Italian Business Communication 1 6 cr63B00201 Testi economico-finanziari 3 cr63B00202 Italiano per gli affari 3 cr63C00300 Italian Business Communication 3 6 cr

123


Japanese68B00101 Japanese Business Communication 1a 3 cr68B00102 Japanese Business Communication 1b 3 cr68B00201 Japanese Business Communication 2a 3 cr68B00202 Japanese Business Communication 2b 3 crRussian67B00101 Russian Business Communication 1a 3 cr67B00102 Russian Business Communication 1b 3 cr67B00201 Russian Business Communication 2a 3 cr67B00202 Russian Business Communication 2b 3 cr67C00301 Russian Business Communication 3a 3 cr67C00311 Russian Business Communication 3a

(Russian as Mother Tongue)) 3 cr67C00302 Russian Business Communication 3b 3 cr67C00312 Russian Business Communication 3 b

(Russian as Mother Tongue)) 3 cr67C00401 Russian Business Communication 4a 3 cr67C00411 Russian Business Communication 4a

(Russian as Mother Tongue)) 3 cr67C00402 Russian Business Communication 4b 3 cr67C00412 Russian Business Communication 4b

(Russian as Mother Tongue)) 3 crSpanish65B00101 Spanish Business Communication 1a 3 cr65B00102 Spanish Business Communication 1b 3 cr65B00201 Spanish Business Communication 2a 3 cr65B00202 Spanish Business Communication 2b 3 cr65C00301 Cultura y Negocios en España 3 cr65C00302 Cultura y Negocíos en América Latina 3 crSwedish72B00201 Företagskommunikation med moderna medier 3 cr72B00202 Intern och extern kommunikation 3 cr72B00203 Muntlig framställining 3 cr72B00204 Specialla teman B 3 cr72C00301 Mötes- och förhandlingsteknik 3 cr72C00302 Från tanke till text 3 cr72C00303 Specialla teman C 3 cr

2. International Business Environments:Students can freely choose any of the courses offered by the Area Studies minor. Please firstconsult the coordinator of the IBC Minor program, Geoffrey Hilton, on the suitability of yourchoice, and then contact the teacher of the course concerned to see whether or not there isroom for you on that course. Please refer to the Area Studies for full course descriptions.

3. English Communication Specialisation:61C00500 Financial Communication 6 cr

124


Contact:International Business Communication, lecturer Geoffrey Hilton MA

12.9 MINOR STUDIES IN INTERNATIONAL DESIGN BUSINESS MANAGEMENT

This minor is offered only for M.Sc. students that are selected for the IDBM Program, for moreinformation see: http://www.hse.fi/idbm.

The International Design Business Management Program is an alternative specialization areawithin the International Business Program at the Helsinki School of Economics. It is a jointprogram between the Helsinki School of Economics, the University of Art and Design Helsinkiand the Helsinki University of Technology. The students participating in the IDBM Program taketheir major subject at their own university. The IDBM Program forms the minor subject (24 cr)of a Master’s degree. The Program is conducted in English language. The deadline forapplications for the IDBM Program is April 15th annually. For further information, please contactthe IDBM Program Director or Coordinator.


Compulsory course for all students participating in the IDBM Program:26E01300 IDBM Industry Project/Seminar 6 cr

Courses from the two other Universities:University of Art and Design Helsinki 9-12* crHelsinki University of Technology 9-12* cr

For more detailed information see the IDBM web page: http://www.hse.fi/idbm.

*This depends on if the student counts the IDBM Industry Project towards their major (12 crneeded) or minor (9 cr needed) study.

12.10 MINOR STUDIES IN MANAGEMENT

The aim of the minor is to contribute to increasing understanding of strategic and humanresource perspectives of management and change in organizations.


Students can choose 4 courses between the following courses:

21E00600 Human Resource Development 6 cr21E00700 Strategy Work in Global Context 6 cr

125


21E01050 Management and Strategy Making, book exam 6 cr21E02050 Strategic Human Resource Management, book exam 6 cr21E03050 Organisational Culture, book exam 6 cr21E90050 Managing Change 6 cr

(Provided that the course is not included in other studies)51E00100 Business Ethics 6 cr

Contact person:D.Sc. Pertti Tiittula,Organization and Management.

12.11 MINOR STUDIES IN MARKETING

The student can complete eithet the minor A, B or C. Only B and C are offered in English


A Strategic Marketing and Marketing Management, in Finnish

B Consumer Marketing and Marketing Communications

Choose 18 cr of these courses:

23E28000 Advanced Consumer Behavior 6 cr23E53000 Brands in Strategic Marketing 6 cr

EITHER23E45000 Advertising and Consumer Research 6 crOR23E31000 Marketing of Culture (every other year) 6 cr

Choose one 6 cr course from the list of Advanced Specialisation Studies/ electives

C Business to Business Marketing and NetworksChoose 18 cr of these courses:

23E21000 Marketing Principles: Markets, Relationships and Networks 6 cr26E01500 International Business Networks 6 crEITHER23E42000 Project Marketing 6 crOR23E51000 High-Tech Marketing and Innovation Management 6 cr

Choose one 6 cr course from the list of Advanced Specialisation Studies/ electives

126


Advanced Specialisation Studies/ ElectivesChoose one 6 cr course from the list80E80100 Business Research Methods 6 cr23E21000 Marketing Principles: Markets, Relationships and Networks 6 cr23E53000 Brands in Strategic Marketing 6 cr23E28000 Advanced Consumer Behavior 6 cr23E31000 Marketing of Culture (every other year) 6 cr23E51000 High-Tech Marketing and Innovation Management 6 cr23E42000 Project Marketing 6 cr23E45000 Advertising and Consumer Research 6 cr23E09900 Courses Completed at Another University 6 cr26E15000 International Business Networks 6 cr80E20100 Database Marketing 6 cr

Optional book exams:23E37000 Product and Service Management 6 cr23E38000 Competitive Strategy and Competitive Advantage 6 cr23E41000 Distribution and Pricing Management 6 cr

Special remarks:The part of the courses in marketing are offered as undergraduate and graduate level courses.The letter C in the course code refers to the undergraduate level course and code E referes tothe graduate level course. The same course cannot be the part of the student degree both in BScamd MSc degree because the content of the course is almost similar.

12.12 MINOR STUDIES IN QUANTITATIVE METHODS

Minor studies in Master’s degree

A minor in Quantitative studies provides theoretical and practical knowledge of mathematicaland statistical tools that can be used to support managerial and economic decision making. Inmany of the courses computers are used to analyze data and practical situations. Minor studiesin Quantitative Methods are intended especially to Business Technology, Finance, Accountingand Economics students, but are open to all students. Quantitative Methods are also useful tothose students who are planning to pursue a career in research and development.

Choose 24 cr from the following courses

30C00100 Statistical analysis 6 cr30C00200 Econometrics 6 cr30C00300 Mathematical methods for economists 6 cr30E00100 Optimization 6 cr30E00300 Productivity and efficiency analysis 6 cr

127


30E00400 Simulation 6 cr30E00500 Quantitative empirical research 6 cr30E00700 Advanced statistical methods 6 cr90L56503 Behavioral decision making 6 cr

Other E or L-level courses on quantitative methods can be included in minor studies, subject toapproval.

128


13 STUDIES ACCORDING TO THE DEGREE REGULATIONS 1995

Students who started their studies before August 1, 2005 began their studies according to theHSE Degree Regulations 1995 i.e. the old Degree Regulations.

When the students continue their studies after July 31, 2008 at HSE they must transfer to studyaccording to the Degree Regulations 2005.

13.1 CHANGING TO STUDY ACCORDING TO THE NEW DEGREE REGULATIONS

What does the transfer of the degree regulations mean?

The HSE Degree Regulations are official documents concerning for example the studentadmission to HSE, the subjects taught at HSE, the degrees offered and how to complete them.Therefore students need to apply for transfer to study according to the Degree Regulations 2005(decree 794/2004).

The structure of degree studies differs between the two systems. For example

Degree Structure according to the DegreeRegulations 1995

Degree Structure according to the DegreeRegulations 2005

The students have been admitted to studythe BSc/MSc degree and the completing ofthe BSc degree is not obligatory. Somestudents have been admitted directly to theMaster’s level.

The students have been admitted tocomplete first the BSc degree and only afterthat they can complete the MSc degree andthey also need to apply for the Master’sPrograms

The degree studies are based on the subjectsand the students can complete their studiesmostly in the order they prefer.

The degree studies are based on the BScprogram or on the MSc program the studenthas chosen. The student has to follow thestructure of the program.

The extent of BSc degree is 120 study weeks,The extent of MSc degree is 160 study weeks

The extent of BSc degree is 180 creditsThe extent of MSc degree is 120 credits

The BSc/MSc degree consists of 16 requiredcore courses, major subject, minor subject,languages and electives.

The BSc degree consists of Fundamentals ofBusiness Studies (which is 9 required corecourses + Professional Skills Portfolio),common program studies (according to theprogram chosen), specialization studies,minor and language and communicationstudies.The MSc degree consists of required corecourses (12 credits), major studies of theprogram and minor. (NO language studies!)

The HSE Degree Transfer Regulations will be applied to the students who study the BSc/MScDegree at HSE according to the Degreee Regulations 1995 (139/95) and will transfer to study

129


according to the Degree Regulations 2005 ( 794/2004). There are transfer regulations 1) for thestudents who have been admitted to complete BSc/MSc degree and 2) for the students whohave been admitted to complete MSc degree only, that is they have been admitted directly tothe Master’s level. The detailed transfer regulations are in Finnish. In the regulations is definedhow to complete the required core courses, minor studies and language studies, what studiescan be transferred, how the student will be placed into the programs etc. Further informationcan be obtained from the Office of Studies and Registrar, email [email protected]. Please,make an appointment through the email for individual counselling.

Applying for transfer to study according to the Degree Regulations 2005When you apply for transfer to study according to the Degree Regulations 2005, please, followthese instructions:

1. Fill up an application for transfer to study according to the Degree Regulations 2005 andattach to it a transcript of records as well as your personal study plans.

2. The transferring student is required to make the Personal Study Plan, PSP. For transferapplicants, there are actually two PSP forms A and B. First the student need to decide whatcourses can be transferred to the new degree system as a part of the degree studies and markthose courses to the PSP A. After that, the student will evaluate what courses are still missingand what courses he/she needs to complete to be able to graduate from HSE and mark thosecourses to the PSP B. The PSP’s are binding and the students cannot change them after thePSP’s have officially been approved.

3. The student will submit the application for transfer, transcript of records as well as PSP Aand PSP B to the Help Desk of the Office of Studies and Registrar in the main building. ThePSP’s will be checked and confirmed and, if needed, discussed and modified together withthe student. The final PSP’s are binding.

4. The student will get the official decision of the transfer and his/her studies from the olddegree will be transferred to his/her new degree. The official transfer decision is final andthe student cannot return back to complete his/her degree according to the DegreeRegulations 1995.

130


14 COURSE DESCRPTIONS

This part includes course descriptions for courses offered in English in the academic year 2008-09. The complete list of all courses offered at HSE can be found from the Finnish languageguide “Opinto-opas, lukuvuosi 2008-09” as well as WebOodi register system.

14.1 COURSE CODES

20 Common courses of the degree (tutkintojen yhteisiä opintojaksoja)21 Organisation and Management (organisaatiot ja johtaminen)22 Accounting (laskentatoimi)23 Marketing (markkinointi ja kauppa)25 Entrepreneurship (yrittäjyys)26 International Business27 Management Science (liikkeenjohdon systeeemit)28 Finance30 Quantitative Methods of Economics and Management Science (see also codes 34&36)31 Economics (kansantaloustiede)32 Business Law (yritysjuridiikka)33 Area Studies Program34 Business Mathematics (talousmatematiikka)35 Logistics (logistiikka)36 Statistics (tilastotiede)37 Information System Science (tietojärjestelmätiede)38 Technology Management and Policy47 Information Technology Program51 Philosophy (filosofia)53 Organizational Psychology (organisaatiopsykologian opintokokonaisuus)56 Area Studies Program57 Business Technology60 Joint Courses in Languages (kielten yhteiset opintojaksot)61 English Business Communication62 German Language (saksan kieli)63 Italian Language (Italian kieli)65 Spanish Lanaguage (espanjan)66 French Language (ranskan kieli)67 Russian Language (venäjän kieli)68 Japanese Language (japanin kieli)71 Finnish Language and Communication (suomen kieli ja viestintä)72 Swedish Language (ruotsin kieli)73 Chinese Language (kiinan kieli)74 Estonian Language (viron kieli)80 Joint Courses, Courses common to more that one subject (aineiden yhteiset opinnot)90 Doctoral studies (jatkokoulutus)

131


14.2 ACCOUNTING (22)

22A00210 INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: Basic course, Fundamentals of Business Knowledge.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Basic course.OBJECTIVES: To understand the role of accounting in society. To know the structure andpotential uses of financial statements, as well as the actual process of preparing these. Tounderstand the role of information systems in accounting. In regards to managementaccounting, to understand accounting systems as a producer of information for decision-makingand control, as well as to understand that accounting is more than just a technical application.After the course the student can read financial statements and interpret key financial figures,outline a budget and evaluate financial value of capital investments and products.LITERATURE: HAND, Len, ISAAKS, Carolyn & SANDERSON, Peter (2005) Introduction toaccounting for non-specialistsOTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Course literature and other material will be announced later atthe course home pageTEACHERS(S): Ph.D. Seppo Ikäheimo, Ph.D. Hannu Ojala and M.Sc. Mikko Sandelin.COURSE FORMAT:

Lectures 28 h, Seppo Ikäheimo.Exercises 28 h, Hannu Ojala and Mikko Sandelin.Exam 12.12.08 (80 %), assignments during the course (20 %). Exam is based on all (oraland written) course material (distributed or announced during the course) as well as onthe above mentioned literature.

METHODS: Lectures and exercises.TIMING: Fall 2008, second periodPREREQUISITE: Recommended to have participated in excel-section of Taitosalkku.TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: To the course and exams via WebOodi.HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/22A00110/

22C00150 INTRODUCTION TO FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: Bachelor’s program, common studies in Accounting, Finance andBusiness law.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Intermediate studies.OBJECTIVES: The aim is to provide a full understanding of the key aspects of financialaccounting, annual reporting and interpretation of financial statements.CONTENT: The topics include conceptual framework of financial accounting, financialreporting and analysis of the financial statement.LITERATURE:

Alexander, D. & Nobes, C. (2007) Financial accounting an international introduction, 3rdedition.KHT-Media (2004) Introduction to financial statements in Finland, Revised 4th edition.

TEACHERS(S): Lecturer Tapani Kykkänen

132


METHODS: Book exam.TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREMARKS: This course replaces the courses 22A010 Kirjanpidon perusteet and 22A040Introduction to Financial Accounting.

22E00400 INTERNATIONAL ACCOUNTING (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. advanced course in Accounting. CEMS courseLEVEL OF THE COURSE: AdvancedOBJECTIVES: The objective of the course is to make students aware of why accountingdifferences exist, what differences exist between countries, to clarify which are the majorplayers in international accounting and what is the expected future development, to present anddiscuss the major features of significant international accounting standards including the majordifferences between IFRS (IASB) and U.S. GAAP as well as their implications for financialanalysis.LITERATURE: Troberg, Pontus (2007) IFRS and US GAAP: A Finnish PerspectiveOTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Handouts.TEACHER(S): prof. Pontus troberg.COURSE FORMAT:

Lectures 28 h, prof. Pontus troberg.Written examination (100%) that is based on the lectures and course literature

METHODS: lectures.TIMING: fall 2008, second periodPREREQUISITE: at least three financial accounting courses.TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: to the course via weboodi one week before the beginning of the period and toexams via weboodiREMARKS: max. 50 students can be accepted to the course - in order of registration, but prioritygiven to accounting majors, then finance and business law majors.This course replaces the course International Accounting (22D430).HOMEPAGE: http://hkkk.fi/~ptroberg/INTACCT.htm

22E00500 CORPORATE GOVERNANCE (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. advanced course in accounting. CEMS courseLEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studiesOBJECTIVES: The main objective of this course is to emphasize the role of corporategovernance in corporate success. After this course you will understand the relationship betweenthe company management, board of directors and shareholders.CONTENT: The perspective is mainly on a typical public company but also other perspectivesare discussed. The major topics cover the big picture of corporate governance and the maininstitutions of corporate governance including especially external corporate governance, Boardof Directors, Investor Relations, Auditing and Internal Control, but also ExecutiveCompensation. After the course you will understand the importance of these institutions and thelogic how they work

133


OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Material distributed by the lecturer.TEACHER(S): Ph.D. Seppo Ikäheimo.COURSE FORMAT: Lectures 28 h, Seppo Ikäheimo.METHODS: Diary and class participation 25 %, group work 25 % and final exam 50 %.TIMING: Spring 2009, first period.TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via weboodiREMARKS: The course is lectured in English. This course replaces the previous courses“Yrityksen omistajat ja ylin johto” (32D300) and Corporate Governance (32E12000). Students,who have completed these courses, cannot participate in this one.HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/22E00500

22E10000 STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. advanced course in management accounting.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies.OBJECTIVES: The objective of the course is to deepen the understanding of how managementaccounting - as a management technology that constructs organizational reality – becomesconnected with the following topic areas:

The crafting of strategy and its communicationOrganizational learning and the generation of strategic initiativesCritical strategic decision processesThe problems of strategic controlKey issues in strategic change

OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Reading material and cases announced in class.TEACHER(S): Prof Juhani VaivioCOURSE FORMAT:

Interactive lectures 17 h, prof. Juhani Vaivio.Exam (60%), based on indicated readings.Active class participation and discussion, as well as presentations and essay-reports ingroups (total 40%).

METHODS: Interactive lectures, essay-reports.TIMING: Fall 2008, first period.PREREQUISITE: Johdon laskentatoimi II, Tuloslaskenta, Tilinpäätösanalyysit.TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: One week prior to the start of the period through WebOodi, and to exams viaWebOodiREMARKS: 40 students will be accepted to the course. This course replaces the previouslyoffered courses Strateginen suunnittelu and budjetointi (22E100) and Strateginen johdonlaskentatoimi (22E10000).

22E12000 CAPITAL BUDGETING (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. advanced course in accounting.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced

134


OBJECTIVES: The main objective of this course is to highlight the role of advanced capitalbudgeting methods in analyzing capital investments. After this course you will understand theopportunities and limitations of various capital investment methods and how they could beused in modern organizations.CONTENT: This course emphasizes the context dependence of capital investment methods andtheir subjective role of analysis in decision making process. The major topics of capitalbudgeting cover the general features of capital budgeting, estimating costs and benefits ofinvestments, capital budgeting in modern production environment and in an internationalcontext, flexibilities and uncertainties in capital budgeting, cost of capital in capital budgeting,strategic investments, gaming and post completion audit.LITERATURE: SHAPIRO, R. (2005) Capital budgeting and investment analysisOTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Material distributed by the lecturer.TEACHER(S): Ph.D. Seppo Ikäheimo.COURSE FORMAT:During the course, there will be lectures, student presentations, visitors and investmentcalculations, total 28 h, lectured and supervised by Seppo Ikäheimo.METHODS: Diary and class participation 20 %, group work 30 % and final exam 50 %.TIMING: Spring 2009, first period.TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: To the course one week before the beginning of the period via WebOodi; Tothe exam via WebOodiREMARKS: This course replaces the course 22E21000 Investointien suunnittelu and valvonta.HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/22E12000

22E45000 MANAGEMENT CONTROL AND CORPORATE FINANCE IN THE ‘NEWECONOMY’ (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. advanced course in accounting.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: AdvancedTIMING: The course will not be lectured in 2008-2009.

135


14.3 BUSINESS LAW (32)

32A00210 INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS LAW AND ETHICS (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: Bachelor program, compulsory general course for those studentswho cannot take the matching general course (32A00110) in Finnish. Fundamentals of BusinessKnowledge. For students who are fluent in Finnish, we recommend attending the course32A00110.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Core coursesOBJECTIVES: The aim of the course is to give an introductory overview of legal matters for theneeds of business graduates. The introductory course serves as a foundation for the moreadvanced legal courses. The outline serves the basic understanding of legal systems andstructure according to Finnish Law, also from a comparative legal point of view.CONTENT: Special emphasis will be on those parts of law that are relevant in businesscontexts. Ethical views of business are taught in order to understand their necessity in additionto legal norms.LITERATURE: Crane, Andrew - Matten, Dirk (2004) Business ethics a European perspectivemanaging corporate citizenship and sustainability in the age, or the version of 2007.OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: HandoutsTEACHER(S): Prof. Juha Tolonen (University of Vaasa)COURSE FORMAT:

Lectures 15 h (Business Law) + 15 h (Ethics), Prof. Juha Tolonen.Final Exam (100%) consisting of the course literature, lectures and handouts.

TIMING: Spring 2009.TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiREMARKS: Law books are not allowed in the exam. The course is a substitute for the course32A00110 “Yritysjuridiikan perusteet ja liike-elämän etiikka”.HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/32A00210

32C23000 INTERNATIONAL TAXATION (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: Bachelor program, general studies / KTK-tutkinto, yritysjuridiikanerikoistumisopinnot.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Intermediate studiesOBJECTIVES: The course gives readiness to cope with cross-border tax problems.CONTENT: It deals with taxation in a situation, where the state of source of income and thestate of residence of the income are two different states. Similarly, the course covers taxation insituations where capital is situated in one state and the owner of the capital in another. It coversthe tax treatment of individuals and corporations under Finnish domestic tax law, tax treatiesand EC tax law.LITERATURE:

Helminen, Marjaana (2005) Kansainvälinen tuloverotusHelminen, Marjaana (2005) Finnish international taxationOrganisation for Economic Co-operation and Development Committee on Fiscal Affairs

136


(2005) Model tax convention on income and on capital condensed version July 2005,HSE students get hold of the publication via SourceOECD database at http://lib.hse.fi

OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Recommended (not compulsory) further readings on the coursewebsiteTEACHER(S): OTK, LL.M. Lari HintsanenCOURSE FORMAT:

Lectures 20h, OTK, LL.M. Lari Hintsanen. Lectures will be followed by a written lectureexam. The credit points received in the exam may be used to substitute the book“Kansainvälinen tuloverotus” or the book “Finnish International Taxation” in the finalwritten exam.The credits received in the exam will correspond to 50 % of the final mark. Final writtenexam (100%) on the course literature.

TIMING: Fall 2008TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiREMARKS: Students may answer in Finnish or English both in the examination and lectureexam. Law books and the OECD Model Convention may not be used in the examination.HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/32C23000

32E11100 LEGAL ASPECTS OF FINANCE (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: Master program, advanced studies.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studiesOBJECTIVES: The aim of the course is to get acquainted with the regulative framework forsecurities markets and to gain an understanding of the cooperation between legal and businesseconomic factors affecting various forms of corporate finance. Among the practical objectivesof the course there are various skills of market-related corporate finance, such as an ability toevaluate the influence of legal rules for the choice of optimum forms of corporate finance andskills to produce and interpret information provided in legal rules for securities markets.CONTENT: The contents of the course include legal rules for of listing, disclosure duties ofissuers of securities and legal duties related to public bids, mergers and acquisitions. Also lawand economics, sociological and information science aspects of information in securitiesmarkets and investor relations are discussed.LITERATURE: Zufferey, Jean-Baptiste (1997) Regulation of trading systems on financial marketsOTHER COURSE MATERIALS:

The following Financial Supervision Standards(http://www.fin-fsa.fi/Eng/Regulation/FSA_standards/Standards_by_date_of_issue/etusivu.htm):

o 2.2. Standard on marketing of financial services and financial instruments;o Standard 5.5: Investment recommendations and accepted market practices;o Standard 5.2a: Securities offerings and listing;o Standard 5.2b: Disclosure obligation of the issuer and shareholder; ando Standard 5.2c: Takeover bids and mandatory bids.

137


The following rules of the Stock Exchange(http://omxgroup.com/nordicexchange/marketprofesional/rulesregulations/helsinkirulesregulations/):

o Rules of the Stock Exchangeo Norex member ruleso New stabilisation ruleso Corporate governance recommendationo Guidelines for insiderso Own shares of a listed companyo Guidelines for market makingo Rules of the disciplinary committee

TEACHER(S): Professor Matti RudankoCOURSE FORMAT:

Lectures 20 h and seminar (group work or essay) 8 h (not compulsory), Professor MattiRudanko, and a lecture exam exempting from reading Zufferey’s book for the final exam.Final exam (100%) on the course literature

TIMING: Spring 2009TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiREMARKS: Law books are not allowed in the exam.HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/32E11100

32E22000 EUROPEAN TAX LAW (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: Master program, advanced studies.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studiesOBJECTIVES: This course provides a systematic survey of European Tax Law covering bothdirect and indirect taxation.CONTENT: Current tax issues will be studied from an international angle. EC tax directives andtax implications of the EC Treaty shall be discussed. Landmark tax cases of the European Courtof Justice shall be examined. In addition, efforts to harmonize the European tax systems bylegislative means shall be studied focusing on the proposals relating to Common ConsolidatedCorporate Tax Base and Home State Taxation.LITERATURE:

Terra, Ben J. M. - Wattel, Peter J. (2005) European tax lawBrokelind et al. (2007) Towards a Homogenous EC Direct Tax Law. An assessment of theMember States responses to the ECJ’s case law.European Union (2006) Consolidated versions of the treaty on European Union and thetreaty establishing the European Commu , The EC Treaty may also be printed fromhttp://europa. eu.int/eur-lex/lex/en/treaties/index.htm.

TEACHER(S): Assistant Kristiina ÄimäCOURSE FORMAT: Lectures 22 h, assistant Kristiina Äimä. Lectures are followed by a writtenlecture exam. The credit points received in the exam may be used to substitute Terra – Wattel’sbook on European Tax Law. The credit points received in the exam correspond to 50 % of thefinal mark.

138


Final written exam (100 %) of the course LITERATURE:.TIMING: Spring 2009TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiREMARKS: The Treaty establishing the European Community and cases of the European Courtof Justice may be used in the exam and lecture exam. The EC Treaty and the ECJ's cases can beunderlined and Articles of the Treaty and paragraphs of the cases can be referred to. Othernotes are not allowed. Students may answer in English or Finnish in both exams.

139


14.4 DOCTORAL STUDIES (90)

90L56503 BEHAVIORAL DECISION MAKING (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: Licentiate degree and doctoral degree, common scientific doctoralstudies.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Doctoral studies.OBJECTIVES: Behavioural decision research investigates how people make judgments,decisions, and choices, and how decision processes may be improved. The field of behaviouraldecision research is interdisciplinary, using concepts from psychology, economics,management science, and other disciplines. The importance of the field was highlighted by theawarding of the Economics Nobel Prize to Daniel Kahneman in 2002. The purpose of thiscourse is to provide students with an overview of behavioural decision research.CONTENT: Topics covered in the course will include judgment under uncertainty (including heuristicsand biases), risk behaviour, and how to deal with multiple, conflicting objectives and values.The anomalies in classical decision theories are indicated. Tversky-Kahneman Prospect Theoryis discussed. The focus will be on the individual decision-maker; although we will also briefly discussissues related to group and organizational decision making. We also relate the behaviouraldecision theories to the domain of financial decision making and consumer decision making,making the course appropriate for students of finance and marketing.OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Many articles and book chapters will be made available tostudents.TEACHER(S): Professor PhD Jyrki Wallenius.COURSE FORMAT: There will be an exam, project reports, and mandatory readings.METHODS: Lectures, project reports.TIMING: Class hours are Mondays and Thursdays 9-12 am during the second fall session of2008. Students are expected to participate.TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Through WebOodi before October 22, 2008.REMARKS: This course is directed to postgraduate students but Master students are welcome tothe course as well. However, postgraduate students are given priority to the course in case thecourse is full.

140


14.5 ECONOMICS (31)

31A00210 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: B.Sc. (Econ), Fundamentals of Business KnowledgeLEVEL OF THE COURSE: Core courseOBJECTIVES: The objective of the course is to familiarize students with the basic tools andconcepts of economics and their applications in economic analysis. Students will learn tointerpret key economic indicators and gain an understanding of the functioning of a marketeconomy and the role of economic policy.CONTENT: Analysis of economic phenomena:

principles of economics, how economists thinksupply and demandeconomics of the public sectorfunctioning of firms and marketsproductivity and welfareeconomic growth and structural policyunemployment and inflationopen economy macroeconomicseconomic fluctuations, monetary and fiscal policy

LITERATURE: Mankiw, N. G.; Taylor, M.P. (2006) Economics, Chapters 1-11, 13-15, 18-20, 23-26 and 28-37.TEACHER(S): Drs. Economie (Econ. Lic.) Alexander CreutzbergCOURSE FORMAT:

Lectures 42hExercises 14h (20% of the final grade)Exam (80% of the final grade)

METHODS: Lectures, exercisesTIMING: Spring 2009, first periodPREREQUISITE: Entrance exam economics text bookTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Course and exam Via WebOodiHOMEPAGE: http://https://cie.hkkk.fi/31A00210

31C00400 INTRODUCTION TO INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS AND FINANCE (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: B.Sc. (Econ), Economics program, elective courseLEVEL OF THE COURSE: IntermediateOBJECTIVES:

Understanding of international competitiveness in the modern worldUnderstanding of the fundamentals of competitiveness through the classical theories ofinternational tradeUnderstanding of the basic determinants of international capital flowsFamiliarity with international trade policy and monetary policy

141


CONTENT: In this course we study the international market as a combination of two parts - thecommodity markets and the money and capital markets. In the commodity markets we aremainly interested in the problem of international competitiveness, its origins and measurement.We deal with the purchasing power parity exchange rates and real exchange rates but also withthe fundamentals of competitiveness, input productivity, input prices and scale of production.In the capital markets we concentrate on capital allocation and international portfolioinvestments. The interest rate parity is essential in connecting international capital movementsto exchange rates of currencies. A short overview of the role of monetary policy in the contextof EMU and the Euro is undertaken. Also, some examples of political tampering with free trade,trade policy, are analyzed.LITERATURE: Husted, S.; Melvin, M. (2007) International Economics, 7. edition, chapters 1-20.TEACHER(S): DSc (Econ) Roy DahlstedtCOURSE FORMAT:

Lectures and exercises 42 h, Dr.Sc. Econ) Roy DahlstedtExam (100% of the final grade)

METHODS: Lectures, exercisesTIMING: Fall 2008, first periodPREREQUISITE: Principles of Economics (31A00110)TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Course and exam Via WebOodiHOMEPAGE: http://https://cie.hkkk.fi/31C00400

31C00500 INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS AND FINANCE (6 ECTS)


A solid understanding of the international trade theories, classical and modernAn analytical understanding of international trade policy and monetary policy problemsin the context of international politicsAn ability to apply a macroeconomic model framework to country analysis

CONTENT: The multi-commodity comparative advantage model; international trade, specificfactors of production and income distribution; the standard foreign trade model; marketstructure, monopolistic competition and returns to scale; international movement of labour andcapital, multinational corporations, and factor allocation; trade policy and income distributionin the context of international politics; production, capital markets and foreign exchange ratesas an equilibrium macro model - the alternatives of economic policies in open economies;EMU and Euro in the light of the optimal currency area- approach; the new global financialarchitecture.LITERATURE: Krugman, Paul R.; Obstfeld, M. (2006) International Economics, Theory andPolicy, 7.edition.TEACHER(S): D. Sc. (Econ) Roy DahlstedtCOURSE FORMAT:

Lectures 28hObligatory group work compiling a balance-of-payments analysis (40 % of the final

142


grade)An obligatory economic policy analysis rehearsal with the open-economy macro modelExam (60% of the final grade)

METHODS: Lectures, exercises, group workTIMING: Fall 2008, second periodPREREQUISITE: Introduction to International Economics and Finance (31C00400)TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Lectures and exam Via WebOodiHOMEPAGE: http://https://cie.hkkk.fi/31C00500

31C00600 CAPITAL AND MONEY MARKETS IN THE EU (6 ECTS)


An understanding of the importance of the European money markets, the products, theinterest rates and the interbank liquidity marketsAn insight into the European Central Bank monetary policy instruments and Euro areamonetary policyAn understanding of bonds and the pan-European bond marketsAn understanding of the basics of stock valuation and a familiarity with stock exchangesand capital market integration in EuropeAn appreciation of the central role of expectations and risks in the financial markets andthe price of finance

CONTENT:What do we mean by money markets?Money market products, interbank liquidity trading and yield calculation for the moneymarket productsMarket reference rates, EuriborThe monetary policy instruments of the European Central Bank, the central bank’sinfluence on the liquidity markets, its monetary policy operationsThe bond markets in Europe, market segmentationThe capital market bond as a debt product, calculating bond yieldsBond issues, marketplacesThe crucial role of expectations and risks in the price determination of securitiesStock markets in Europe, concentration and competition of stock exchanges, marketplatformsDiversification of stock portfolios, stock rate of return calculation, the P/E-ratio and theCAP-model

LITERATURE: Howells, Peter; Bain, Keith (2005) The Economics of Money, Banking andFinance, a European text, 3.edition, Chapters 1, 7-11, 15-17 and 21-25.OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: European Central Bank (2006), The Implementation of MonetaryPolicy in the Euro Area. General Documentation on Eurosystem Monetary Policy Instrumentsand Procedures, ISSN 1725-714x, excluding annexes.TEACHER(S): D. Sc. (Econ) Roy Dahlstedt

143


COURSE FORMAT:Lectures 28hExercises 10hExam (100% of the final grade)

METHODS: Lectures, exercisesTIMING: Fall 2008, first periodPREREQUISITE: Principles of Economics (31A00110)TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Lectures and exam Via WebOodiHOMEPAGE: http://https://cie.hkkk.fi/31C00600/

31C00700 ECONOMICS OF DEVELOPMENT (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: B.Sc. (Econ), Economics program, elective courseLEVEL OF THE COURSE: IntermediateOBJECTIVES: This course acquaints students with the basics of development economics byapplying basic economic methods to the problems of developing countries.CONTENT: This course covers selected issues on development and growth. Why somecountries rich and some poor? How can we apply economics to the problems of the developingcountries? Potential topics included are: economic growth and inequality, role of population,debt and finance issues, role of institutions and social infrastructure, development of Africa,foreign aid.OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Reading list specified by lecturerTEACHER(S): PhD Anne MikkolaCOURSE FORMAT:

Lectures 20hExam (100% of the final grade)

METHODS: LecturesTIMING: Fall 2008, second periodPREREQUISITE: Intermediate Micro- and Macroeconomics (31C00100 and 31C00200)TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Please see the website of the Department of Economics for instructions onhow to register for economics courses at the University of Helsinki.REMARKS: This (Development Economics) course will be lectured at the University of Helsinki.

31C01000 TOPICS IN ECONOMICS THEORY AND POLICY (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: B.Sc. (Econ), Economics program, optional courseLEVEL OF THE COURSE: IntermediateOBJECTIVES: The objective of the course is to acquaint students with topical themes ineconomics.CONTENT: The content of the course varies from year to year.TIMING: Not lectured in 2008-2009PREREQUISITE: Intermediate Micro- and Macroeconomics (31C00100 and 31C00200).Prerequisite may vary according to topic.

144


TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREMARKS: Topic varies from year to year. If a student has already taken the course and wishesto take it again (different topic), they should contact the administrator at the Department ofEconomics.

31C01300 ENERGY AND ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: B.Sc. (Econ), Economics program, elective courseLEVEL OF THE COURSE: IntermediateOBJECTIVES: The objective is to develop understanding of the basic resource use and energymarket issues, and of environmental problems using tools from economic theory.CONTENT: Non-renewable and renewable resource use in theory and practice; description andanalysis of resource and energy commodity markets; pollution control in theory and practice,with particular emphasis on climate change, energy and environmental policyLITERATURE: To be announced laterTEACHER(S): Professor Matti LiskiCOURSE FORMAT:

Lectures (36 h)Exam (100% of the final grade)

METHODS: LecturesTIMING: Spring 2009, first periodPREREQUISITE: Principles of Economics (31A00110)TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiREMARKS: Replaces the course 31C090 Ympäristötaloustiede.HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/31C090/

31C01400 RUSSIAN ECONOMICS TRANSFORMATION (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: B.Sc. (Econ), Economics program, elective courseLEVEL OF THE COURSE: IntermediateOBJECTIVES: The aim of the course is to give the students a thorough view of the economictransformation of Russia. Russia’s economic development is discussed chronologically givingthe students a proper framework for understanding today’s Russia. A deeper insight into modernRussia and its economic structure of operation is obtained through lectures given by specialistsof the Russian economy.CONTENT: Russia’s economic development is discussed chronologically from the Soviet Unioneconomy to today including topics like functioning and breaking down of the Soviet economy,Russia’s privatization, stabilization and economic crisis of 1998, Putin’s era. A deeper insight tothe economy of modern Russia is given by guest lecturers with various themes includingRussia’s economic policy, enterprise sector and financial markets.LITERATURE: Sutela, P. (2004) The Russian market economyOTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Additional material provided by the lecturersTEACHER(S): M.Sc. Simo Leppänen, HSE Center for Markets in Transition (CEMAT) and guestspecialists

145


COURSE FORMAT:Lectures 28hThree short essays (30% of grade)Exam (70% of grade)

METHODS: Lectures, essaysTIMING: Spring 2009, first periodPREREQUISITE: Principles of Economics recommendedTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiREMARKS: The course is organized by CEMAT in cooperation with the Master’s Program inRussian and East European Studies, maintained by the network of thirteen Finnish universities.HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/26D00800

31E00500 INTERNATIONAL TRADE AND INTEGRATION (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. Econ), Economics program, elective course CEMS courseLEVEL OF THE COURSE: AdvancedOBJECTIVES: The course introduces to students the international trade theory at the levelrequired from applied economist and from doctoral students as a background for Ph.D. levelcourses.CONTENT: Both traditional theories and new theories based on monopolistic and oligopolisticcompetition of trade and trade policy are presented and applied rigorously. Among theapplications issues related to “globalisation” are discussed. Special emphasis is given toapplications to European integration.LITERATURE:

Baldwin R. and C. Wyplosz (2004) Economics of European integrationBhagwati, J.N., T.N. Srinivasan and A. Panagariya (1998) Lectures on international trade

OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Other readings assigned during the courseTEACHER(S): Person in charge: Professor Pertti HaaparantaCOURSE FORMAT:

Lectures 28hEssay (20% of the final grade)Final exam (80% of the final grade)

METHODS: Lectures, essayTIMING: Fall 2008, second periodPREREQUISITE: Two of the advanced Microeconomic Theory courses (31E11000, 31E12000and 31E13000)TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiHOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/31E00500

146


31E00600 INTERNATIONAL FINANCE (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. (Econ), Economics program, elective courseLEVEL OF THE COURSE: AdvancedOBJECTIVES: The objective of the course is to familiarize students with theories of internationalfinance and macroeconomics.CONTENT: The topics covered in this course include intertemporal trade and current accountbalance, diversification and home bias, exchange rates, and financial crisis.LITERATURE: Obstfeld, Maurice (1997) Foundations of international macroeconomicsOTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Other readings assigned during the courseTEACHER(S): PhD Anne MikkolaCOURSE FORMAT: To be announced laterMETHODS: To be announced laterTIMING: Spring 2009, second periodPREREQUISITE: Intermediate Microeconomics (31C00100)TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodi

31E00700 LABOR ECONOMICS (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. (Econ), Economics program, elective courseLEVEL OF THE COURSE: AdvancedOBJECTIVES: The students understand main theories of labor markets and can use them toanalyze new situations. They also understand main empirical approaches in labor marketresearch.CONTENT: The course covers main theories of labor markets and also reviews empirical labormarket research. The topics include labor supply, labor demand, wage formation, education,worker turnover, and unemployment. The emphasis is on the microeconomics of labor markets,but also macroeconomic theories of equilibrium unemployment will be reviewed.LITERATURE: Borjas, George J. (2005) Labor economicsOTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Other readings assigned during the courseTEACHER(S): DSc (Econ) Antti Kauhanen, PhD Tuomas PekkarinenCOURSE FORMAT:


METHODS: Lectures, exercisesTIMING: Spring 2009, first periodPREREQUISITE: Two of the three advanced Microeconomic Theory courses (31E11000,31E12000 and 31E13000) and Empirical methods for Economists (31C01200)TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiHOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/31E00700

147


31E00800 FIXED INCOME SECURITIES (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. (Econ), Economics program, elective courseLEVEL OF THE COURSE: AdvancedOBJECTIVES:

Expertise in questions of the term structure of interest ratesUnderstanding the microeconomic background of interest rate determinationDealing with stochastic processesKnowledge of the term structure models of interest rate processesThe Basics of Arch- and Garch-modelsYield and price calculation for securities

CONTENT:The term structure of interest rates and the Expectations HypothesisThe Forward Rate Agreements and Interest Rate FuturesMicroeconomic theory of interest ratesInterest rates as stochastic processes and the distribution characteristicsThe Wiener Process and the Term Structure Models of interest ratesArch and Garch modelsOptions, basic conceptsPrice determination with the help of the binomial model : optionsPrice determination with the help of the non-arbitrage condition : bondsPricing riskMultiperiod price determination of securitiesThe Efficient Market HypothesisStructured debt products (CMO, CDO, ABS, ABCP etc. )

LITERATURE: FABOZZI, F. (2007) Bond Markets, Analysis and Strategies, 6.edition.TEACHER(S): D. Sc. (Econ) Roy DahlstedtCOURSE FORMAT:

Lectures 28hExam (100% of the final grade)

METHODS: LecturesTIMING: Spring 2009, first periodPREREQUISITE: Intermediate Microeconomics (31C00100)TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiHOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/31E00800

31E00900 APPLIED ECONOMICS (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. (Econ), Economics program, elective courseLEVEL OF THE COURSE: AdvancedOBJECTIVES: The students learn to use an econometric program, and understand what kind ofmethods and data to use in specific applications and how to interpret the results. They alsolearn how to write a report on an empirical project. The course is especially suitable forstudents who want to use econometric methods in their master’s thesis.

148


CONTENT: The course is based on applications of econometrics to specific research problems.At the same time the use of an econometric program in the analysis of data and estimation isillustrated. Basic econometrics is reviewed in the applications and some new methods areintroduced. The emphasis is on microeconometrics with applications taken for example fromlabor economics.LITERATURE:

Verbeek, Marno (2004) A guide to modern econometricsBaum, Christopher F. (2006) Introduction to modern econometrics using Stata

TEACHER(S): Professor Pekka IlmakunnasCOURSE FORMAT:

Lectures 28hExercises 6h (50% of the final grade)Essay (50% of the final grade)

METHODS: Lectures, exercises, essayTIMING: Spring 2009, second periodPREREQUISITE: Empirical methods for Economists (31C01200)TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Course and exam Via WebOodiREMARKS: Maximum participants: 30 students. HSE students majoring in Economics havepriority.HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/31E00900/

31E01000 TOPICS IN ECONOMICS THEORY AND METHODS (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. (Econ), Economics program, elective courseLEVEL OF THE COURSE: AdvancedOBJECTIVES: The objective of the course is to acquaint students with specific fields ineconomics.CONTENT: In 2008, the topic of the course is quantitative methods: in development policyanalyses.OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Reading list provided by lecturerTEACHER(S): Professor Pertti HaaparantaCOURSE FORMAT:

Seminar 28hThe course evaluation is fully based on presentation, essay, and participation activity

METHODS: Presentation, essay, seminar participationTIMING: Fall 2008, first periodPREREQUISITE: Advanced Micro- and Macroeconomic Theory courses (31E10000 and31E20000). Prerequisites may vary according to topic.TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiREMARKS: Topic varies from year to year. If a student has already taken the course and wishesto take it again (different topic), they should contact the administrator at the Department ofEconomics.HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/31E01000

149


31E11000 MICROECONOMICS THEORY I (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. (Econ), Economics program, elective as one of the twocompulsory Microeconomic Theory coursesLEVEL OF THE COURSE: AdvancedOBJECTIVES: This course provides students with the necessary analytical tools inmicroeconomic theory and their application in economic settings.CONTENT: Microeconomic Theory I is an advanced undergraduate course focusing on classicalconsumer and producer theory, with emphasis on choice under uncertainty. In consumerchoice, we start by axiomatically defining rational preferences and developing a tool foranalyzing such preferences (utility representation). Using the tool, we consider how theconsumer choice responses to changes in the institutional framework and, ultimately, howconsumers interact through markets while pursuing their private interests. In equilibrium analysis, the focus is on the relationship between efficiency, equilibrium, anddistribution. In choice under uncertainty, we focus on expected utility theory and develop thestandard risk theory concepts, useful in analyzing efficient public and private strategies fordealing with risk. The main objective of the course is to develop the common axiomaticlanguage used by academic economists. In this sense, the objective is methodological butapplications other than the classical theory will be discussed.LITERATURE: Jehle, Geoffrey A. and Reny, Philip J. (2001) Advanced Microeconomic TheoryTEACHER(S): Professor Matti LiskiCOURSE FORMAT:


METHODS: Lectures, exercisesTIMING: Fall 2008, first periodPREREQUISITE: Intermediate Microeconomics (31C00100) and Mathematics for Economists(31C01100)TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiREMARKS:

This course will be lectured at HSE jointly for HSE and U. of H. students.Exams take place at HSE.Students must take at least two of the three Microeconomic Theory courses (31E11000,31E12000, 31E13000).This combination of two Microeconomic Theory courses replaces the course 31E10000or 31E00100 and 31E00200.

31E12000 MICROECONOMICS THEORY II (6 ECTS)STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. (Econ), Economics program, elective as one of the twocompulsory Microeconomic Theory coursesLEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced

150


OBJECTIVES: This course provides students with the necessary analytical tools forunderstanding game theory and their application in economic settings.CONTENT: This course covers normal form games, extensive form games and games ofincomplete information. In addition, the course covers the basics of mechanism design,repeated games and auctions.LITERATURE: Jehle, Geoffrey A. and Reny, Philip J. (2001) Advanced Microeconomic TheoryTEACHER(S): Professor Juuso VälimäkiCOURSE FORMAT:


METHODS: Lectures, exercisesTIMING: Fall 2008, second periodPREREQUISITE: Intermediate Microeconomics (31C00100) and Mathematics for Economists(31C01100)TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiREMARKS:

This course will be lectured at HSE jointly for HSE and U. of H. students.Exams take place at HSE.Students must take at least two of the three Microeconomic Theory courses (31E11000,31E12000, 31E13000).This combination of two Microeconomic Theory courses replaces the course 31E10000or 31E00100 and 31E00200.

31E13000 MICROECONOMICS THEORY III (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. (Econ), Economics program, elective as one of the twocompulsory Microeconomic Theory coursesLEVEL OF THE COURSE: AdvancedOBJECTIVES: This course provides students with an understanding of the central issues inindustrial organisation such as the determinants of market structure and the theory of marketconduct.CONTENT: This course covers models of monopoly behaviour, oligopolistic markets, firm entryand exit, R&D and advertising in imperfectly competitive markets and models of pricedispersion.LITERATURE: Pepall, L.; Richards, Daniel J. and Norman, G. (2004) Industrial Organization:Contemporary Theory and PracticeTEACHER(S): Professor Juuso VälimäkiCOURSE FORMAT:

Lectures 24hEssay (40% of the final grade)Exam (60% of the final grade)

METHODS: Lectures, essayTIMING: Fall 2008, second period

151


PREREQUISITE: Intermediate Microeconomics (31C00100) and Mathematics for Economists(31C01100)TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiREMARKS:

Students must take at least two of the three Microeconomic Theory courses (31E11000,31E12000, 31E13000).This combination of two Microeconomic Theory courses replaces the course 31E10000or 31E300 or 31E00100 and 31E00200. In addition, this course replaces the course31E1100.

31E20000 MACROECONOMICS THEORY (12 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. (Econ), Economics program, compulsory courseLEVEL OF THE COURSE: AdvancedOBJECTIVES: The course introduces to students modern theories of growth, unemployment,short run macroeconomic fluctuations and stabilization policy at a level required from bothapplied economists and doctoral students as a background for the Ph.D. level macroeconomicscourse.CONTENT: Modern theories of growth with an introduction to growth empirics are analyzed.The course also introduces basic theories of structural unemployment (efficiency wage andtrade union theories) and analyzes modern theories of short run macroeconomic fluctuationsand stabilization policy for both closed and open economies.LITERATURE: P.B. Sørensen and H.J. Whitta-Jacobsen (2005) Introducing AdvancedMacroeconomicsTEACHER(S): Professor Tapio Palokangas (University of Helsinki)COURSE FORMAT:

Exam (100%)Exercises (+20%)

METHODS: Lectures, exercisesTIMING: Spring 2009PREREQUISITE: Intermediate Macro- and Microeconomics (31C00200 and 31C00100) andMathematics for Economists (31C01100)TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Please see the website of the Department of Economics for instructions onhow to register for this course.REMARKS: This course will be lectured at the University of Helsinki jointly for HSE and U. of H.students.

Exams take place at the University of HelsinkiThis course replaces the courses 31E00300 and 31E00400 Macroeconomic Theory I &II.

14.6 ENGLISH BUSINESS COMMUNICATION (61)

152


61A00100 BUSINESS COMMUNICATION (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: B.Sc. language and communication studies.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Core course.OBJECTIVES: Business Communication gives a clear insight into what constitutes effective oraland written business communication. It introduces underlying communication theories andgives students the opportunity to practise and enhance their own business communication skillsin English By the end of the course you should be able to

Take a strategic approach to business communication,Write effective informational and promotional messages,Prepare and deliver persuasive business presentations, andUse key business and economic terminology.

CONTENT: Business communication strategy, writing effective informational and promotionalmessages, preparation and delivery of business presentations, use of key business and economicterminology.LITERATURE: Munter, Mary (2006) Guide to Managerial CommunicationOTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Course materials provided by the lecturer.TEACHER(S): Lecturers Mike Baker, M.A.; Geoff Hilton, M.A.; Kristian Hursti, MA; ChristaUusirauva, M.Sc..(Econ), part-time teachers David Miller, M.A.; Alona Senishch, MA; TommiTikka, MACOURSE FORMAT:

42 classroom hours (7 weeks / 6 hours per week) and a substantial amount ofpreparation outside class in groups, pairs, and individually.Mandatory attendance.Assignments (70%) and exams (30%).

TIMING: Fall 2008PREREQUISITE: Common European Framework minimum starting level: B2.TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: During orientation.REMARKS: This course must be completed before taking any of the EBC electives.HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/61A00100

61C00100 MANAGERIAL COMMUNICATION (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: B.Sc. language and communication studies.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: EBC elective.OBJECTIVES: The course consolidates and builds on theories and skills dealt with in theBusiness Communication (61A00100) EBC core course. It introduces alternatives for structuringand delivering messages, analytical tools for assessing message effectiveness, and frameworksthat facilitate effective communication. It also aims at developing awareness of the multipledemands of international business communication and the ability to analyse and respond tocomplex managerial communication challenges.CONTENT: Alternatives for structuring and delivering message, analytical tools for assessingmessage effectiveness, frameworks to facilitate effective communication. Development of anawareness of the multiple demands of international business communication and the ability to

153


analyse and respond to complex managerial communication challenges.OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Provided by the lecturer.TEACHER(S): Lecturers Geoff Hilton, M.A.; Kristian Hursti MACOURSE FORMAT:

42 classroom hours (7 weeks / 6 hours per week) and extensive independent andteamwork outside classAssessment: assignments and examinationMandatory attendance

TIMING: Autumn 2008 and Spring 2009.PREREQUISITE: 61A00100 Business CommunicationTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiHOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/61C00100

61C00200 MANAGERIAL WRITING (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: B.Sc. language and communication studies.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: EBC elective.OBJECTIVES: The aim of this online course is to develop the skills that will enable you to writeeffective business emails, memos, executive summaries, and reports.CONTENT: The course covers key business writing issues: reader-friendly document design,organisational strategies, and choice of style and tone. The written assignments will allow youto practise theories introduced during the course, and you will receive comprehensive feedbackon your writing from other participants and the course tutor.OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Provided by the lecturer on the Optima platform.TEACHER(S): Lecturer Michael Baker, M.A., part-time teachers William King, M.A., GwenMerrill, M.A.COURSE FORMAT:

1 hr kick-off session, followed by 12 weeks online (Optima platform).Assessment: assignments (100%).The course requires a substantial amount of work including required reading, writtenassignments and editing of fellow participants’ documents.

TIMING: Autumn 2008 (whole semester); Spring 2009 (whole semester).PREREQUISITE: 61A00100 Business CommunicationTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiREMARKS: Students who have completed 61C380 Business Writing in English: Strategy andTactics (course from the old degree program) are not eligible for this course.HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/61C00200

61C00300 ENGLISH FOR COMMUNICATION IN BUSINESS (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: B.Sc. language and communication studiesLEVEL OF THE COURSE: EBC electiveOBJECTIVES: The main goal of this course is to improve your fluency in a variety of common

154


spoken business English situations.CONTENT: During the course, you will practice giving different kinds of speeches andpresentations, participate in discussions and debates on current business topics, and enhanceyour business writing skills. Some grammar topics will be reviewed based on the group’scommon needs.OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Provided by the lecturer.TEACHER(S): Lecturer Christa Uusi-Rauva, M.Sc. (Econ.and Bus.Adm.)COURSE FORMAT:

42 classroom hours (7 weeks / 6 hours per week) and a substantial amount ofpreparation outside class in groups, pairs and individuallyMandatory attendanceAssignments (80%), exams (20%)

TIMING: Autumn 2008, first and second period, Spring 2009, first and second period.PREREQUISITE: 61A00100 Business CommunicationTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiREMARKS: Students who have completed either 61B200 Business Contacts or 61B180Grammar Brush-up (courses available in the old degree program) are not eligible for this course.HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/61C00300

61C00400 ACADEMIC WRITING (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: B.Sc. language and communication studies.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: EBC electiveOBJECTIVES: The aim of this online course is to improve your writing skills in English so thatduring your studies you will be able to cope effectively in English with various academicwriting tasks, ranging from answering essay questions in exams to writing research papers.CONTENT: The course covers the basic elements of the writing process including writing anoutline, organizing information (use of headings and subheading), documenting information(use of citations) and introducing and developing ideas (e.g. writing effective introductions andconclusions for research papers). Guidance for students in need of practice regarding paragraphformation, style and grammar will also be provided in the form of numerous exercises.OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: All course materials are provided on the Optima onlineplatform.TEACHER(S): Lecturer Maija Tammelin, PhD, part-time teachers William King, MA, GwenMerrill, MACOURSE FORMAT:

One mandatory kick-off session at the beginning of the courseOnline course work including reading and written assignments, revising your individualdocuments and peer reviewing fellow students’ written work.Course work 100%

METHODS: Online teachingTIMING: Autumn 2008 and Spring 2009PREREQUISITE: 61A00100 Business CommunicationTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: English

155


REGISTRATION: Via WebOodiHOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/61C00400

61C00500 FINANCIAL COMMUNICATION (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: B.Sc. language and communication studiesLEVEL OF THE COURSE: EBC electiveOBJECTIVES: The purpose of the course is to provide the participants with the skills andterminology that they need when reporting on a company’s financial performance.The course is especially targeted at the students specialising in finance and accounting. Thestudents will gain insight into and practice in a company’s financial communication activities.CONTENT: The topics covered in the course include:

Equity & debt financing (e.g. stock exchange listing, share issues, loan agreements, issuesof debt securities )Financial reporting (e.g. preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordancewith IFRS and US practices).

OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Provided by the lecturerTEACHER(S): Lecturer Kristian Hursti MA; Ulla Höckerstedt, M.Sc. (Econ.)COURSE FORMAT:

42 classroom hours (7 weeks/ 6 hours per week). A substantial amount of preparationoutside class in groups and individually.Mandatory class attendance.Assignments (20 %) and exams (80 %).

TIMING: Fall 2008, second period and spring 2009, second periodPREREQUISITE: 61A00100 Business CommunicationTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: English and FinnishREMARKS: Language of instruction: English and Finnish: contrastive analysis is an integral partof the course.HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/61C00500

61C00600 READINGS IN BUSINESS AND INTERCULTURAL COMMUNICATION .(6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: B.Sc. language and communication studiesLEVEL OF THE COURSE: EBC elective.OBJECTIVES: The aim of the course is to deepen the students’ knowledge of topics and currentresearch in the versatile and changing field of business and intercultural communication.CONTENT: Indicated on the course websiteLITERATURE: Indicated on the course websiteTEACHER(S): Examiners: lecturers Maija Tammelin, PhD and Geoff Hilton, MACOURSE FORMAT: Self-study Assessment: Exam 100%TIMING: Exams in autumn 2008 and spring 2009TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiHOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/61C00600

156


61C00700 BUSINESS NEGOTIATIONS (3 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: MSc skills option (“ Maisterin taitosalkku”).LEVEL OF THE COURSE: : MSc skills option (“ Maisterin taitosalkku”).OBJECTIVES: The aim of the course is to develop the negotiating skills required in internationalbusiness.CONTENT: The course links theory with practice by giving students the opportunity to transfertheories studied on the course into practice through negotiation exercises and a negotiationcase. The topics covered in the course include: negotiating tactics and strategies, approaches tonegotiating, negotiating across cultures, persuasion in negotiation, and the structure of anegotiation.OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Provided by the lecturerTEACHER(S): Lecturer Geoff Hilton, MA.

COURSE FORMAT:28 classroom hoursMandatory attendanceAssignments 70%, exam 30%

TIMING: Spring 2009, second periodTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiREMARKS: Students who have completed 61D010 Business Negotiations are not eligible forthis course.HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/61C00700

61C230 THESIS WRITING WORKSHOP (3 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: MSc skills option (“ Maisterin taitosalkku”).LEVEL OF THE COURSE: : MSc skills option (“ Maisterin taitosalkku”).OBJECTIVES: The course provides immediate help for students who are in the process ofwriting their thesis in English. The aim of the course is to help students produce unambiguousand explicit academic texts.CONTENT: The focus will be on both macro- and micro-level writing issues, includingacademic introductions and conclusions: use of headings, metatext, and citations; sentence andparagraph structure and style.OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Provided by the lecturer.TEACHER(S): Lecturer Anne Kankaanranta, PhD.COURSE FORMAT:

12 classroom hours, tutorials and feedbackMandatory attendanceAssignments (100%)

TIMING: Spring 2009, first periodPREREQUISITE: 61A00100 Business CommunicationTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiHOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/61C230

157


61C370 COMMUNICATION FOR BUSINESS PROFESSIONALS (3 ECTS)STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. ‘Professional Skills Maisterin taitosalkku’ skills option andCEMS accredited English language course.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. ‘Maisterin taitosalkku’ skills option and CEMS accreditedEnglish language course.OBJECTIVES: By the end of this course students will be able to write effective informational andpromotional messages, take part in informal and formal business meetings, and deliver effectivebusiness presentations.CONTENT: The course focuses on key communication strategies and skills that businessprofessionals can employ in their workplace communications. It gives an insight into underlyingtheories of communication and provides analytical tools that can be used to effectively planand deliver business messages.OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Provided by the lecturer.TEACHER(S): Lecturer Michael Baker, MA.COURSE FORMAT:

28 classroom hoursMandatory attendanceAssignments 100%

TIMING: 1 group Autumn 2008; 1 group Spring 2009.TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiREMARKS: If you have taken English Business Communication courses as part of your HSE B.Sc.or B.Sc.BA (Mikkeli) degree, you are not eligible for this course. This rule does not apply toCEMS students who are taking this course in place of the CEMS English examination.HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/61C370

158


14.7 ENTREPRENEURSHIP (25)

25E31000 ENTREPRENEURSHIP AND MANAGING INNOVATIONS (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. specialization courses at Masters program inEntrepreneurshipOBJECTIVES: The aim of the course is to develop innovativeness of the students. The coursecombines strong theory and practice, and can therefore be widely use with the studentemphasizing for research and entrepreneurship.CONTENT: The course includes lectures, assignments and literature.LITERATURE:

Petrusson Ulf (2004) Intellectual Property & Entrepreneurship, CIP Working Paper Series,Göteborg, Sweden, ISBN 91-975431-0-1Lintunen Liisa (2000) Who Is the Winner Entrepreneur? An Epistomological Study of theSchumpeterian Entrepreneur, HSE A-180,ISBN 951-791-498-9Lahti Arto (2007) Globalization, international trade, entrepreneurship and dynamictheory of economics, HSE Working paper I, ISBN 978-952-488-191-3 and Workingpaper II, ISBN 978-952-488-192-0

TEACHER(S): Professor Arto LahtiCOURSE FORMAT:

Lectures 24 hAssignmentsExam

TIMING: Fall 2008, 1st period.TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodi

25E32000 ENTREPRENEURSHIP AS A FIELD OF SCIENCE (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. specialization courses at Masters program inEntrepreneurshipOBJECTIVES: The objective of the course is to advance the level of the knowledge in the theoryof entrepreneurship and new venture creation and to introduce the current approaches andissues in entrepreneurship research.CONTENT: Development of the doctrine in entrepreneurship, opportunity development andnew venture creation, strategies and growth, connection between entrepreneurship and newventure development, and the most remarkable contributions and current issues inentrepreneurship research and methodology.OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Articles in entrepreneurship and new venture creationTEACHER(S): Professor Markku VirtanenCOURSE FORMAT:

Lectures 18 hAssignments and working papersParticipation in class discussions course content and evaluation:

The course includes the following major topics:

159


Introduction,Theories in entrepreneurship,Entrepreneurship, entrepreneur and opportunity,Strategy and resources,Growth, success and performance,Research and methods: of analysis in entrepreneurship

The criteria used in the evaluation of the students are:Understanding of the key elements, creative and logical thinkingDeepness of the analysisClarity and consistency of written and oral presentationsParticipation and activity in class discussions.

TIMING: Fall 2008, 2nd period.TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiREMARKS: The acceptance of the course requires the acceptance of all the assignments(working papers) as well as the attendance at 80 % of the lectures.

25E42000 GROWTH AND INTERNATIONALIZATION OF SME’S (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. specialization courses at Masters program inEntrepreneurshipOBJECTIVES: This course is kind of capstone course combining theoretical and practicalknowledge and skills learned in previous courses. Solving cases student should be able to planand manage different practical problems that exist in real life SMEs.CONTENT: Introduction to Growth and Internationalisation of SMEs, Innovation, Creativity andEntrepreneurial Growth, Entrepreneurial Growth and Resources, Financing Growth, Growthfrom Export, Valuation, Exit and Harvesting, Managing Multinational Start-Up.LITERATURE:

Cooney, Thomas M. and Rickie A. Moore (eds.) (2007), European Cases inEntrepreneurship, Blackwell Publishing, ISBN 978-1-84218-144-7Kuemmerle, Walter (2005), Case Studies in International Entrepreneurship – Managingand Financing Ventures in the Global Economy, McGraw-Hill, ISBN 0-07-297784

OTHER COURSE MATERIALS:ArticlesTEACHER(S): Professor Markku VirtanenCOURSE FORMAT: Written exercisesEvery student should prepare in advance individually a case paper and a working paper byanswering the questions posed by lecturers. The papers should be submitted by email to thelecturers by due time before the lectures. Submissions of the papers should be sent to theaddress [email protected]. The discussion during the lectures will be based on theanswers students have given in their working papers. Evaluation criteria:The criteria used in the evaluation of the students are:

Understanding of the key elements, creative and logical thinkingDeepness of the analysisClarity and consistency of written and oral presentations

160


Participation and activity in class discussionsTIMING: Spring 2009, 2nd periodTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiREMARKS: Student should have completed course 25E61000 and 25E41000 or have equivalentknowledge before participating to this course.The acceptance of the course requires the acceptance of all the exercises as well as attendanceat 80 % of the lectures. If some force majeure appears please contact the responsible lecturer.

25E44000 OPPORTUNITY DEVELOPMENT AND BUSINESS PALNNING (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. specialization courses at Masters program inEntrepreneurshipOBJECTIVES: The objectives of the course are to introduce students to identify and developopportunities, recognize the factors that are basis for successful entrepreneurial activity and givethem knowledge and skills needed to analyze success potential of new ventures. The studentsshould be able to collect information, and to do feasibility studies of their potential businesses,plan their businesses and develop a business plan.CONTENT: The course includes lectures and writing a business plan.LITERATURE: Timmons, Jeffrey A. and Sephen Spinelli (2007), New Venture Creation:Entrepreneurship for the 21st Century, Irwin/McGraw-Hill, ISBN-13: 9780071254380TEACHER(S): Lic.Sc. Jorma PohtolaCOURSE FORMAT:

Lectures 24 hGroup work: preparation of Business planFinal work: Business plan

TIMING: Lectures will be given in the 1st fall period and the return of business plan is in the2nd fall period.TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodi

25E45000 ENTREPRENEURIAL MARKETING (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. specialization courses at Masters Program inEntrepreneurshipOBJECTIVES: The aim of the course is to rethink current marketing practices in SME’s and takemore entrepreneurial view in marketing. The students should be able to collect and analyzeinformation from the market, create entrepreneurial marketing plan with low-cost approachesfor effective marketing mix planning and implementation under conditions of rapid change anduncertainty.CONTENT: The course topics include e.g. marketing in the entrepreneurial era; dealing withtechnological and market uncertainty; marketing and the commercialization process; marketingas co-creation of value with the customer and strategic partnering building relationships tosupport local and international marketing.LITERATURE: Schindehutte, M., Pitt, L. & Morris, M. (2008), Rethinking Marketing: The

161


Entrepreneurial Imperative, Pearson Prentice Hall, New York. ISBN: 9780132393898TEACHER(S): Lic.Sc. Jorma PohtolaCOURSE FORMAT:

lectures 24 hgroup work: preparation of marketing plan for SMEexam

TIMING: Spring 2009, 1st periodTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodi

25E46000 ENTREPRENEURIAL EDUCATION AND ENTREPRENEURIAL COMPETENCES(6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. specialization courses at Masters program inEntrepreneurshipOBJECTIVES: The objectives of the course are threefold:

to introduce students to intensively expanding field of entrepreneurship education, itscurrent issues and conceptsto increase students awareness of the entrepreneurial processes and learningto experience and reflect how entrepreneurial and enterprising learning would add thevalue in their own studies.

The students should be aware of the potential of entrepreneurship education in their futureactivities, be able to reflect their own entrepreneurial and enterprising learning and to be ableto intentionally develop their entrepreneurial competences.LITERATURE: Chapters from the books to be defined at the beginning of the course:

Fayolle A. (Ed.) 2007: Handbook of Research in Entrepreneurship Education,Cheltenham: Edward Elgar.Fayolle A. & Klandt H. (eds.) 2006: International Entrepreneurship Education,Cheltenham: Edward Elgar. ISBN 1-84542-179-5Kyrö P. & Carrier C. (eds.) 2005: The Dynamics of Learning Entrepreneurship in a Cross-Cultural University Context, Entrepreneurship Education Series, University of Tampere

OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Articles to be defined at the beginning of the courseTEACHER(S): Professor Paula KyröCOURSE FORMAT:

Lectures, exercises and virtual workConcept map examinationGroup workLearning reflection

TIMING: Fall 2008, 2nd periodTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodi

25E47000 ENTREPRENEURIAL AND SMALL BUSINESS FINANCE (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. specialization courses at Masters program inEntrepreneurship

162


OBJECTIVES: The objective of the course is to advance the level of the knowledge of innovativefinancing of new and existing growing ventures, and the use of different sources of smallbusiness finance. The advanced level of knowledge will be shown by ability to evaluatedifferent financing solutions as well as capabilities to negotiate proper financial deals forentrepreneurial ventures and small businesses.CONTENT: The focus of the studies is in different ways to finance the growth of a ventureduring its entrepreneurial phases (entrepreneurial finance) as well as different ways to financesmall businesses. The emphasis will be in entrepreneurial finance but alternative sources ofsmall business finance and financial support will also be dealt with. The course includeslectures and case analyses, assignments and working papersOTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Articles in entrepreneurial finance, venture capital and smallbusiness finance.TEACHER(S): Professor Markku VirtanenCOURSE FORMAT: Teaching and educational methods:

Lectures 24 hAssignments and working papersParticipation in class discussions

TIMING: Spring 2009TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiREMARKS: The acceptance of the course requires the acceptance of all the assignments(working papers) as well as the attendance at 80 % of the lectures.

25E99901 MASTER’S THESIS (30 ECTS)

OBJECTIVES: Master Thesis aims to give the students the skills to explore scientific informationand apply it to the research study in the field of entrepreneurship and SME management.

25E99902 MASTER’S THESIS SEMINAR (0 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: Masters degree, specialization courses at Masters program inEntrepreneurshipOBJECTIVES: During the first stage of the seminar questions that relate to outlining the researchproblem, to building the reference frame and to selecting the research method, are dealt with.The work plan for the research is approved based on an outline prepared by the student. Duringthe second stage of the seminar the appropriate progress of the research processes is secured.TEACHER(S): Professor Markku VirtanenCOURSE FORMAT:

Regular participation in the seminars (70%)Preparation of a research report and its presentation in the seminarActing as an opponent

TIMING: Academic year 2008-2009TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: At the beginning of the semester to Professor Markku Virtanen([email protected])

163


14.8 FINANCE 28

28A00210 INTRODUCTION TO FINANCE (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: Fundamentals of Business Knowledge.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Fundamental studies.OBJECTIVES: The aim is to give students a good understanding of the most fundamental toolsand concepts in finance.CONTENT: The topics include financial markets and institutions, investment criteria, risk andreturn, market efficiency, capital structure, dividend policy, options and risk management, andfinancial analysis.LITERATURE: BREALEY, R., MYERS, S. & MARCUS, A. (2004) Fundamentals of corporatefinanceTEACHER(S): M.Sc. Joni KokkonenCOURSE FORMAT:

Lectures 28 h, Joni Kokkonen.Exercise sessions 28 h, Joni Kokkonen.Returnable exercises (25%).Exam (75%).

METHODS: Lectures and exercises.TIMING: Spring 2009, second periodTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiHOMEPAGE: http://https://cie.hkkk.fi/28A00210

28C00100 CORPORATE FINANCE (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: Bachelor’s program in Accounting, Finance and Business law,students specializing in Finance, common studies of the program.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Intermediate studies.OBJECTIVES: To familiarize the student with different aspects of corporate finance.CONTENT: Corporate financing; dividend policy; capital structure; international finance;leasing; financial planning; credit and cash management; mergers, acquisitions and corporatecontrol. The assignments require fluency in the use of a spreadsheet program.LITERATURE: BREALEY, R. & MYERS, S. & ALLEN, F. (2008) Principles of Corporate Finance,Alternatively the 6th, 7th or 8th editions of the course book can be used.TEACHER(S): Prof. Matti Keloharju and N.N.COURSE FORMAT:

Lectures 28 h, prof. Matti Keloharju.Exercises and cases (50%) 28 h, N.N.Final exam (50%), which is based on the lectures, exercises, the textbook and otherreadings handed out in class.

METHODS: Lectures, exercises and cases.TIMING: Fall 2008.TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: English

164


REGISTRATION: Via WebOodiREMARKS: This course replaces the course Corporate Finance (28C060).HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/28C00100

28C00300 INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: Bachelor’s program in Accounting, Finance and Business law,compulsory course in the finance specialization area.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Intermediate studies.OBJECTIVES: To introduce the key theories and observations in the area of financial markets.CONTENT: Portfolio theory, asset pricing models, market efficiency, valuation of stocks andbonds, derivative instruments, portfolio management and investor behaviour.LITERATURE: BODIE, KANE & MARCUS (2005) InvestmentsTEACHER(S): Markku Kaustia and Petri Jylhä.COURSE FORMAT:

Lectures 28h, Markku Kaustia.Exercises 28h (25%), Petri Jylhä.Investment game (25%).Exam (50%, based on all course material).

METHODS: Lectures, exercises, investment game.TIMING: Spring 2009, first periodPREREQUISITE: Introduction to Finance and Applied Quantitative methodsTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: On the class web page, instructions are given on the information session12.1.2009. Also to the course and to exams Via WebOodiREMARKS: This course replaces the course Investments (28C080). Prior knowledge ofintroductory level Finance and applied quantitative methods: required.HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/28C00300

28C00400 DERIVATIVES AND RISK MANAGEMENT (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: Bachelor’s program in Accounting, Finance and Business law,compulsory course in the finance specialization area.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Intermediate studies.OBJECTIVES: To introduce the students to the derivatives markets and the instruments. Thecourse reflects both theory and practice and it covers diverse areas such as equity, index,foreign currency, commodity and fixed income derivatives.CONTENT: Main topics are Arbitrage, Binomial models, Black & Scholes model, Extensions toBlack & Scholes model, Interest rate derivatives, and Exotic options.LITERATURE: HULL, J.C. (2000) Options, futures & other derivativesOTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Material distributed by the lecturer.TEACHER(S): Prof. Matti Suominen and N.N.COURSE FORMAT:

Lectures, 28 h, prof. Matti Suominen.Exercises and cases (30%), 28 h, N.N.

165


Written examination (70%). The examination will be based on the lectures, handoutsand the course literature

METHODS: Lectures, exercises and cases.TIMING: Spring 2009, second periodTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiREMARKS: This course replaces the course Derivatives (28D240).HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/28C00400

28C99901 BACHELOR’S THESIS (10 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: Bachelor’s program in Accounting, Finance and Business law,compulsory course in the finance specialization area.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Intermediate studies.OBJECTIVES: The main objective of the course is to engage the student in individual researchwork in finance. This includes getting familiar with research methods, getting to know thesources for research information, analyzing the research data, and expressing the researchresults fluently and credibly. The course also prepares the students for the Master’s Thesis.OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: KAUSTIA, M., KNÜPFER, S. & RANTAPUSKA, E.: Preparing aresearch report in finance studies. (A handout available at the KY bookstore.)TEACHER(S): Matti Keloharju, Joni Kokkonen.COURSE FORMAT:

Submitting a bachelor’s thesis.Acting as opponent and taking minutes in the seminar.Active participation in the seminar.

The submitted bachelor’s theses will be presented to the group in seminar sessions held towardsthe end of term.TIMING: Fall 2008 and spring 2009.TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: To register for seminar groups, please fill out an electronic form available atthe web site https://cie.hkkk.fi/28C99901/. Registration for groups in the fall term ends on April30 and for the groups in the spring term on November 30.HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/28C99901

28C99902 BACHELOR’S THESIS SEMINAR (2 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: Bachelor’s program in Accounting, Finance and Business law,compulsory course in the finance specialization area.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Intermediate studies.OBJECTIVES: The main objective of the course is to engage the student in individual researchwork in finance. This includes getting familiar with research methods, getting to know thesources for research information, analyzing the research data, and expressing the researchresults fluently and credibly. The course also prepares the students for the Master’s Thesis.OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: KAUSTIA, M., KNÜPFER, S. & RANTAPUSKA, E.: Preparing aresearch report in finance studies. (A handout available at the KY bookstore.)

166


TEACHER(S): Matti Keloharju, Joni Kokkonen.COURSE FORMAT:

Submitting a bachelor’s thesis.Acting as opponent and taking minutes in the seminar.Active participation in the seminar.

The submitted bachelor’s theses will be presented to the group in seminar sessions held towardsthe end of term.METHODS: Seminar work.TIMING: Fall 2008 and spring 2009.TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: To register for seminar groups, please fill out an electronic form available atthe web site https://cie.hkkk.fi/28C99901/. Registration for groups in the fall term ends on April30 and for the groups in the spring term on November 30.HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/28C99901

28C99903 MATURITY TEST (0 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: Bachelor’s program in Accounting, Finance and Business law,compulsory course in the finance specialization area.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Intermediate studies.CONTENT: Maturity tests for the bachelor’s degree will be arranged in connection with theseminar. Additional instructions can be found at https://cie.hkkk.fi/28C99901

28E00100 BEHAVIORAL FINANCE AND DECISION MAKING (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. Finance master’s program, advanced specialization studies,electiveLEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies.OBJECTIVES: Understanding the influence of key behavioural factors in decision-making inbusiness domains, especially the securities markets. Develop readiness to apply the ideas inpractice.CONTENT: Central theories and observations in the psychology of decision-making, especiallythe heuristics and biases discipline. Behavioural aspects of securities markets, investorbehaviour, and product design.LITERATURE: Bazerman, Max H. (2006) Judgment in managerial decision makingOTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Articles that will be announced later.TEACHER(S): Markku Kaustia.COURSE FORMAT:

o Lectures 28 h, Markku Kaustia. Active participation required.o Exercises and term papers (50%).o Final exam (50%).

METHODS: Lectures, exercises, term papers.TIMING: Spring 2009, first period.PREREQUISITE: Corporate Finance, Investment Management.TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: English

167


REGISTRATION: To the course one week before the beginning of the period Via WebOodiRegular registration to exam Via WebOodiREMARKS: A maximum of 50 students can be accepted to the course. If the course is fullybooked, priority will be given to students of the Masters program in Finance. An initialassignment is due at the first lecture. Further instructions: https://cie.hkkk.fi/28E00100HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/28E00100

28E00300 ADVANCED INVESTMENT THEORY (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. Finance master’s program, advanced specialization studies,elective.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies.OBJECTIVES: To deepen students’ understanding of asset pricing models and the theory offinancial markets under perfect and under imperfect information.CONTENT: Financial markets under perfect information: Risk aversion and portfolio choice.Dynamic hedging and pricing of redundant assets. Financial markets under imperfectinformation: supply and demand for risky assets under imperfect information. Liquidityprovision in financial markets. The course looks at the modern theory of financial markets andthe empirical evidence related to the phenomena discussed.OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Material provided by the lecturer.TIMING: The course will not be lectured in 2008-2009.REMARKS: This course replaces the former course 28E00300 Financial Markets Theory.HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/28E00300

28E00400 MARKETING FINANCIAL SERVICES (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. Finance master’s program, advanced specialization studies,elective. CEMS courseLEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies.OBJECTIVES: How to manage the marketing of financial services. The course penetrates intothe relationship between the financial service providers and customers using the viewpoint offinance theory, on one hand, and the viewpoint of marketing, on the other.CONTENT: The aim is to combine finance theory and marketing theory, more specificallymarketing of professional services. Marketing of financial services is regarded as a challenge intoday’s rapidly changing finance markets.LITERATURE: HARRISON, T. (2000) Financial Services MarketingTEACHER(S): Prof. Vesa Puttonen.COURSE FORMAT:

o Lectures, 28h, prof. Vesa Puttonen.o Mandatory research papers (50%).o Written exam (50%) on the last lecture, based on all course material.

METHODS: Lectures and research papers.TIMING: Fall 2008, intensive course.TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: English

168


REGISTRATION: To the course latest one week before the beginning of the period viaWebOodi and to the exam via WebOodi A maximum of 60 students can be accepted to thecourse. If the course is fully booked, priority will be given to CEMS studentsREMARKS: This course replaces the course Marketing Financial Services (28D130).HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/28E00400

28E00500 PROJECT AND TRADE FINANCE (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. Finance master’s program, advanced specialization studies,elective.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies.OBJECTIVES: Project and trade finance are applied fields of finance, which are especiallyimportant in financing foreign trade with emerging market countries. The aim of the course is tointroduce basic principles of the project and trade finance area and to further develop analyticand teamwork skills by solving and presenting cases.CONTENT: Basic concepts of trade finance, theories of trade credit, assessing corporatecreditworthiness, basic concepts of project finance, analysis of political risk, allocating projectrisks, role of development finance corporations and export credit agencies in foreign trade, legalaspects of project finance, analysis of project viability.LITERATURE: FINNERTY, J.D. (1996) Project financing, asset-based financial engineering,Pages 1-203 and 315-320.OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: A package of readings distributed by the lecturer.TEACHER(S): Joni Kokkonen and visitors.COURSE FORMAT:

o Lectures 28 h, Joni Kokkonen and visitors.o Four case assignments (60%) 4h.o Final exam (40%). The exam is based on course literature, lectures, case assignments,

and other material distributed during the course.o Students need a passing grade on all cases and the exam to pass the course. The course

is arranged in co-operation with the Helsinki University of Technology.METHODS: Lectures and cases.TIMING: Teaching of the course is uncertain. If it will be lectured, it will be spring 2009.TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodi, one week before the beginning of the period. The maximumnumber of HSE students accepted to the course is 30. In case of overbooking, priority will begiven to students majoring in Finance and more advanced in their studies.REMARKS: This course replaces the course Project Finance (28D230).HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/28E00500

28E00600 VENTURE CAPITAL (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. Finance master’s program, advanced specialization studies,electiveLEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies.

169


OBJECTIVES: To introduce students to the main concepts of venture capital activities, analysingventure investments, valuation of companies and the exit process.CONTENT: The operating principles of a venture capital fund, the process of choosing targetcompanies, valuation and capital structure, various methods of selling the target companies.TEACHER(S): Peter KellyCOURSE FORMAT:

o Lectures and cases 30 h. N.N. Active attendance and participation in the classes will berequired.

o Four case assignments and a final assignment (100%).METHODS: Lectures and cases.TIMING: Teaching of the course is uncertain. If it will be lectured, it will be in spring 2009.TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodi, one week before the beginning of the period.REMARKS: This course replaces the course Venture Capital (28D211).HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/28E00600

28E00700 CORPORATE RISK MANAGEMENT (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. Finance master’s program, advanced specialization studies,electiveLEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies.OBJECTIVES: To expand and deepen the students knowledge in corporate risk management.CONTENT: Risk concepts, risk matrix, measurement risk in corporate environment, risk policy,currency derivatives, interest rate derivatives, commodity derivatives, derivatives in corporatepractice. As part of the course requirements, students write a risk management analysis of aFinnish company.LITERATURE: STULZ, R. (2003) Risk management and derivativesOTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Material provided by the lecturers.TEACHER(S): Visiting lecturers.COURSE FORMAT:

o Lectures 24 h, visiting lecturers.o Risk analysis project (26%).o Problem sets (24%).o Final exam (50%) on the last lecture. The exam is based on the lectures, projects, and

other readings handed out in class.METHODS: Lectures and projects.TIMING: Fall 2008, second period.PREREQUISITE: Corporate Finance.TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiREMARKS: The course replaces the course Corporate Risk Management (28D150).HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/28E00700

170


28E00800 FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: Master’s program in Finance, common compulsory course. CEMScourseLEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies.OBJECTIVES: To provide a comprehensive view of the major financing and capital marketinstitutions both internationally and in Finland. After taking the course, the student should befamiliar with the main participants and concepts of commercial banking and securities markets.CONTENT: The course discusses commercial banking, investment banking, central banking,mutual funds, and insurance companies.LITERATURE: Casu, Girardone & Molyneux (2006) Introduction to BankingOTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Material distributed in lectures.TEACHER(S): Prof. Sami Torstila.COURSE FORMAT:

o Lectures, Sami Torstila and visitors.o Final exam (80%), based on the books, lectures, and material distributed in lectures.o 20% case/term paper.

METHODS: Lectures, cases/term paper.TIMING: Fall 2008, first periodTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiREMARKS: This course replaces the course Rahoitusinstituutiot (Financial Institutions 28C070).HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/28E00800

28E00900 FIXED INCOME (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. Finance master’s program, advanced specialization studies,electiveLEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies.OBJECTIVES: To provide coverage of the products, analytical techniques for valuing fixedincome instruments and quantifying their exposure to changes in interest rates, and portfoliostrategies for achieving client’s objectives.CONTENT: The course includes up-to-date information on both analytical and practical aspectsof fixed income markets and instruments. The focus is on successful management of a clientportfolio, but because of the nature of the instruments analytical aspects will be coveredextensively. The course will be useful to students interested in careers in investmentmanagement, insurance and corporate management.LITERATURE: FABOZZI, F. (2007) Bond Markets, Analysis and StrategiesOTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Material distributed in lectures.TEACHER(S): M.Sc. (applied mathematics) Heli HuhtalaCOURSE FORMAT:

o Lectures.o Cases and exercises (50%).o Final exam (50%), based on the book and material distributed in lectures.

METHODS: Lectures, cases and exercises, trading game.TIMING: Fall 2008, second period.

171


TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: To the course one week before the beginning of the period via WebOodiRegular registration to exam via WebOodiREMARKS: Please reserve plenty of time for case work during the course.HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/28E00900

28E29000 ADVANCED CORPORATE FINANCE (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. Finance master’s program, advanced specialization studies,elective. CEMS courseLEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies.OBJECTIVES: To expand and deepen the students knowledge in corporate finance.CONTENT: Equity offerings; bankruptcy costs and debt holder - equity holder conflicts; capitalstructure and corporate strategy; incentive problems and corporate governance; executivecompensation; the information conveyed by financial decisions; share repurchases; andbanking relationships.OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: A package of readings.TEACHER(S): Prof. Matti Keloharju.COURSE FORMAT:

o Lectures 28 h, prof. Matti Keloharju.o Exercises and cases (50%) 6 h, N.N.o Final exam (50%), which is based on the lectures, exercises, the package of readings and

other readings handed out in class.METHODS: Lectures, exercises and cases.TIMING: Spring 2009.PREREQUISITE: Corporate Finance (28C00100).TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: To the course latest one week before the beginning of the period ViaWebOodi Regular registration to exam Via WebOodiREMARKS: The package of readings will be distributed only to those students registered to thecourse. This course replaces the course Advanced Corporate Finance (28E290).HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/28E29000

28E33000 MERGERS AND ACQUISITION (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. Finance master’s program, advanced specialization studies, elective. CEMS courseLEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies.OBJECTIVES: To provide the students the necessary theoretical and practical background tosuccessfully work with mergers and acquisitions.CONTENT: The course includes up-to-date information on both academic research andcorporate practice relating to mergers and acquisitions. The focus is on financial aspects, butstrategic, legal, and other considerations are covered in specific lectures. The course will beuseful to students interested in investment banking or management consulting careers.

172


LITERATURE: WESTON, J., MITCHELL, M. & MULHERIN, J. (2004) Takeovers, restructuring,and corporate governanceOTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Material distributed in lectures.TEACHER(S): Prof. Sami Torstila.COURSE FORMAT:

o Lectures, Sami Torstila.o Cases and exercises (50%).o Final exam (50%), based on the book and material distributed in lectures.

METHODS: Lectures, cases and exercises.TIMING: Fall 2008, second periodTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: To the course one week before the beginning of the period Via WebOodiRegular registration to exam Via WebOodiREMARKS: A maximum of 50 students can be accepted to the course. If the course is fullybooked, priority will be given to students of the Masters program in Finance. Please reserveplenty of time for case work during the course. This course replaces the course Mergers andAcquisitions (28E330).HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/28E33000

28E34100 PROJECT WORK (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. Finance master’s program, advanced specialization studies,electiveLEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies.OBJECTIVES: The objective is to apply the theory to a practical problem in Finance. Projectscan be sponsored by a company and it is recommended that the project will be discussed inadvance with Prof. Puttonen.TEACHER(S): Prof. Vesa Puttonen.COURSE FORMAT: An extensive, high quality report on the project. The subject andrequirements must be approved in advance.METHODS: Report on a project.TIMING: Fall 2008, spring 2009.TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREMARKS: This course replaces the course Project (28E341).HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/28E34100


STATUS OF THE COURSE: Compulsory advanced course.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies.TEACHER(S): Markku Kaustia, Vesa Puttonen, Matti Suominen and Sami Torstila.COURSE FORMAT: Active participation in the seminar during two terms, submission of amaster’s thesis and an examination in Maturity Test.TIMING: Fall 2008, Spring 2009.TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: English

173


REGISTRATION: To register for seminar groups, please fill out a form available at the web siteand return it personally to one of the teachers. Registration for groups in the fall term ends onApril 30 and for the groups in the spring term on November 30.HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/28E99901

28E99902 MASTER’S THESIS SEMINAR (0 ECTS)STATUS OF THE COURSE: Compulsory advanced course.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies.CONTENT: Active participation in the seminar during two terms, submission of a master’s thesisand an examination in Maturity Test.TEACHER(S): Markku Kaustia, Vesa Puttonen, Matti Suominen and Sami Torstila.TIMING: Fall 2008, Spring 2009.PREREQUISITE: Econometrics (30C00200); Statistical Analysis (30C00100)TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: To register for seminar groups, please fill out a form available at the web siteand return it personally to one of the teachers. Registration for groups in the fall term ends onApril 30 and for the groups in the spring term on November 30.HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/28E99901

28E99903 MATURITY TEST (0 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: Compulsory advanced course.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies.CONTENT: An essay based on the Master’s Thesis.REGISTRATION: To the Administrative Officer Johanna Glader.

174


14.9 FINNISH FOR FOREIGNERS (71)

710000 INTRODUCTION TO FINNISH LANGUAGE AND CULTURE (3 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: For exchange students only.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: None.OBJECTIVES: The aim of the course is to give the visiting students a general overview of Finnishlanguage and culture.CONTENT: The focus is on three main areas: 1) the structure, variation, and history of Finnish2) everyday Finnish and 3) central aspects of Finnish culture and lifestyleOTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Indicated by the lecturers.TEACHER(S): Part-time teachers Merja Hietaharju-Tuuri and Christina Snellman.COURSE FORMAT:

Assignmentso Spoken and written exercises throughout the courseo Examo Oral presentation in English

40h. Active participation in the course; attending at least 15 classesParticipation in at least two excursions

TIMING: Autumn 2008 and spring 2009.PREREQUISITE: No previous knowledge of Finnish required.REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi

71000100 FINNISH BUSINESS COMMUNICATION (3 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: Finnish Business Communication elective for non-native speakers ofFinnish. The course can be included either in the required language and communication studiesfor the B.Sc. Programme or in the Common Core courses for the M.Sc. Programme.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Finnish Business Communication elective for non-native speakers ofFinnish.OBJECTIVES: The student will be able to write e-mails in Finnish. He will know the basics ofmeeting techniques. He can give a brief presentation of a company. His business vocabularywill be increased.CONTENT: The course introduces the fundamentals of oral and written businesscommunication in Finnish. It provides training in spoken and written communication fluency,grammatical accuracy, and business terminology (e-mail, informative business presentations,and meetings, memos, advanced Finnish grammar). The grammar will be determined by theneeds of the students.OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Course materials provided by the lecturer.TEACHER(S): Part-time teacher MA Kaarina MononenCOURSE FORMAT:

Contact hours 28 h, mandatory attendance.Independent studies 40 h: homework, assignments and preparation for lessons andexams.Assignments 30 %

175


Exams 40 %Class contribution 30 %

TIMING: Autumn 2008 and spring 2009.PREREQUISITE: Common European Framework of Reference (CEF), minimum starting level: A2(or Helia’s course Finnish 6 with good marks). The student should master all basic structures ofthe Finnish language.TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: FinnishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodi

71000200 FINNISH BUSINESS COMMUNICATION 2 (3 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: Finnish Business Communication elective for non-native speakers ofFinnish. The course can be included either in the required language and communication studiesfor the B.Sc. Programme or in the Common Core courses for the M.Sc. Programme.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Finnish Business Communication elective for non-native speakers ofFinnish.OBJECTIVES: The student can participate in a negotiation or argumentation discussion and canexpress his/her opinion. He can write a memo and a report. He knows the characteristics ofpersuasive language.CONTENT: The course focuses on the fundamentals of oral and written businesscommunication in Finnish. It provides training in spoken and written communication fluency,grammatical accuracy, and business terminology (product demonstrations, negotiations,memos, reporting, and advanced Finnish grammar). The grammar will be determined by theneeds of the students.OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Course materials provided by the lecturer.TEACHER(S): Part-time teacher MA Kaarina MononenCOURSE FORMAT:


TIMING: Autumn 2008 and spring 2009.PREREQUISITE: Common European Framework of Reference (CEF), minimum starting level: B1(or Finnish 7 = Finnish Business Communication 1 at HSE)TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: FinnishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodi

176


14.10 GENERAL STUDIES (20, 37 AND 51)

20A00211 PROFESSIONAL SKILLS PORTFOLIO; ORIENTATION TO STUDENTS AT HSE(3 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: Bachelor’s degree, Fundamentals of Business Studies, Compulsorystudy module of 3 ECTS of the Professional Skills Portfolio (6 ECTS).LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Basic StudiesOBJECTIVES: During this course students get all the necessary skills and information they needto begin their studies at HSE and to complete their studies successfully. They also learn to knowHSE, the study possibilities available, the personnel of HSE, other students at HSE, and HSE as ascientific community. Students will also be given information on Student Union of HSE. Duringthis course students will also learn how to evaluate their learning skills and get tools forimproving them. Students will also learn how to plan their studies and organize their timebetter.CONTENT: The Orientation Week, student and teacher tutoring, personal study plans (PSP),study and learning skills, group learning skills, choosing the B.Sc. program and minor studies,and planning of the language studies of the B.Sc. degreeLITERATURE:

The Information Guide for International B.Sc. and M.Sc. Degree Students 2008-2009Other material handed out during the Orientation week and during lectures

TEACHER(S): Melanie Lotz, Minna Nevala, Leena Brander, Office of Studies and RegistrarCOURSE FORMAT:

Orientation WeekInformation sessions during 2008-09Personal Study Plan 1 (20A00214), Orientation Task (20A00215), Essay on learning skills(20A00216) and Personal Study Plan 2 (20A00216)

METHODS: Information sessions and lectures and exercises, group work, individual work,student and teacher tutoringTIMING: Three first semestersTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Registration for the course Via WebOodi by September 7, 2008 (code20A00211).REMARKS: The course will be graded Pass/Fail. All modules of the course have the code of theirown. The course must be completed at HSE (no credit transfer). The course is only for studentswho are non-Finnish-speaking.HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/20A00210

20A00212 PROFESSIONAL SKILLS PORTFOLIO; COMPUTING SKILLS (2 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: Bachelor’s degree, Fundamentals of Business Studies, Compulsorystudy module of 2 ECTS of the Professional Skills Portfolio (6 ECTS).LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Fundamentals of Business StudiesOBJECTIVES: The objective of the course is to demonstrate the skills to use basic officeapplications effectively and understand the basic concepts of ICT (Information and

177


Communication Technology) and pass the A-level Computer Driving Licence examinations atthe same time with HSE examinations. The HSE course follows the requirements of ComputerDriving Licence, A-level, defined by TIEKE Finnish Information Technology DevelopmentCentre. A person who has performed A-level in the Computer Driving Licence System canindependently use a computer, handles the basics of office applications, is familiarized with thebasic concepts of IT and recognizes the applying fields.CONTENT: There are altogether 7 different compulsory modules in the Computing Skills course(as in the Computer Driving Licence) which need to be passed. The modules are:

Using the Computer and File Management (Windows) (HSE code 37A051),Word Processing (MS-Word) (HSE code 37A052),The Internet (Internet Explorer and Outlook WebAccess) (HSE code 37A053),Spreadsheets (MS-Excel) (HSE code 37A054),Graphics (MS-PowerPoint) (HSE code 37A055),Databases (MS-Access) (HSE code 37A056) andBasic Concepts of Information Technology (Theory)(HSE code 37A057)

LITERATURE:Steve Johnson:”Brilliant Office 2003 What You Need to Know and How to Do It”,Pearson Education, 2005, ISBN 0 132 00 133 0Other Office 2003 related material

TEACHER(S): Bertta Sokura, Lecturer, Information System ScienceCOURSE FORMAT: Independent study and tests on 7 modules of the courseMETHODS: Teacher’s counselling when neededTIMING: Fall 2008TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: Study material and examinations are in EnglishREGISTRATION: The students register for the tests of the course modules by using the HSEcodes 37A051 and so on. No registration for the code 20A00212 but it will appearautomatically once the student has completed successfully all 7 modules.REMARKS: The course can be passed in three different ways: 1.If you have already completedcomputer application courses which are equivalent to the requirements of the course, please,make the credit transfer application. 2. Participate in the tests which are held for students whoalready have the sufficient skills in using the computer applications. It is recommended that thestudent would complete the 7 modules at least in two parts unless the student has excellentbasic knowledge of all topics of the modules. 3Study the relevant course material andparticipate in the tests after reading the material.HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/20A00212

20A00213 PROFESSIONAL SKILLS PORTFOLIO; SCIENTIFIC WRITING (1 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: Bachelor’s degree, Fundamentals of Business Studies, Compulsorystudy module of 1 ECTS of the Professional Skills Portfolio (6 ECTS).LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Fundamentals of Business StudiesOBJECTIVES: The purpose of the course is to deepen the student’s understanding of theelements of scientific writing and give practice in improving the scientific writing skills.CONTENT: Exercises concerning the style and cohesion in academic writing, article readingand essay

178


LITERATURE: Given article as a base for the essayOTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Given internet pagesTEACHER(S): Maija Tammelin, Lecturer, English Business Communication, Department ofLanguages and CommunicationCOURSE FORMAT: Self-study and communication with the teacher via e-mailTIMING: Fall 2008 and spring 2009TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiHOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/20A00213

20D00220 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY OF LEADERSHIP: CONTEXTS AND SKILLS (3 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: Compulsory course in the master’s degree.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Intermediate studiesOBJECTIVES: The aim of the course is to help the student in developing an understanding oforganizations, groups, and individuals from a social psychological point of view, and to providea basis for building social and self-knowledge skills needed in working life and leadershippositions.CONTENT: Organizations and leadership from the perspective of social interaction (majorleadership theories, psychology of leadership, hierarchies and role structures in organizations,group processes, social skills), and the social psychological base of requisite interactional skills,(conflict management, motivation, psychology of decision making, social perception,personality in the workplace).LITERATURE:

PENNINGTON, D. (2005) Pienryhmän sosiaalipsykologiaSchein, Edgar H. (2004) Organizational culture and leadershipPennington, Donald C. (2002) Social psychology of behaviour in small groups

OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Provided during the lectures.TEACHER(S): LSc Marja Ahokas, M.Sc. Nelli HankonenCOURSE FORMAT:

Lectures (24 h, Ahokas and Hankonen), individual and group work Orbook exam

METHODS: Lectures, group work & discussion, individual work (learning diary)TIMING: Fall 2008, 2nd periodPREREQUISITE: Bachelor’s degree or 150 ECTS credits in the Bachelor’s degreeTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiREMARKS: It is preferable to participate in the lectures.HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/20D00220

37D65020 INTRODUCTION TO PROJECT MANAGEMENT (3 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. (Econ), compulsory courseOBJECTIVES: Project work is important part of business nowadays. The aim of the course is tooffer a comprehensive view on project work as well as management of projects. The lectures

179


will be carried out in separate modules with exercises integrated to them. The topics covered inthe course include: basic concepts of project work, the planning of projects, scheduling, andproject risk management.LITERATURE: Kathy Schwalbe (2005) Introduction to Project Management, or newer edition.TEACHER(S): Pentti Marttiin, Johanna Bragge, Risto Rajala, Antti NurmiCOURSE FORMAT:


TIMING: Spring 2009, 1st periodTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiREMARKS: This course is optional with Projektinhallinnan peruskurssi (37D60020). Only one ofthem can be included in the degree. The topics covered in both courses are the same.HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/37D65020

51D00220 ARGUMENTATION IN RESEARCH (3 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: Compulsory course in the masters programCONTENT: We approach research knowledge from the perspective of argument, debate andrhetoric, since research knowledge consists of knowledge claims supported by well-foundedarguments, debated against competing positions, and formulated with the help of appropriaterhetorical tools. Thus the course helps to read and write scientific research reports, and todistinguish arguments both pro and con choices concerning the contribution of the study, thechosen topic and methods. The course also offers a neat introduction to philosophy of scienceand various research methods.TEACHER(S): FM Jaakko Kuorikoski ([email protected])COURSE FORMAT:


o Chalmers, A. F. What is this thing called science? : an assessment of the natureand status of science and its methods Milton Keynes: Open University Press, 1982Chapters 1-8


o Rottenberg, A.T. Elements of Argument: A text and a reader, cop. 1997. Ch. 9Writing and Argumentative Paper. In earlier versions, this Ch. is in the Appendix.


TIMING: Spring 2009, second period.TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiREMARKS: Exam on the last lecture.HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/51D00220

180


14.11 INFORMATION SYSTEM SCIENCE 37 (AND 57)

37C00100 MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: B.Sc. (Econ), Business Technology program.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Common program course (or specialization course)OBJECTIVES:

Fundamental concepts of information and supporting technologiesDifferent strategic approaches organizations use to manage informationBuilding information management solutions and introducing them into organizations.Holistic view on electronic business: opportunities, benefits and problems for companiesand customers, both in business-to-consumers and business-to-business electroniccommerceUnderstanding of the importance of Information Systems in different kinds of businesses.Critical analysis of the current Electronic Business models and practices.Ability to identify and evaluate new kinds of business opportunities using InformationSystems as an enabler.

CONTENT: Software for information management; Technology for information management;Information management strategy; Knowledge management strategy; Information systemsstrategy; Managing systems development; Managing change; Building an informationarchitecture; Managing information quality; Managing information services quality; Managingethical and legal issuesLITERATURE: Chaffey, Dave (2004) Business information management improving performanceusing information systemsTEACHER(S): Professor Virpi TuunainenCOURSE FORMAT: Lectures 28 hMETHODS: Lectures and exercisesTIMING: Fall 2008, 1st periodTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiHOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/37C00100

37C00200 INFORMATION SYSTEMS DEVELOPMENT (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: B.Sc. (Econ), Business Technology program.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Specialization courseOBJECTIVES: This course introduces the information system development process. Itemphasizes effective communication and integration with users and user systems. It encouragesinterpersonal skill development with clients, users, team members, and others associated withdevelopment, operation, and maintenance of the system. Databases and their fundamentalconcepts are connected to the system development process. Modern systems development anddesign techniques, use of modelling tools, adherence to methodological life cycle and projectmanagement standards are applied. The course consists of lectures and group exercises, wherea system is build using these tools and techniques.CONTENT: Information systems development life-cycle; Identifying and selecting systems

181


development projects; Determining systems requirements; Process and logic modelling; Datamodelling; Developer issues; Object oriented analysis; From analysis to design; Relationalmodel; Refining the relational model; Data manipulation and retrieval; Physical design;Usability designLITERATURE: Hoffer, Jeffrey A. (2008) Modern systems analysis and designTEACHER(S): Professor Matti Rossi and Assistant Professor Anssi ÖörniCOURSE FORMAT:

Lectures 32 h, Matti Rossi and Anssi ÖörniExercises 20 h and small development assignment

TIMING: Spring 2009, 1st periodTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiPREREQUISITES: 37C00100 Management Information SystemsREMARKS: Mandatory exercisesHOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/37C00200

37C00300 ENTERPRISE APPLICATIONS (6 ECTS)STATUS OF THE COURSE: B.Sc. (Econ), Business Technology program.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Specialization courseOBJECTIVES: The main objectives of the course are to create understanding about the most typicalenterprise applications including enterprise resource planning (ERP) systems, and to explainhow such systems are acquired, developed, maintained and operated from IT/IS developmentand service production perspectives. Enterprise applications are addressed both from functionaland IT/IS solution perspectives. The course explains applications’ basic functionalities, links tobusiness processes, and their IT/IS architectural characteristics. Main application areas covered are production, logistics and supply chain management, HR,sales and marketing, ledgers, and accounting. SAP and other software products will be used fordemonstrations. The life cycles of enterprise applications and ERP systems from their acquisitionto the decision to their ramp-down will also be covered. The role of various stakeholder groups(users, developers, decision makers) will be explained. Upon completing the course the students should understand what are the most typicalenterprise applications and enterprise resource planning systems, what are their core functions,and how are such systems related to each other. The students should also understand howapplications and ERP systems are acquired, implemented, maintained and operated inorganizations.CONTENT: Foundations for understanding ERP; Re-engineering and ERP systems; Planning andimplementation of ERP; Managing ERP projects; Supply chain management; ERP and CRM; ERPand HR; Production and materials management; Financial managementLITERATURE: Sumner, Mary (2005) Enterprise resource planningTEACHER(S): Assistant Professor Petri HallikainenCOURSE FORMAT: Lectures and exercisesTIMING: Spring 2009, 2nd periodTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodi

182


HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/37C00300

37C00400 INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: B.Sc. (Econ), Business Technology program.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Specialization courseOBJECTIVES: Computer programs are central tools in information society. Knowledge ondevelopment and programming methods is imperative for those involved in development ofcomputer programs but also useful for most end-users. This course focuses in learning thebasics of software development and programming methods. Students will also be exposed tomodern software development tools including the Java programming language.CONTENT: Objects and primitive types; Working classes; More classes; Conditionals; Design;Testing; Multiple objects; Maintaining collection; Extending class; Recursion and recapLITERATURE: Sedgewick, Robert (2008) Introduction to programming in Java aninterdisciplinary approachOTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Material distributed in the class and other material provided bythe lecturer.TEACHER(S): Assistant Professor Anssi ÖörniCOURSE FORMAT: The course comprises 30 h lectures and 30 h exercises. Furthermore, thereare 10 optional individual assignments, which contribute 40% towards the course grade.TIMING: Fall 2008, 2nd periodTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiHOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/37C00400

37D65020 INTRODUCTION TO PROJECT MANAGEMENT (3 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. (Econ), compulsory courseOBJECTIVES: Project work is important part of business nowadays. The aim of the course is tooffer a comprehensive view on project work as well as management of projects. The lectureswill be carried out in separate modules with exercises integrated to them. The topics covered inthe course include: basic concepts of project work, the planning of projects, scheduling, andproject risk management.LITERATURE: Kathy Schwalbe (2005) Introduction to Project Management, or newer edition.TEACHER(S): Pentti Marttiin, Johanna Bragge, Risto Rajala, Antti NurmiCOURSE FORMAT:


TIMING: Spring 2009, 1st periodTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiREMARKS: This course is optional with Projektinhallinnan peruskurssi (37D60020). Only one ofthem can be included in the degree. The topics covered in both courses are the same.HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/37D65020

183


37E00100 INFORMATION ECONOMY (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. (Econ), Information and Service Management program,common advanced course.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: AdvancedOBJECTIVES: This course is designed so that students will understand the issues related toeconomical impacts of production and utilization of information and value of information inmanaging businesses. The students will familiarize with most central economic theories used tounderstand the impacts of information systems in business. This will be achieved throughtopical articles where these theories are applied. This integrating advanced level course isaccomplished through readings and discussion, and independent studying is of greatimportance.CONTENT: Business Value of IT; IT & Organizational Efficiency; Diffusion of Innovations;Platform-mediated Networks; Digital EconomyLITERATURE: Reading list is published in the course web site.TEACHER(S): Prof. Virpi TuunainenCOURSE FORMAT:

Lectures and discussion 28 h (10%), Virpi TuunainenWritten assignments (50%)Final exam (40%)

METHODS: Lectures, exercisesTIMING: Spring 2009, 1st periodTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiPREREQUISITES:37A025 Johdanto tietojärjestelmiin/37A021 Management Information Systemsor 37C00100 Management Information Systems and Electronic BusinessHOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/37E00100

37E00200 STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. (Econ), Information and Service Management program,elective courseLEVEL OF THE COURSE: AdvancedOBJECTIVES:

To learn key concepts, structures, processes, and cooperative mechanisms relevant foreffective alignment of business and IT as well as corporate governance and ITgovernance, at both strategic and operative levels.To learn to understand the tasks of business and IT management in key IT decisions andprocesses such as in organizing the IT function, IT sourcing and outsourcing, architecturemanagement, portfolio management, risk management, business value, and ITperformance management.To learn how IT enabled innovations and emerging technologies are managed as a partof enterprise strategic management.To learn the basics of CobiT and other key IT governance methods.

CONTENT: Contemporary strategy concepts applied to IT; corporate and IT governance; alignment of

184


business and IT; organization principles for the IT function; IT risk management; IT performancemanagement; evaluation of business value delivered from IT; IT decision making rights; the roleof the CIO in an enterprise, IT portfolio management; management of firm-wide ITinfrastructure, IT Contemporary strategy concepts applied to IT; corporate and IT governance;alignment of business and IT; organization principles for the IT function; IT risk management; ITperformance management; evaluation of business value delivered from IT; decision makingrights; the role of the CIO in an enterprise; IT portfolio management; management of firm-wideinfrastructure; IT architecture management; outsourcing of IT services; management of ITenabled innovations and emerging technologies. An exam based on pre-reading package is organized before the course starts to supportdiscussions during the lectures. Architecture management; outsourcing of IT services,management of IT enabled innovations and emerging technologies. An exam based on pre-reading package is organized before the course starts to support discussions during the lectures.OTHER COURSE MATERIALS:

Article packages provided by lecturer, pre-reading and articles covered during thelectures.CobiT 4.0. or later version. Available at www.isaca.org.

TEACHER(S): Professor Tomi DahlbergCOURSE FORMAT:

Lectures and discussion 28 h, Tomi DahlbergPre-reading and Final exams (60%), Article evaluations and IT governance exercises(40%)

METHODS: Lectures, exercisesTIMING: Fall 2008, 2nd period. Pre-reading exam is organized during 1st period.TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiHOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/37E00200

37E00300 ICT ENABLED BUSINESS PROCESS DEVELOPMENT (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. (Econ), Information and Service Management program,elective courseLEVEL OF THE COURSE: AdvancedOBJECTIVES: The main objectives of the course are to understand the possibilities of IT tosupport and enhance the business processes of enterprises and other organizations and toacquire basic skills needed in IT enabled business process development projects.CONTENT: Strategy and process centric development approaches to business processdevelopment; Development frameworks applied to core business process development; Theenabling role of ICT for business process improvement and renewal; E-Business from processimprovement perspective; The management of IT enabled business process improvementprojects.OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Topic related articles, will be informed laterTEACHER(S): Adjunct Professor Jari TalvinenCOURSE FORMAT:

Lectures 28 h, Jari Talvinen

185


Exercises 14 hMETHODS: Lectures, exercisesTIMING: Fall 2008, 1st periodTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiHOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/37E00300

37E00800 SOFTWARE BUSINESS (6 ECTS)STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. (Econ), Information and Service Management program,elective course.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: AdvancedOBJECTIVES: The objective of this course is to familiarize with issues of managing softwarebusinesses.CONTENT: The lifecycle of a software venture, including product idea, founding a company,acquiring risk financing, and developing the business and its products; The specialcharacteristics of digital goods and co-ordination of software and business development.LITERATURE:

Cusumano, M (2004). The Business of Software: What every Manager, Programmer, andEntrepreneur must know to thrive and survive in good times and bad. Free Press. ISBN074321580XHyvönen E. (2003) Ohjelmistoliiketoiminta. WSOY. ISBN 9510269964

TEACHER(S): Professor Matti RossiCOURSE FORMAT:

Lectures 28 h, Matti RossiExercises 12 h and one case assignment

METHODS: The course is highly interactive, consisting of lectures, case studies and studentprojects.TIMING: Spring 2009, 1st periodTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiPREREQUISITES:37E00100 Information EconomyHOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/37E00800

37E00900 PROJECT MANAGEMENT (6 ECTS)STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. (Econ), Information and Service Management program,elective course.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: AdvancedOBJECTIVES: The objective of this course is to achieve an understanding of organizing worksuccessfully as a form of projects.CONTENT: The course explains projects from three perspectives: managing, leading andworking in projects. The course gives theoretical background and creates understanding bypresenting frameworks, techniques and tools. The course provides a possibility to test and learntheories in practice. During the course a special interest is on distributed and virtual teams (withtime, space, and cultural challenges).

186


LITERATURE: Fisher, Kimball (2001) Distance manager a hands-on guide to managing off-siteemployees and virtual teams.OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Additional reading will be informed later.TEACHER(S): Adjunct Professor Pentti MarttiinCOURSE FORMAT:

Seminar type of sessionsEssay (40%)Coordinated team exercise (50%), includes meetings and team work

METHODS: The course will be arranged as coordinated project exercise.TIMING: Spring 2009, 2nd periodTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiREMARKS: Max 30 students will be accepted to this course.HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/37E00900

37E01000 CURRENT TOPICS IN INFORMATION SYSTEMS SCIENCE (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. (Econ), Information and Service Management program,elective course.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: AdvancedOBJECTIVES: The topic and the objectives can vary semester by semester.CONTENT: This intensive course consists of lectures, articles and/or seminar presentations oncurrent and emerging topics in information systems science. The course is usually lectured by avisiting lecturer. The topic can vary semester by semester.TEACHER(S): Instructor in Charge: Professor Virpi TuunainenCOURSE FORMAT: Will be announced later.TIMING: Will be announced later.TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE:EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiREMARKS: More information is available at course website.PREREQUISITES:37A025 Johdanto tietojärjestelmiin / 37A021 Management InformationSystems (or 37C00100 Management Information Systems and Electronic Business)HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/37E01000

37E01400 ESSENTIAL LITERATURE IN INFORMATION SYSTEMS SCIENCE (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. (Econ), Information and Service Management program,elective course.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: AdvancedOBJECTIVES: To achieve a better understanding on the key areas in Information SystemsScience.CONTENT: The book exam provides a package of essential literature on a defined InformationSystems Science area, such as” user interface design”.LITERATURE: To be agreed on with the responsible teacher.

187


TEACHER(S): Professor Hannu KivijärviCOURSE FORMAT: Book examTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishHOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/37E01400


STATUS OF THE COURSE: B.Sc. (Econ.), Business Technology program.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Compulsory courseOBJECTIVES: The objective is to learn and practice independent scientific thinking by settingup research questions and studying a specific topic. Students learn to get to know references, tofind literature, and to apply it for resolving a research question. The thesis will be a structured,scientific report.COURSE FORMAT: The Bachelor’s Thesis is carried out together with the Bachelor’s ThesisSeminar (57C99902).TIMING: Fall 2008, Spring 2009.TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Register to 57C99902 Bachelor’s Thesis Seminar via WebOodi


STATUS OF THE COURSE: B.Sc. (Econ.), Business Technology program.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Compulsory courseOBJECTIVES: The objective is to learn and practice independent scientific work.CONTENT: In the seminar, students get guidance in their research for Bachelor’s Thesis. Duringthe seminar, students will report the progress of their Thesis, present and defence the researchresults, act as an opponent, and participate actively.TEACHER(S): Assistant Professor Johanna Bragge coordinates.COURSE FORMAT:

Lectures 28 hPresentation of the research reportActing as an opponent and secretary.

TIMING: Fall 2008, Spring 2009.TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiHOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/57C99902


STATUS OF THE COURSE: B.Sc. (Econ.), Business Technology program.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Compulsory courseOBJECTIVES: After finalizing the Bachelor’s Thesis, students carry out a proficiency test inMother Tongue. The objective is to show that a student can write an essay in her or his MotherTongue and that she or he knows the basic concepts in her or his Thesis.

188



STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. (Econ), Information and Service Management program,compulsory course.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: AdvancedOBJECTIVES: The objective is to practice independent scientific thinking by setting up researchquestions and studying a specific research topic. The thesis will be a structured, scientificreport.REMARKS: The Master’s Thesis needs to be carried out together with the Master’s ThesisSeminar (57E99902).


STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. (Econ), Information and Service Management program,compulsory course.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: AdvancedOBJECTIVES: The objective is to practice independent scientific work.CONTENT: In the seminar, students get guidance in their research for Master’s Thesis.TEACHER(S): Professor Matti Rossi coordinates.METHODS: SeminarTIMING: Academic year 2008-2009TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiHOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/57E99902


STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. (Econ), Information and Service Management program,compulsory course.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: AdvancedOBJECTIVES: After finalizing the Master’s Thesis, students carry out a proficiency test in MotherTongue. The objective is to show a student can write an essay in her or his mother tongue andthat she or he knows the basic concepts in her or his Thesis.

189


14.12 INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS (26)

26C00100 GLOBAL BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: Bachelor’s students in the Marketing and Management Programs:departmental studies, compulsory courseLEVEL OF THE COURSE: Intermediate studiesOBJECTIVES: The course aims to provide an understanding of the global environmental context of the firm,as the global and the dynamic features of the environment pose challenges for firms when theyselect and operate in various countries. Upon completion of the course students should know, in depth, the various components ofthe global business environment and be able to identify critical challenges faced byinternationalizing firms. Students also gain knowledge of tools to analyze the relevant elementsof the global business environment.CONTENT: The course addresses: the environmental context of the firm; conceptual and practical toolsto analyze the relevant elements of the global business environment; the impact of differentspatial aspects from local to global on company operations; special emphasis on regionalopportunities and risk analysis, locational attractiveness of regions. The course provides analytical tools for approaching the spatial dimension of internationalbusiness in market and investment operations.LITERATURE: Morrison, J. (2006) The International Business Environment. Global and LocalMarketplaces in a Changing WorldOTHER COURSE MATERIALS: To be announced laterTEACHER(S): Prof. Peter ZettinigCOURSE FORMAT: To be announced laterMETHODS: Lectured courseTIMING: Fall 2008TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Course and exams via WebOodi latest one week before the course startsHOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/26C00100

26D00300 COMPARATIVE REGIONAL ANALYSIS (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: International Business M.Sc. program: Elective International Business minor: Elective. Area Studies minor: CompulsoryLEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced specialization studiesOBJECTIVES: The aim of the course is to demonstrate how market potential can be identifiedbased on country level and sub-national level data. Upon completion of the course, the studentshould be able to identify how regions can be studied in terms of 1) the elements and levels of aregion 2) according to the principles of thematic cartography.CONTENT: The course provides tools for analyzing nation states and sub-national territoriesbased on demographic and economic key indicators. The students are acquainted with country

190


and sub-national levels of analysis as units vs. territories. The software for GeographicInformation Systems is used.LITERATURE:

Heywood, Ian & S. Cornelius & S. Carver (-1) Introduction to geographical informationsystems, 2nd ed. or later, ORLongley, P.A. & M.F. Goodchild & D.J. Maguire & D.W. Rhind (2001) Geographicinformation systems and science

TEACHER(S):Jaani LahtinenCOURSE FORMAT: To be announced laterMETHODS: To be announced laterTIMING: Fall 2008TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Course and exams via WebOodi latest one week before the course startsREMARKS: 2 Open University students will be accepted to this course. Since the course usescomputer-based teaching, the amount of participants might have to be limited. Moreinformation will be posted on course website.HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/26D00300

26D00400 DOING BUSINESS IN ASIA (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: International Business M.Sc. program: Elective International Business minor: Elective. Area Studies minor: ElectiveLEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced specialization studiesOBJECTIVES: Upon completion of the course, students should have a general understanding ofthe business systems and country-specific features of major Asian economies, including Japan,China, South Korea, ASEAN countries and India.CONTENT: This course introduces and compares the business systems and country-specificfeatures of the major Asian economies. In addition to providing an understanding of theimportant general issues that business managers’ face in the region, this course providesstudents with knowledge about how business is conducted and how foreign companies operatein this environment.OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Course material provided by the lecturerTEACHER(S): Dr. Kristiina KorhonenCOURSE FORMAT:

Lectures & course readingsCase study & exercises

METHODS: Lectured courseTIMING: Open University, summer 2009TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Information available through the Helsinki Summer School websitewww.helsinkisummerschool.fi in March 2009. Subsidized price for HSE students through Open University.HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/26D00400

191


26D00800 RUSSIAN ECONOMIC TRANSFORMATION (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: International Business M.Sc. program: Elective International Business minor: Elective. Area Studies minor: ElectiveLEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced specialization studiesOBJECTIVES: The aim of the course is to give the students a thorough, multidisciplinary view ofthe economic transformation of Russia. Russia’s economic development is discussedchronologically giving the students a proper framework for understanding today’s Russia. Adeeper insight into modern Russia and its economic structure of operation is obtained throughlectures given by specialists of the Russian economy. Students will learn about one of the mostsignificant economic regions of Russia, Northwest Russia, by writing a short essay on it.CONTENT: Russia’s economic development is discussed chronologically from the Soviet Unioneconomy to today including topics like functioning and breaking down of the Soviet economy,Russia’s privatization, stabilization and economic crisis of 1998. A deeper insight to theeconomy of modern Russia is given by guest lecturers with various themes including Russia’seconomic policy, enterprise sector and financial markets. More detailed information onNorthwest Russia is provided through the internet.LITERATURE: Sutela, Pekka (2003) Russian market economyOTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Additional material provided by the lecturersTEACHER(S): M.Sc. Simo Leppänen, HSE Center for Markets in Transition (CEMAT) and guestspecialistsCOURSE FORMAT:

LecturesThree short assignments (30% of grade)Exam (70% of grade)

METHODS: Lectures and Web-based educationTIMING: Spring 2009, first periodTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Course and exams Via WebOodi latest one week before the course startsREMARKS: 6 Open University students will be accepted to this course. The course is organizedin cooperation with the Master’s Program in Russian and East European Studies, maintained bythe network of thirteen Finnish universities.HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/26D00800

26D23000 DOING BUSINESS IN THE EU (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: International Business M.Sc. Program: Elective. International Business minor: Elective Area Studies minor: Elective. CEMS courseLEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced specialization studiesOBJECTIVES: To describe and analyze the impact of the European Union on the strategies andmanagement of internationally operating firms. On completion of this course students shouldhave an understanding of dynamics of competition and current structural changes in the keyindustries in Europe.CONTENT: Topics covered in the course include:

192


EU enlargementEU legal framework for businessRegulatory issues in various industriesEU competition policyStructural changes in European industriesFeatures of EU countries as operating environmentsStrategies for European industries and companies.

Attention is paid also to the competitiveness of European industries and companies, bothwithin Europe and in competition against North American and Asian companies. Case studiesare used to illustrate business dynamics and company operations.LITERATURE: Suder, Gabriele (2008) Doing business in EuropeOTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Cases and set of readings provided by the lecturerTEACHER(S): Prof. Hannu SeristöCOURSE FORMAT:

LecturesProject work (40%)Cases (35%)Exam (25%)

METHODS: Lectured courseTIMING: Spring 2009TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Course and exams Via WebOodi latest one week before the course starts. Max. 80 students, CEMS students and IB students have priority, others in registration orderREMARKS: 2 Open University students will be accepted to this courseHOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/26D23000

26E00300 INTERNATIONAL MARKETING (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: International Business M.Sc. program: Compulsory (if similar course not completed atBachelor’s level) International Business minor: prerequisite course Master’s programs in Marketing and Management: Common departmental studiesLEVEL OF THE COURSE: Common advanced studiesOBJECTIVES: Upon completion of the course students should 1) understand the planning andimplementation of international marketing strategies and 2) be equipped with skills toformulate, analyze and critically evaluate alternative international marketing strategies and theirconsequences.CONTENT: Internationalization and the consequent changes in firm’s operating environments, as well asthe needs for adjustment in the firm’s (e.g. exporter or a firm with local presence) marketingstrategies due to these changes. Special focus on how to plan and manage the marketing efforts as a dynamic process whenentering and penetrating into foreign markets. This requires from the management various skills

193


for conducting marketing analysis, developing international marketing mix strategies,performing several procedures, and organizing the firm for successful implementation.LITERATURE: To be announced laterOTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Set of readings provided by the lecturerTEACHER(S): Olli KuivalainenCOURSE FORMAT:

Final examClass contributionCourse assignment

METHODS: Lectured courseTIMING: Fall 2008PREREQUISITE: Prior marketing courses are a requirement.TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Course and exams, via WebOodi latest one week before the course startsREMARKS: 10 exchange students will be allowed to participate on a first come, first servedbasis in terms of the registration: Via WebOodiHOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/26E00300

26E00400 INTERNATIONALIZATION OF THE FIRM (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: International Business M.Sc. program: Compulsory International Business minor: Compulsory. CEMS courseLEVEL OF THE COURSE: Common advanced studiesOBJECTIVES: This course takes a strategic perspective to firm-level internationalization. Uponcompletion of the course students should know 1) relevant internationalization theories andframeworks, 2) internationalization strategy design and implementation frameworks, and 3)international business operations and foreign market entry strategies.CONTENT: During the course, the following questions will be examined:

Why firms internationalize? Theories and explanatory frameworks for firminternationalization;How firms internationalize? Review of entry strategies, entry modes, and cross-borderbusiness operations;How to strategize for internationalization? Introduction of strategic planning frameworksthat can be applied for firm internationalization;Current trends in internationalization and globalization.

LITERATURE: Welch, Lawrence S. (2007) Foreign operation methods: theory, analysis, strategyOTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Set of readings provided by the lecturerTEACHER(S): Professor Mika GabrielssonCOURSE FORMAT: To be announcedMETHODS: Lectured courseTIMING: Fall 2008PREREQUISITE: 26E00300 International Marketing or equivalent prior to this courseTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Course and exams via WebOodi latest one week before the course starts

194


REMARKS: Max 60 students. CEMS students and IB students have first priority, then students in theMarketing and Management M.Sc. programs. Others in registration order. 5 exchange students (in addition to CEMS students) will be allowed to participate in theWebOodi registration order.HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/26E00400

26E00500 MULTINATIONAL MANAGEMENT (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: International Business M.Sc. program: Compulsory International Business minor: Elective. CEMS courseLEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced specialization studiesOBJECTIVES: This course examines the theories relating to the management of themultinational corporation. The aim of the course is to introduce key concepts and practices ofinternational and multinational management and develop students’ ability to apply these tocompany situations. Upon completion of the course the student must know the central modelsand theoretical concepts in strategic management of MNCs. The student should know howvarious contextual factors such as headquarters and subsidiary characteristics, industry andnational traits affect functional areas of MNC management.CONTENT: This course addresses the specific challenges associated with managing large andgeographically dispersed multinational corporations (MNCs) which are in mature stages ofinternationalization. It focuses on the variety of international strategies and structural forms, aswell as control, communication and coordination issues. Particular emphasis is given to thetraditional, knowledge and network-based views of the MNC.OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: To be announcedTEACHER(S): Dr. Joanna Scott-KennelCOURSE FORMAT:

ExercisesClass contribution and attendance (mandatory)Group assignmentFinal Exam

METHODS: Lectured courseTIMING: Fall 2008PREREQUISITE: 26E00300 International Marketing or equivalent prior to this courseTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Course and exams via WebOodi at least one week before the course starts.Max. 80 students. CEMS students and IB students have priority.REMARKS: Attendance in lectures is mandatory, maximum 2 absences allowed.HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/26E00500

26E00600 CAPSTONE (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: International Business M.Sc. program: compulsory (either thiscourse or 26E01200 Special Topics in International Business)

195


LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced specialization studiesOBJECTIVES: This course provides an opportunity for students to apply international businessconcepts and theories to real-life situations in international companies, with the idea that themost effective learning comes from tight integration between business practice and theory.Upon completion of the course, students should know how to analyze and articulate companyproblems, how to make a project plan and how to implement and monitor it.CONTENT: Project teams of 4-6 students will tackle broad and comprehensive (combining forinstance marketing, legal, and financial aspects) company challenges related to e.g.internationalization, foreign market entry, new product launch, corporate communication andinternational marketing planning. The course consists of project work and supporting seminarsand will last approximately one academic semester. The course is conducted in collaborationwith International Business Communication as well as other faculties and partners.OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Materials provided by the lecturer.TEACHER(S): Prof. Peter GabrielssonCOURSE FORMAT: Final project report and its presentation 100%METHODS: Lectures, group project work.TIMING: Spring 2009TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Through application procedure in fall 2008. Max. 24 students (quota may beadjusted based on project details).HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/26E00600

26E00700 INTERNATIONAL HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: IB major students: Compulsory. IB minor students: Elective Area Studies minor students: Compulsory. CEMS courseLEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced specialization studiesOBJECTIVES: This course examines the theories and practices of international human resourcemanagement (IHRM). Upon completion of the course students should understand the role ofIHRM in multinational corporations, know the rationale behind staffing decisions, appreciatethe challenges associated with managing the people in a cross-cultural context, andcomprehend issues related to knowledge transfer and competence development. Moreover,students will be able to evaluate different institutional, cultural and organisational contexts inwhich IHRM activities take place.CONTENT: The course addresses the core issues in IHRM. They can be divided into threebroad themes: (1) traditional approaches to IHRM (eg. expatriate management) (2) newperspectives on IHRM (eg. managing people in cross-border mergers and acquisitions,knowledge transfer, international careers, alternatives to expatriate assignments), and (3)workplace diversity.LITERATURE: Dowling, Peter J. (2008) International human resource management managingpeople in a multinational contextOTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Package of readings will be announced laterTEACHER(S): Professor Rebecca Piekkari and Professor Janne TienariCOURSE FORMAT: Lectures, participation, research reviews, group project, final examMETHODS: Lectures, student-led discussions, case studies, weekly readings and exercises, a

196


group assignment and a final exam.TIMING: Spring 2009TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Course and exams via WebOodi latest one week before the course startsREMARKS: Max. 60 students. EMS students and IB students have priority, others in registrationorder. 2 Open University students will be accepted to this course.HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/26E00700

26E00800 GLOBAL MARKETING MANAGEMENT (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: International Business M.Sc. program: Compulsory International Business minor: Elective. CEMS courseLEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced specialization studiesOBJECTIVES: The course provides an advanced overview of developing and managing globalmarketing strategies. Upon completion of the course students should have skills to formulate,analyze and critically evaluate alternative global marketing strategies and their consequences.CONTENT: The course covers fundamental concepts, principles and theories of innovativemarketing (e.g. Born Globals) in a global environment. Special focus is on global marketingprogram development and management as a dynamic process when engaging into the globalstage (e.g. Globalising Internationals). Globalization and the consequent changes in firm’soperating environments will be analyzed, as well as the needs for adjustment in firms’marketing strategies due to these changes. This requires from the management various criticalskills for identifying the global market potential, managing the transfer within the mix strategies,and coordinating the managerial efforts for successful implementation.LITERATURE: Hollensen, Svend (2004) Global marketing a decision-oriented approachOTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Set of readings provided by the lecturerTEACHER(S): Prof. Mika GabrielssonCOURSE FORMAT:

Final examClass contributionCourse assignment

METHODS: Lectured courseTIMING: Spring 2009PREREQUISITE: 26E00300 International Marketing or equivalent prior to this courseTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Course and exams via WebOodi latest one week before the course startsREMARKS: Max 50 students. CEMS students and IB students have first priority, then students in theMarketing and Management M.Sc. programs. Others in registration order. 5 exchange students (in addition to the CEMS students) will be allowed to participate in theWebOodi registration order. Prior marketing courses are a requirement.HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/26E00800

197


26E01000 INTERNATIONAL DESIGN BUSINESS MANAGEMENT (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: International Business M.Sc. program: Elective. CEMS courseLEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced specialization studiesOBJECTIVES: Upon completion of the course students should have an understanding of thecore competitive elements of profitable international design business.CONTENT: The course focuses on the following areas: design and high-tech as competitiveedge, the role of new product development, marketing communication and brands, design andtechnology management, global logistics and distribution channels, production systems,internationalization process, and managing international design business. The aim is to givestudents theoretical background and practical industry cases for each area of interest. Thelecturers represent the best academic or practical knowledge of their field in Finland. Theworking language is EnglishLITERATURE: Tuulenmäki, A. (2006) How to Invent and Develop Superior New Value OfferingsOTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Set of readings provided by the lecturer / lecture notes bylecturersTEACHER(S): Dr. Markku SalimäkiCOURSE FORMAT:

Active participation in lecturesTeam projectOther exercisesExam

METHODS: Lectured course including numerous visiting lecturersTIMING: Fall 2008TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Course and exams via WebOodi latest one week before the course startsREMARKS: The number of course participants may have to be limited. In this case, participantsare selected based on their program status, according to the following priority order: 1) IDBMstudents, 2) CEMS students, 3) Other HSE students, 4) Other non-HSE studentsHOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/26E01000

26E01200 SPEICAL TOPICS IN INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: International Business M.Sc. program: compulsory (either thiscourse or 26E00600 Capstone)LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced specialization studiesOBJECTIVES: The course seeks to illustrate the underlying drivers of global competition, includingprosperity, productivity and innovation. The framework of the course serves as the foundationof the Business Competitiveness Index by the World Economic Forum. The microeconomicfoundations of competitiveness are less understood than the broader macroeconomic, political,legal and social issues in development. The course seeks to highlight the microeconomic forcesof development, which ultimately depends on a shared understanding of competitivenessamong business, government, and university leaders.CONTENT: The course probes the ultimate determinants of a nation’s or region’s productivity, rooted in

198


the strategies and operating practices of locally-based firms, the vitality of clusters, and thequality of the business environment in which competition takes place. The course is based onmaterials initially developed by Professor Michael E. Porter (ISC, Harvard Business School).Tailored for the Finnish context and taught by Visiting Professor Dan Steinbock, it highlightsissues of wealth creation as a function of economic development, sophistication of companies,and attractiveness of business environments. Particular attention is paid to issues of firms,innovation and globalization. The basic modules focus on industry competition, strategy, and location; competing acrossborders; diamond model; clusters and competitiveness; internationalization of firms; andeconomic strategy. The course provides a sufficient foundation in industry competition andcompetitive strategy to allow students without management training to grasp course concepts,although advanced training in economics or management is recommended. The course is taught with the Harvard Business School case method, together with readingsand lectures. It involves a major team project on the competitive assessment of a particularcountry and cluster, with basic resources provided by the course platform.LITERATURE: Porter, M.E. (1998) On CompetitionOTHER COURSE MATERIALS:

Selection of HBS case studiesSet of course materials provided by the lecturer.

TEACHER(S): Dr. Dan SteinbockCOURSE FORMAT:

Compulsory preliminary examClass contribution: preparation for and participation in case discussionsGroup project: country and cluster assessment

METHODS: Lectured course with intensive scheduleTIMING: Fall 2008TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: To the preliminary exam one week prior Via WebOodi Participants for thecourse are selected based on the preliminary exam. Max 40 students.REMARKS:

The theme of the course is Clusters and Competition: Globalization and Innovation.Mandatory attendance in lectures (maximum 2 absences possible for compellingreasons. All absences must be cleared in advance.)The course includes a compulsory introductory session prior to the lectures.

HOMEPAGE: Harvard Business School website (only for participants during the course)

26E01300 IDBM INDUSTRY PROJECT (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: IDBM students only: CompulsoryLEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced specialization studiesOBJECTIVES: The Industry Project/Seminar is meant to be the common arena for mutualdiscussions and learning for all students participating in the IDBM Program.CONTENT: An essential part of the IDBM studies is the industry project in which a group of students(HSE, TKK and TaiK) solves problems related to, for instance, product development, marketing

199


and/or design for the client company. The Industry Project gives students a possibility to deepentheir knowledge of the subjects of interest in the field of design industry. During the IndustryProject students are conducting a project work given by a company. The project plan and themain results of the project are presented and discussed in the IDBM Seminar. The work of the multidisciplinary student team is supervised by a project leader and anexperienced expert selected from among the participating universities. The duration of theindustry project is 6-8 months. The project seminars will be arranged according to a schedule,which will be announced to the selected students in August. The lectures and the seminarpresentations last altogether 30 hours. The credits for the course are given according to the actual, reported workload of the group.The industry projects are supervised by senior experts chosen for each project. Markku Salimäkisupervises the seminar presentations. Possible changes in the time schedule will be announcedon the IDBM website.TEACHER(S): Dr. Markku SalimäkiCOURSE FORMAT:

Active participation in seminar lectures (10%)Activity in group (20%)Project (supervisor and company evaluation) (50%)Project report and final presentation (20%)

METHODS: Industry project and seminarsTIMING: Fall 2008 and spring 2009TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Time and place for registration will be agreed in the introduction session ofthe IDBM Program in September.REMARKS: Course offered only as part of IDBM program and only possible for IDBM students.HOMEPAGE: http://www.hse.fi/idbm

26E01500 INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS NETWORKS (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: Master’s program: elective course, relevant for International Business, Marketing, Logisticsand Management. International Business M.Sc. program: Elective International Business minor: Elective. CEMS course Marketing students: this course replaces the Business Networks: Analysis and Management(23E44000)LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced specialization courseOBJECTIVES: In the global economy business is increasingly carried out through different networks andother collaborative forms. Some even argue that networks are replacing traditional markets andvertically integrated corporations. The broad goal of the course is to provide fundamentalunderstanding of the role of business networks and networking in the emergence of newbusiness fields and in the transformation of current industries in global competition. Companies are utilizing business networks for developing efficient supplier nets, for creatingmore competitive customer offerings and customer service, for getting access to new

200


developing/foreign markets, and for creating new business innovations. These different goalsinvolve different types of networks and strategic nets. Special interest is given to the roles ofcompanies in these nets, and how companies try to create and manage strategic nets. The course offers two types of tools concerning business networks. First, basicconceptualizations of the types of networks and the management capabilities andorganizational solutions they call for. Second, tools to tackle the international dimensions ofbusiness networks (e.g. intercultural interaction, different national, political and culturalcontexts that may require particular type of networking, extension of business networks acrossnational borders). In brief, the state-of-the-art course provides the participants conceptual tools forunderstanding and analyzing the emergence and dynamics of business networks in the globaleconomy, the strategic behaviour of firms in this environment; and the managerial capabilitiesinvolved. The course provides the basis for designing and managing a company networkstrategy, as well as doing scientific research in the business networks domain.CONTENT: Discussion on business networks and different types of strategic nets, their drivers, structureand development, and on management in (international) networks and nets. Examination ofcompany network roles, network portfolios and strategies in a global economy. These issues arerelated to network theories, the resource and capabilities based view of the firm, and onknowledge management. Discussion on the linkages between social and business networks, as well as management ofbusiness relationships in cross-border situations and various cultural contexts The strongtheoretical basis is combined with current network management material and implications.OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: An article-based readings package to be announced.TEACHER(S): Prof. Asta Salmi and Prof. Kristian MöllerCOURSE FORMAT: To be announcedMETHODS: Lectured course, with intensive discussions and student assignments.TIMING: Spring 2009, second periodTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Course and exams Via WebOodi latest one week before the course starts. Max 30 students. CEMS students, IB and marketing students have priority, others inregistration orderHOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/26E01500

26E01700 BUSINESS STRATEGIES AND ECONOMIC COOPERATION IN ASIA (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: International Business M.Sc. program: Elective. International Business minor: Elective Area Studies minor: Elective. CEMS courseLEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced specialization courseOBJECTIVES: The students will familiarize themselves with the multiple challenges that foreignbusinesses face when operating in the Asian turbulent markets, including changing legislation,various entry modes, relations with authorities, intense competition, partner companychallenges, HRM issues, cross-cultural communication, IPR issues, and challenges of SMEs. Thestudents will tackle these issues related e.g. to the rapidly growing Chinese economy, the

201


potential of FTAs, the difficulties in entering the markets of Japan and South Korea, and theregional disparities of India.CONTENT: Enterprise strategies are discussed in relation to the institutional constraints of Asianrapidly growing economies, such as changes in the legal framework, problems with dealingwith the public sector and challenges in local business practices. Students will conductassignments, project work, and real life business cases about companies doing business in theregion. Invited company representatives and specialists will provide practical business view tothe issues discussed.LITERATURE: Andreosso-O Callaghan, Bernadette, Jean-Bascal Bassino, Sam Dzever andJacques Jaussaud (2007) Economic relations between Asia and Europe organisations, trade andinvestment , Selected chapters .OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Set of readings provided by the lecturer.TEACHER(S): Dr. Erja Kettunen-Matilainen, Dr. Kristiina Korhonen and visiting lecturers.COURSE FORMAT:

LecturesCase exercisesAssignmentsProject workFinal Exam

METHODS: Lectured courseTIMING: Fall 2008TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Course and exams via WebOodi latest one week before the course startsHOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/26E01700

26E01800 INTERNATIONAL MANAGEMENT LEADERSHIP (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: International Business M.Sc. program: Elective. International Business minor: Elective. CEMS courseLEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced specialization courseOBJECTIVES: Enable students to gain an appreciation for the following regarding successfulInternational Management Leadership: (1) It is a process, not a position; (2) It depends upon theinteraction between the managerial leader, his/her followers, and the situation(s); (3) It isaffected by the managerial leader’s values, power, influence, skills, and behaviour; (4) It affectsthe motivation, satisfaction, and performance of followers; and (5) It is influenced by thesituation(s) within which it occurs.CONTENT: The course investigates the subject of International Management Leadership:strategic issues and perspectives that are currently of major importance for successfulmanagement leadership of global business operations; the similarities and differences betweenmanagement and leadership; management leadership principles that are applicable acrosscultural boundaries.LITERATURE: Richard L. Hughes, Robert C. Ginnett and Gordon J. Curphy (2006) Leadership,Fifth Edition

202


OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Student Study Guide, authored by the professor. (Required)TEACHER(S): Distinguished Visiting Professor John DarlingCOURSE FORMAT: Each student will determine the weighting of his/her own personal finalgrade in the course on the basis of the following: Five of Eleven Team Video/Lecture CaseAnalyses (20-30%); Study and Analysis of a Particular Successful Managerial Leader (20-30%);Course Examination (30-50%); and Class Participation and Discussion (0-20%). Most of thecourse work is based upon efforts of teams composed of 3-4 students.METHODS: Lectured course with required individual team-scheduled meetings in addition tothe lectures.TIMING: Fall 2008TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Course and exams latest one week before the course starts.REMARKS: Class periods will consist of discussions on assigned topics as well as other issues ofcurrent interest. Class topics will follow the course schedule, and textbook and special readings,but additional material may be presented during class lectures. The professor reserves the right to make announced changes in the class assignments andprocedures. Active involvement and discussion in class are strongly recommended, and regularclass attendance and participation in team meetings are expected.HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/26E01800

26E01900 INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS AND INSTITUTIONAL CHANGE IN RUSSIA .(6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE:International Business M.Sc. Program: Elective

International Business minor: Elective. Area Studies minor: ElectiveLEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced specialization studiesOBJECTIVES: The aim of the course is to enable students to develop an understanding ofvarious issues and perspectives that are of major importance for successful internationalbusiness operations in Russia; particularly changes that have taken place in the Russianbusiness environment during the post-transition period (since the 1998 economic crisis), andtheir implications to foreign businesses.CONTENT: The course covers three thematic areas:

The development of business environment in Russia from a foreign firm’s viewpoint fromthe early 1990s to the present day,Foreign entry strategies to RussiaManaging foreign business operations in Russia (human resource management,marketing, relations to the public sector).

Lectures include concrete examples related to the topic, such as case descriptions of foreignenterprises’ operations in Russia.OTHER COURSE MATERIALS:

Set of course material provided by the lecturerPublication list for homework

203


TEACHER(S): Dr. Päivi Karhunen, HSE Center for Markets in TransitionCOURSE FORMAT: Internet-based course, consisting of

Lectures: A lecture text and related material (articles, company cases)Discussion: The students comment lectures on the discussion forum of the coursewebsite.Essay: An essay of 15-20 pages on a topic closely related to the theme of the courseActing as an opponent: Each student is assigned a fellow student’s essay to becommented.

METHODS: Internet-based courseTIMING: Spring 2009TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodi latest one week before the course startsREMARKS: 6 Open University students will be accepted to this course. The course is organizedin cooperation with the Finnish Master’s Program in Russian and East European StudiesHOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/26E01900

26E02000 DOING BUSINESS IN RAPIDLY GROWING MARKETS (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: International Business M.Sc. program: Elective International Business minor: Elective. Area Studies minor: ElectiveLEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced specialization studiesOBJECTIVES: To describe and analyze the impact of globalization and rapidly growing markets (RGM) onthe strategies and management of internationally operating firms in the turbulent markets ofRussia, China, the Baltic states, Brazil, India, and other RGMs. Students learn to tackle themultiple business challenges that foreign businesses face when operating in emerging marketsin Asia, Eastern Europe, and Latin America. On completion of the course students have an understanding of the dynamics ofglobalization (including prospects for the future) and the diverse roles and specific businessfeatures of the various RGM in Asia, Russia, East Europe and Latin America.CONTENT: Topics covered in the course include the modernization of e.g. the Russian and Chineseeconomies, changes in the legal environment, increasing local and international competition,challenges in partner relations, and questions in human resource management. The studentsreceive analytical tools to understand the institutional changes taking place in RGMs. Enterprise strategies are discussed in relation to changes in the formal business environmentas well as business practices. Students will conduct real life business cases about companiesdoing business in a RGM. In addition, invited company representatives will give visitinglectures on their operations and strategies in turbulent markets, thus offering the practicalbusiness view to the issues discussed.OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Set of readings and cases provided by the lecturer.TEACHER(S): Professor Riitta Kosonen and visiting lecturers.COURSE FORMAT:

Lectures

204


CasesProject workFinal exam

METHODS: Lectured courseTIMING: Spring 2009, Second periodPREREQUISITE: Introduction to International Business or Global Business Environment or

equivalent knowledge of business studiesTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Course and exams via WebOodi latest one week before the course startsHOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/26E02000

26E03000 INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS ESSAY (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: International Business M.Sc. program: ElectiveLEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced specialization studiesOBJECTIVES: The objective of the international business essay is to develop in-depthunderstanding of theory development in international business studies and to develop skills inscientific writing.CONTENT: The students and the supervisor work together during the process, which starts withthe choice of the topic and proceeds through revisions of the essay draft based on the feedbackfrom the supervisor.TEACHER(S): Please contact the IB facultyCOURSE FORMAT: Instruction and deadlines for handing in the essay by agreementMETHODS: Independent workTIMING: Fall 2008 and spring 2009TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Contact the IB faculty for more information


STATUS OF THE COURSE: International Business M.Sc. program: Compulsory.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced specialization studiesOBJECTIVES: The aim of the course is to learn all the stages of a research process: research gap,research problem, research objectives and limitations; theoretical framework; methodology;empirical analysis; summaries, conclusions and implications.CONTENT: The International Business Master’s thesis will be completed during two seminarsduring which students will meet weekly. They will present and defend ideas by the principles ofwritten academic English as well as give and receive constructive critique. In addition, students will solve the problem presented in the thesis on their own initiative bygoing through the stages of a research process: research gap, research problem, researchobjectives and limitations; theoretical frame of reference; methodology; empirical analysis;summaries, conclusions and implications. The thesis work will be independent.OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Set of material provided by the lecturerTEACHER(S): Prof. Rebecca Piekkari & Prof. Mika GabrielssonCOURSE FORMAT:

205


Master’s ThesisParticipation in the seminar sessions, including presenting and acting as an opponent

METHODS: SeminarsTIMING: Fall 2008 and spring 2009PREREQUISITE: Strongly recommended for second year studentsTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Compulsory via IB homepage (www.hse.fi/IB): registration deadlines duringthe previous term.REMARKS: The thesis includes compulsory seminar(s) (26E99902 Seminar(s) 0 ECTS) and the26E99903 Proficiency in Mother Tongue (0 ECTS) examination.HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/26E99900


STATUS OF THE COURSE: International Business M.Sc. program: Compulsory.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced specialization studiesOBJECTIVES: The aim of the course is to learn all the stages of a research process: research gap,research problem, research objectives and limitations; theoretical framework; methodology;empirical analysis; summaries, conclusions and implications.CONTENT: Two seminars during which students will meet weekly. They will present anddefend ideas by the principles of written academic English as well as give and receiveconstructive critique. In addition, students will solve the problem presented in the thesis ontheir own initiative by going through the stages of a research process: research gap, researchproblem, research objectives and limitations; theoretical frame of reference; methodology;empirical analysis; summaries, conclusions and implications. The thesis work will beindependent.OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Set of material provided by the lecturerTEACHER(S): Prof. Rebecca Piekkari & Prof. Mika GabrielssonCOURSE FORMAT:

Master’s ThesisParticipation in the seminar sessions, including presenting and acting as an opponent

METHODS: SeminarsTIMING: Fall 2008 and spring 2009PREREQUISITE: Strongly recommended for second year studentsTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Compulsory via IB homepage (www.hse.fi/IB): registration deadlines duringthe previous term.HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/26E99900

206


14.13 INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS COMMUNICATION (75)

75C00500 INTRODUCTION TO INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS COMMUNICATION (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: A mandatory course in the IBC Minor at B.Sc. or M.Sc. levelLEVEL OF THE COURSE: A mandatory course in the IBC Minor at B.Sc. or M.Sc. levelOBJECTIVES: This course is intended as an introduction to International BusinessCommunication and should be taken at the start of the IBC minor program. On completion ofthe course, you should be able to take cultural issues into account when communicatingglobally. In particular, you should be able to analyse communicative events from a cultural andmanagerial perspective and modify your own communication accordingly.CONTENT: The course deals with how cultural dimensions affect communication and itssignificance to effective international business communication.LITERATURE: Indicated on the course home pageTEACHER(S): Lecturer Anne Kankaanranta, PhDCOURSE FORMAT:

42 classroom hours (7 weeks/ 6 hours per week)Mandatory attendance.Assessment: Assignments 75%, Exam 25%.

TIMING: Fall 2008, second periodTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiHOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/75C00500

75C00600 IBC MINOR PROJECT (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: A mandatory course in the IBC Minor at B.Sc. or M.Sc. levelLEVEL OF THE COURSE: A mandatory course in the IBC Minor at B.Sc. or M.Sc. levelOBJECTIVES: The aim of the course is to develop the ability to analyse a real complexcommunication situation in business and deliver a professional written report and a persuasivepresentation based on this analysisCONTENT: Successful completion of the project will include; defining the project scope for thereal-world problem/situation addressed, providing analytical insight into the problem andrelating analysis to communication theory readings, justifying recommendations made andexplaining how recommendations will be implemented, and showing evidence of havinginterviewed or consulted business professionals or experts in the field. During the project students will need to draw on both previous business communicationcourses and knowledge gained from studies in other areas of business at HSE. The workinglanguage of the project is English However; in the report other languages (French, German,Italian, Japanese, Russian, Spanish, and Swedish) can also be used.OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Provided by the lecturerTEACHER(S): Lecturer Geoff Hilton, MACOURSE FORMAT:

14 weeksAssessment: Evaluation for the IBC minor project will be based on the quality of the

207


analysis and recommendations, and the two project deliverables (the report and thepresentation).

METHODS: Classroom teaching and guided research and preparation outside classTIMING: Spring 2009PREREQUISITE: 61A00100 Business CommunicationTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiREMARKS: The course should be taken during the final term of your IBC minor studies.HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/75C00600

75E00100 MANAGING CORPORATE COMMUNICATION (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: Mandatory course in the IBC Master’s Program; CEMS courseLEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced StudiesOBJECTIVES: On completion of the course, students should be able to draft a framework for acorporate communication strategy, and use appropriate tools to critically managecommunication challenges in a multinational company.CONTENT: This course introduces the corporate communications function, and focuses on thebasic concepts, terminology, and models of corporate communication in multinationalcorporations. It gives insight into the way corporate strategy is implemented throughcommunication, and examines communication issues, structures, policies, and processes incompanies, with specific focus on corporate identity and stakeholder dialogue in a globalenvironment.LITERATURE: ARGENTI, Paul (2007) Corporate CommunicationOTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Materials provided by the lecturer.TEACHER(S): Professor Mirjaliisa Charles, PhDCOURSE FORMAT:

7 weeksLectures (total 36) twice a week,Evaluation: Assignments 60%, end-of-course exam 40%

TIMING: Fall 2008, first period.TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiHOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/75E00100

75E00300 BUSINESS COMMUNICATION RESEARCH (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: Mandatory course in the IBC Master’s ProgramLEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced StudiesOBJECTIVES: On completion of the course, you should be able to critically read andunderstand academic studies on business communication, identify communication issues thatcan be studied, and have the necessary tools for doing research of your own. You will alsolearn how to write a Research Proposal for further development.CONTENT: This course gives you a toolkit for conducting independent research into businesscommunication. It introduces you to the principles of doing research in business

208


communication, and the main methodologies used - questionnaires and interviews,communication audits, and pragmatic analysis of business discourse. The course will also helpyou with the initial planning stage of your Master’s Thesis, and the writing up of the Thesis.OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Materials provided by the lecturer.TEACHER(S): Lecturer Leena Louhiala-Salminen, PhD, M.Sc. (Econ)COURSE FORMAT:

36 classroom hours and tutorials over 7 weeks, and final examMandatory attendanceAssignments (75 %), exam (25 %)

TIMING: Spring 2009, second periodPREREQUISITE: 75E00100 Managing Corporate CommunicationTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: WebOodiHOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/75E00300

75E00530 ORGANIZATIONAL COMMUNICATION (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. electiveLEVEL OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. elective, advanced studiesOBJECTIVES: The aim is to give students in-depth knowledge of the main issues involved inorganizational communication.CONTENT: Main theories, concepts and issues related to organisational communication.LITERATURE: Indicated on the course home pageTEACHER(S): Lecturer Anne Kankaanranta, PhDCOURSE FORMAT: A book test, which will be organised twice each term. For details, seecourse homepage: https://cie.hkkk.fi/75E00530.PREREQUISITE: 75E00100 Managing Corporate CommunicationTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Email to [email protected]: https://cie.hkkk.fi/75E00530

75E00540 ADVANCED MANAGERIAL WRITING (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. electiveLEVEL OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. elective, advanced studiesOBJECTIVES: The aim of this online course is to focus on skills and strategies that will enableyou to produce effective managerial emails, memos, executive summaries, PowerPoint slidesand recommendation reports.CONTENT: The course focuses on key managerial writing issues: writing with a reader-focus,high impact document design, persuasive strategies, and choice of style and tone. The written assignments will give you ample opportunity to practise theories introducedduring the course. Comprehensive feedback from fellow students and the course tutor willallow you to enhance your own writing skills.OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Provided by the lecturer on the Optima platformTEACHER(S): Michael Baker, MA, lecturer

209


COURSE FORMAT:1 hr kick-off session, 8 weeks online (Optima platform), individual report consultationsessions, and final PowerPoint presentations.The course requires a substantial amount of work: readings, written assignmentsincluding a long recommendation report, and peer reviewing.Written assignments (90%) and final presentation (10%).

TIMING: Spring 2009, first and second periodPREREQUISITE: 75E00100 Managing Corporate CommunicationTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiREMARKS: Students who have completed 61C380 Business Writing in English: Strategy andTactics (course from the old degree program) or 61C00200 Managerial Writing is not eligiblefor this course.HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/75E00540

75E00560 COMMUNICATION FOR CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. electiveLEVEL OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. elective, advanced studiesOBJECTIVES: The aim of this online course is to give you a deepened understanding of theconcept of corporate social responsibility (CSR) and the CSR reporting practices.CONTENT: The course covers the definitions of corporate social responsibility and theapplication of Global Reporting Initiative guidelines in CSR reporting. You will learn to seecommunication as part of a company’s environmental strategy and to assess companies’ CSRreports.OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Provided by the lecturer on the Optima platform.TEACHER(S): Lecturer Maija Tammelin, PhDCOURSE FORMAT:

One mandatory classroom session: Introduction to the course.Online course work requiring a substantial amount required reading, writtenassignments, collaborative work in online teams and peer reviewing of fellowparticipants’ documents.Assignments (100%)

TIMING: Spring 2009 (12 weeks).PREREQUISITE: 75E00100 Managing Corporate CommunicationTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiREMARKS: Students who have completed 61C340 Environmental Communication are noteligible for this course.HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/75E00560

75E00570 COMPANY PERFORMANCE AND INVESTOR RELATIONS (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: M. Sc. elective. In 2008-2009, this module comprises 61C00500,supplemented by extra readings. For details, see course 61C00500 Financial Communication

210


LEVEL OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. elective, advanced studiesOBJECTIVES: See 61C00500 Financial CommunicationCONTENT: See 61C00500 Financial CommunicationOTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Provided by the lecturer.TEACHER(S): Lecturer Ulla Höckerstedt, M.Sc. (Econ.)COURSE FORMAT: See 61C00500 Financial CommunicationTIMING: See 61C00500 Financial CommunicationPREREQUISITE: 75E00100 Managing Corporate CommunicationTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: English and FinnishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiREMARKS: Language of instruction: English and Finnish: contrastive analysis is an integral partof the course.

75E00580 CRISIS COMMUNICATION (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. electiveLEVEL OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. elective, advanced studiesOBJECTIVES: The purpose of this course is to develop a theoretical conceptualization of theprocess of crisis communication and an understanding of crisis communication practices, andthen to focus on the implementation of crisis communication programs for businesses andorganizations.CONTENT: Topics covered during the course include: the role of communication in crisismanagement, crisis communication theories and strategies, differences between effective andineffective crisis communication, the role of the media, and ethical accountability in crisissituations. A variety of case studies will be analysed and discussed in class, and exercises willbe used to give participants the experience of communicating in crisis situations.OTHER COURSE MATERIALS:

Books designated by the lecturer.Materials provided by the lecturer.

TEACHER(S): Lecturer Michael Baker, M.A., and lecturer Geoffrey Hilton, M.A.COURSE FORMAT:

42 classroom hours (7 weeks / 6 hours per week) and extensive reading and preparationoutside class.Mandatory attendance.Assessment by assignments, final examination and attendance.

TIMING: Spring 2009, 1st period.PREREQUISITE: 75E00100 Managing Corporate CommunicationTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiHOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/75E00580

75E00600 CROSS-CULTURAL ISSUES IN MANAGERIAL COMMUNICATION (6 ECTS)STATUS OF THE COURSE: Mandatory course in the IBC Master’s Program. Elective course in the IB Master’s Program.

211


LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced StudiesOBJECTIVES: On completion of the course, you should be able to take cultural issues intoaccount when communicating globally. In particular, you should be able to analysecommunicative events from a cultural and managerial perspective and modify your owncommunication accordingly.CONTENT: The course focuses on the cultural dimension in managerial communication andintroduces the major theories that explain specific aspects of communication across cultures. Init, you will learn how to compare and analyse communication across cultures and how toexploit and manage cultural similarities and differences in your own writing and speaking. Therole of English as a lingua franca in global business encounters will also be discussed.LITERATURE: Indicated on the course home pageOTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Provided by the lecturer.TEACHER(S): Lecturer Anne Kankaanranta, PhDCOURSE FORMAT:

42 classroom hours (7 weeks/ 6 hours per week)Mandatory attendance.Assessment: Assignments 75%, Exam 25%.

TIMING: Fall 2008, second period.TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiHOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/75E00600

75E00700 FINNISH FOR INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: IBC Master’s ProgramLEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studiesOBJECTIVES: The purpose of this course is to offer international IBC Program studentsknowledge of and proficiency in the Finnish language and Finnish culture. The course is offeredas one option in the Advanced Business Language and Communication Studies of the IBCMaster’s Program, and it is aimed at students who do not have Finnish as their native languageand have no basic foreign language skills in any of the other languages that can be chosen forAdvanced Business Language and Communication Studies.CONTENT: The course consists of two ‘Finnish for foreigners’ courses offered by Haaga-Heliaand an essay on a topic related to Finnish culture.OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Provided by the lecturers.TEACHER(S): ‘Finnish for foreigners‘courses offered by Haaga-Helia. Essay submitted to LeenaLouhiala-Salminen.COURSE FORMAT: Two courses at Helia (3 ECTS each) + an essayTIMING: Academic year 2008-2009PREREQUISITE: NoneREGISTRATION: Contact Leena Brander (Office of Studies and Registrar) to find out about the‘Finnish for foreigners’ courses. After completing the two courses, contact Leena Louhiala-Salminen to agree on the essay topic.

212



STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. advanced specialization, compulsoryLEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studiesOBJECTIVES: The aim of the Thesis Seminar is to provide you with a support group for yourMaster’s Thesis research, and feedback both from faculty and peers. The seminar also functionsas a discussion group for problems encountered during the research process, and it gives helpin the actual writing-up process. You will be expected to present your work in progress to thegroup several times during the year.CONTENT: The Master’s Thesis is an independent piece of research on some aspect ofcommunication in internationally operating companies. The thesis should demonstrate ability to

formulate relevant research questions, and/or identify problems, in international businesscommunication;use appropriate research methods to get answers to the questions formulated, orapproach the problems identified;write up a readable, clear research report in an appropriate style.

OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Provided by the lecturerTEACHER(S): Lecturer Leena Louhiala-Salminen, PhD, M.Sc. (Econ) and lecturer AnneKankaaranta, PhD, M.Sc. (Econ)COURSE FORMAT:

Whole academic year 2008-2009Seminar meetings once every 2 weeks

TIMING: Academic year 2008-2009PREREQUISITE: 75E00100 Managing Corporate CommunicationTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodi

213


14.14 JOINT COURSES (80)

80E20100 DATABASE MARKETING (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: Master’s program in Business Technology (ManagementTechnology field of specialization) and in Marketing, an elective course of advancedspecialization studies.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies.OBJECTIVES: The student is able to utilize the customer oriented business potential as wellcustomer databases. He/she knows approaches to support decision making with customer dataanalyses and can identify the correct tools to aid in different situations. The student willhim/herself be able to do some analyses of the data and use the results.CONTENT: Database development in the marketing process, the essential tools for analysis,(e.g. segmentation, database scoring, lifetime value of customer). SAS Enterprise Guide andEnterprise Miner is used as a tool in the assignments.LITERATURE: Drozdenko, Ronald G. and Drake, Perry D. (2002) Optimal Database Marketing -Strategy, Development and Data MiningTEACHER(S): Professor PhD Merja Halme and Director, Lic.Sc. Mika Raulas.COURSE FORMAT:

Lectures and exercises 42 h, Professor Merja Halme and Director Mika Raulas.Compulsory homework assignments (40 %). To pass the course, one should get at least20/100 points of the course from the homework assignments.Final exam (60%).

To pass the course, one should get at least 40% of the maximum points of the exam. The firstexam will be on the last lecture.METHODS: Lectures and homework assignments.TIMING: Fall 2008, first period.TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiHOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/80E20100

80E80100 BUSINESS RESEARCH METHODS (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. degree, compulsory course for all students in the Departmentof Marketing and Management.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies.OBJECTIVES: Upon completion of the course students will be able to carry out empiricalresearch for their Masters Thesis project. More specifically, they will be able to

define appropriate research problems and research designsunderstand the role of theory and concepts in empirical researchchoose appropriate samples and empirical material for particular research problemsanalyze empirical materialreport empirical research for Master’s thesisdefine appropriate evaluative criteria for empirical research

CONTENT: The course consists of an introductory lecture and four alternative tracks. There isone quantitative track and three different qualitative tracks to choose from. Three tracks will be

214


given each semester:Survey-tutkimus (fall 2008, 2nd period and spring 2009, 2nd period)Cultural Research (fall 2008, 2nd period and spring 2009, 2nd period)Case research (spring 2009, 2nd period)Laadullinen tutkimus (fall 2008, 2nd period)

LITERATURE:Malhotra, Naresh K. (2007) Marketing research an applied approach, (Track 1).Moisander Johanna & Valtonen Anu (2006) Qualitative Marketing Research: A CulturalApproach, (Track 2).Marschan-Piekkari, Rebecca & Welch, Catherine (eds) (2004) Handbook of qualitativeresearch METHODS: for international business, (Track 3).Eriksson, Päivi & Kovalainen, Anne (2008) Qualitative Methods in business research,(Track 4).

OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Readings delivered in class or through the course website.TEACHER(S): M.Sc. Elina Henttonen, D.Sc. Sami Kajalo, prof. Johanna Moisander, D.Sc. TiinaRitvala.COURSE FORMAT:

Introductory lecture (2 h), and a track chosen by the student (26h).Obligatory learning exercises (50%).Term paper or exam (50%).

METHODS: Lectures, exercises, and term paper / exam.TIMING: Fall 2008, 2nd period; and spring 2009, 2nd period.TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: Finnish (Tracks 1, 4); English (Tracks 2, 3 and theintroductory lecture)REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi one week before the period starts at latest.REMARKS: Students are advised to take this course in conjunction with participating in their MastersThesis seminars. It is strongly recommended that students have a topic for their thesis uponregistration. For students in M.Sc. Programme in Marketing, the course is a substitute for the courseResearch methods in Marketing (23E22000). For students enrolled in M.Sc. Programme in Management in 2007 and after that, the courseis compulsory. For students enrolled in M.Sc. Programme in Management in 2005-2006, thecourse is a substitute for the course Tutkimuskurssi (21E00500).HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/80E80100

215


14.15 LOGISTICS (35)

35A00210 OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: Fundamentals of Business Knowledge.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Core coursesOBJECTIVES: The course is designed to provide an overview of one of the most challengingareas in business - operations management. Operations management focuses on the systematicplanning, design, and operation of the processes which deliver goods and services. Theobjective of the course is familiarize students with the decisions made in the management ofoperations and help to understand and analyze operational issues in practice. The course alsohelps to master the basic quantitative techniques of operations management which can be usedto support the management function in such environments.CONTENT: The subject spans almost all of the value-added and supporting activities of anorganization including forecasting, product and process design, capacity and locationdecisions, quality management, inventory management, aggregate planning, materialsrequirement planning and operational scheduling.LITERATURE: KRAJEWSKI, RITZMAN & MALHOTRA (2007) Operations Management (8e)OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Course materialTEACHER(S): N.N.COURSE FORMAT:

Lectures and exercises 42 h.Mandatory assignments.Exam.

METHODS: Lectures and exercisesTIMING: Spring 2009, 2nd periodTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiHOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/35A00210

35C00100 DISTRIBUTION AND LOGISTICS SERVICES (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: Part of the Bachelor’s program in Business Technology; commonprogram studies.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Intermediate studiesOBJECTIVES: The course takes a managerial approach to distribution systems and logisticsservices used in international operations. The objective is to learn to think strategically aboutthe distribution of goods and services as a part of corporate operations.CONTENT: Modal choices and routing problems of transportation as well as the markets forand organization of logistics activities are discussed. Various distribution solutions and servicesare discussed and evaluated such as intermodalism, overnight deliveries, time-baseddistribution and green logistics. Other topics include value-adding logistics services,transportation telematics and information systems, and international trade documents.LITERATURE: Rushton, Alan (2006) Handbook of logistics and distribution managementOTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Lecture material and course reading package.

216


TEACHER(S): N.N.

COURSE FORMAT:Lectures and exercises 28 h.,Obligatory cases and assignments (50%).Exam (50%).

METHODS: Lectures and assignmentsTIMING: Fall 2008, 2nd periodTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiHOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/35C00100

35C00200 PURCHASING AND SUPPLY MANAGEMENT (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: Part of the Bachelor’s program in Business Technology;specialization studies.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Intermediate studiesOBJECTIVES: In globalizing business environment the supply management has become afundamental tool for managers in the quest of competitive advantage. This course examines thegoals, tools, procedures, and trade-offs of purchasing and supply management.CONTENT: Topics include sourcing strategy, purchasing operations and structures, suppliermanagement, and purchasing services. After the course students are able to select, develop, andexecute appropriate sourcing strategies and processes.LITERATURE: Leenders, M., Johnson, F., Flynn, A. & Fearon, H. (2006) Purchasing and supplymanagement - with 50 supply chain casesOTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Lecture material and course reading package.TEACHER(S): N.N.COURSE FORMAT:

Lectures and exercises 28 h.,Obligatory cases and assignments (55%).Exam (45%).

METHODS: Lectures and assignmentsTIMING: Fall 2008, 1st periodTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiHOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/35C00200

35E00100 SERVICE OPERATIONS AND STRATEGY (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: Part of the Master’s programs in Business Technology and Logisticsand Service Management; common advanced studies.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studiesOBJECTIVES: The objectives of the course include the development of a systems-basedunderstanding of service systems, and the understanding of process analysis and productivity asthey apply to both for-profit and non-profit organizations and to virtually any functional area or

217


industry. The student learns how to match the needs of customer with appropriate serviceprocess and delivery channel, and how variability may reduce productivity and what are theways to minimize its adverse effects.

CONTENT: This course opens up the operations and business structures of the emerging serviceeconomy via quantitative and qualitative models. It provides students with the tools, techniquesand strategies necessary to improve operations performance in the service industries and theservice departments in manufacturing environments. The topics addressed will cut across the entire service sector although specific industries willbe used to illustrate the important concepts. The topics covered include: role of customers inservice processes, design of sustainable service models, service delivery channels and serviceclassifications, matching demand and supply in services, service process improvement andquality management, service supply chains.LITERATURE: Metters, King-Metters, Pullman & Walton (2006) Successful service operationsmanagementOTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Lecture material and course reading package.TEACHER(S): N.N.COURSE FORMAT:

Lectures and exercises 42 h.Cases and assignments (50%).Exam (50%).

METHODS: Lectures, exercises and assignmentsTIMING: Fall 2008, 2nd periodTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiHOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/35E00100

35E00200 BUSINESS MODELS AND TECHNOLOGY (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: Part of the Master’s program in Business Technology and Logisticsand Service Management; common advanced studies.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studiesOBJECTIVES: The objective of the course is to find and synthesize the economic, organizationaland technological foundations of customer services, distribution channels, supply networks andinventive cooperationCONTENT: The problems and cases discussed in class range from the development of strategiccapabilities of corporations and quality of customer relationships to the evaluation ofopportunities offered by the communication infrastructures to the service markets.LITERATURE: Afuah, Allan (2004) Business models a strategic management approachOTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Reading package and lecture notes.TEACHER(S): N.N.COURSE FORMAT:

Lectures and exercises 42 hCases and assignments (50%).

218


Exam (50%).METHODS: Lectures, assignments, business gameTIMING: Spring 2009, 2nd periodTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiHOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/35E00200

35E00300 PRODUCT AND INVENTORY MANAGEMENT (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: Part of the Master’s program in Logistics and Service Management;advanced specialization studies.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studiesOBJECTIVES: The course provides an integrated methodology for strategy based inventory andproduct management in supply chains.CONTENT: Students learn to analytically solve problems and make decision consideringforecasting, inventory planning and service levels, profitability, product range, supply chaindynamics, facility location, distribution, and routing.LITERATURE: Silver, Edward A. (1998) Inventory management and production planning andschedulingOTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Lecture material and course reading package.TEACHER(S): N.N.COURSE FORMAT:

Lectures and exercises 42 h.,Obligatory cases and assignments (60%)Exam (40%).

METHODS: Lectures, exercises, assignmentsTIMING: Spring 2009, 1st periodTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiREMARKS: The course replaces 35C090 Logistiikan johtaminen.HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/35E00300

35E00400 COORDINATION OF SUPPLY CHAINS (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: Part of the Master’s program in Logistics and Service Management;advanced specialization studiesLEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studiesOBJECTIVES: The course aims at understanding the concepts of supply chain management(SCM) and supply chain coordination. The objective is to build skills in analyzing the behaviourof large and complex supply chain systems using both quantitative and qualitative models. Eachstudent is expected to form a personal view of the theory of SCM, and critically assess themethods and models developed for coordinating demand and supply networks. Journal articlesare used heavily in support of the learning objective.OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Lecture material and course reading package.TEACHER(S): N.N.COURSE FORMAT:

219


Lectures 28 hGroup and individual assignments, class contribution (60%).Exam (40%).

METHODS: Lectures, assignments, class participationTIMING: Fall 2008, 1st periodTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiHOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/35E00400

35E00500 QUALITY LEADERSHIP (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: Part of the Master’s program in Logistics and Service Management;advanced specialization studies.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studiesOBJECTIVES: The course aims to develop the students’ understanding of the concept of qualityand its significance as a competitive and cost factor.CONTENT: The course focuses on process improvement and examines classic ideas in qualitymanagement as well as recent ideas about restructuring processes to reach world-class quality.LITERATURE: Evans, James R. (2002) Management and control of quality, (5th, 4th and 3rd ed.can also be used, but it is students responsibility to track the minor changes between editions.).ISBN 0-324-06680-5 (6th) or ISBN 0-324-22503-2 (5th).OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Lecture material and course reading package.TEACHER(S): N.N.COURSE FORMAT:

Lectures and exercises 28 h, N.N.Obligatory cases and assignments (70%)Exam (30%).

METHODS: Lectures, assignmentsTIMING: Fall 2008, 1st periodTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiHOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/35E00500

35E00600 OPERATIONS CONTROL (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: Part of the Master’s program in Logistics and Service Management;advanced specialization studies.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studiesOBJECTIVES: The course provides a methodological treatment of the conceptual frameworksand analytical models in the area of operations.TEACHER(S): N.N.COURSE FORMAT: This course is usually lectured by a visiting lecturer. The topic can vary.TIMING: Will be announced laterTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: English

220


35E00700 PACKAGING ANF WAREHOUSING TECHNOLOGIES (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: Part of the Master’s program in Logistics and Service Management;advanced specialization studies.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studiesOBJECTIVES: The goal of this course is to provide the student a comprehensive and state-of-artview on the handling and packaging technologies applicable to various materials and products.The second area of interest is the technological and organizational solutions related to modernand effective warehouse management.LITERATURE:

Frazelle, Edward (2001) World-class warehousing and material handling. . ISBN 0-07-137600-3.Robertson, Gordon L. (1993) Food packaging principles and practice , Chapters 1, 11-19. ISBN 0-82-470175-5. or newer versionsJÄRVI-KÄÄRIÄINEN & LEPPÄNEN-TURKULA (toim.) (2002) Pakkaaminen perustiedotpakkauksista ja pakkaamisesta. ISBN 951-8988-29-3. or newer versions ORGUSTAFSSON, JÖNSON, SMITH & SPARKS (2006) Retailing Logistics & Fresh FoodPackaging, Kogan Page, ISBN 0-7494-4645-5

OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: 3-5 assignments and/or cases (available from assistants).TEACHER(S): N.N.COURSE FORMAT:

Obligatory cases and assignments (50%) have to be completed before the exam.Book exam (50%).

METHODS: Individual studyTIMING: This course is a book exam with obligatory assignments.TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiHOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/35E00700


REMARKS: Master’s thesis can be written and presented in English


OBJECTIVES: Seminar work prepares a student to independently gather and evaluate scientificmaterial from the logistics field. Students choose a significant management problem as theirthesis topic, and define specific research objectives: and find the appropriate methods: to solvethe problem.LITERATURE: Course handoutTIMING: ContinuousTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: Finnish and EnglishREGISTRATION: Via e-mail to logistics assistant

221





STATUS OF THE COURSE: B.Sc. (Econ.), Business Technology program.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Compulsory courseOBJECTIVES: The objective is to learn and practice independent scientific work.CONTENT: In the seminar, students get guidance in their research for Bachelor’s Thesis. Duringthe seminar, students will report the progress of their Thesis, present and defence the researchresults, act as an opponent, and participate actively.TEACHER(S): Assistant Professor Johanna Bragge coordinates.COURSE FORMAT:






STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. (Econ), Information and Service Management program,compulsory course.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced

222


OBJECTIVES: The objective is to practice independent scientific thinking by setting up researchquestions and studying a specific research topic. The thesis will be a structured, scientificreport.REMARKS: The Master’s Thesis needs to be carried out together with the Master’s ThesisSeminar (57E99902).





223


14.16 MANAGEMENT SCIENCE (27)

27C01000 TOOLS FOR BUSINESS DECISION (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: Bachelor’s program in Business Technology, common programstudiesLEVEL OF THE COURSE: Intermediate studies.OBJECTIVES: To familiarize the students with useful analytical tools applied to practicalbusiness decisions.CONTENT: Linear programming, integer programming, goal programming, nonlinearprogramming, decision analysis, and simulations with cases. Modeling with spreadsheets andadd-inns.LITERATURE: Moore, Jeffrey H. & Weatherford, Larry R. (2001) Decision modelling withMicrosoft ExcelTEACHER(S): Professor, PhD Jyrki Wallenius.COURSE FORMAT:

Lectures and demonstrations 42h, Professor Jyrki Wallenius.Exercises 12h, N.N.Homework assignments (20%).Cases (20%).Midterm exam and final exam (60%).

METHODS: Lectures, demonstrations, exercises, homework assignments, cases.TIMING: Spring 2009, second period.TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiHOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/27C01000

27C02000 NEGOTIATION PROCESSES (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: Bachelor’s program in Business Technology, specialization studies.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Intermediate studies.OBJECTIVES: To improve student’s negotiation skills.CONTENT: Theories of negotiation, preparing for and strategies of negotiation. Single andmultiple issue negotiation. Single and multiple party negotiations. Negotiation styles. Mediators.LITERATURE: Raiffa, Howard with Richardson, John & Metcalfe, David (2003) Negotiation analysis: thescience and art of collaborative decision makingTEACHER(S): Lecturer, Jukka Koskenkanto and Lecturer, Sirpa PietikäinenCOURSE FORMAT:

Lectures 42h.Homework assignments (60%).Final exam (40%), the first exam will be on the last lecture.

The final exam and the homework assignments will be based on the lectures; materialhanded out in class and the course literatureMETHODS: Lectures, homework assignments.TIMING: Fall 2008, second period.

224


TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiREMARKS: The number of students participates the course will be restricted.HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/27C02000

27C03000 APPLIED OPTIMIZATION (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: Bachelor’s program in Business Technology, specialization studies.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Intermediate studies.OBJECTIVES: The purpose of this course is to give the students experience in large scaleoptimization and its applications.CONTENT: Model formulation and solution interpretation will be emphasized. Specificapplications cover topics from logistics and finance, including both deterministic and stochasticoptimization.LITERATURE: Fourer, Robert, Gay, David M. & Kernighan, Brian W. (2003) AMPL: a modellinglanguage for mathematical programmingOTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Material provided by the lecturer.TEACHER(S): PhD Petri HilliCOURSE FORMAT:

Lectures and computer exercises 42h, PhD Petri HilliCompulsory homework and assignments (60%).Final exam (40%), the first exam will be on the last lecture.

METHODS: Lectures, computer exercises, homework assignments.TIMING: Spring 2009, first period.PREREQUISITE: 27C01000 Tools for Business Decisions recommended.TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiHOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/27C03000

27E01000 DECISION MAKING AND CHOICE BEHAVIOR (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: Master’s program in Business Technology, common advancedstudies.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies.OBJECTIVES: To familiarize the students with the central topics of decision theory.CONTENT: Rational decision making under uncertainty, utility theory, behavioural decisiontheory, Bayesian theory, quantification of uncertainty, preference estimation, non-cooperativegame theory, fair division in cooperative games, economic applications.LITERATURE: Baird, Bruce F. (1989) Managerial decisions under uncertainty: an introduction tothe analysis of decision makingOTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Material handed out in class.TEACHER(S): Professor, PhD Markku Kallio.COURSE FORMAT:

Lectures 42h, Professor Markku Kallio.Homework assignments (20%).Final exam (80%).

225


The final exam and the homework assignments will be based on the lectures; materialhanded out in class and the course literature:METHODS: Lectures, homework assignments.TIMING: Fall 2008, first period.TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiHOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/27E01000

27E02000 MODELS IN MARKETING (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: Master’s program in Business Technology (ManagementTechnology field of specialization), advanced specialization studies.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies.OBJECTIVES: To familiarize the students with decision models in marketing.CONTENT: A working course in decision models in marketing including theoreticalbackground studies. The students apply primarily positioning, conjoint and segmentationmethods: in marketing decision making cases. A brief introduction to Data Mining.LITERATURE: Lilien, Gary L. & Rangaswamy, Arvind (2003) Marketing engineering: computer-assisted marketing analysis and planningOTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Lecture notes.TEACHER(S): Professor, PhD Merja Halme.COURSE FORMAT:

Lectures 42h, Professor Merja Halme.Compulsory homework assignments (40%). To pass the course, one should get at least20/100 points of the course from the homework assignments.Final exam (60%). To pass the course, one should get at least 40% of the maximumpoints of the exam. The first exam will be on the last lecture.

METHODS: Lectures, homework assignments.TIMING: Spring 2009, first period.TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiHOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/27E02000

27E03000 ADVANCED NEGOTIATION PRACTICES (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: Master’s program in Business Technology (ManagementTechnology field of specialization), advanced specialization studies.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies.OBJECTIVES: To familiarize the students with the negotiation theory by intensive exercises.CONTENT: Putting the central topics of negotiation theory into practice. E.g. how to deal with multipleparties, multiple issues, escalation, or lock situations. Each student will choose a LITERATURE:package of 1 book and article to be summarized and delivered to other participants before thebeginning of the intensive section. This enables students to broaden their perspectives ondifferent fields of negotiation theories.

226


On the first orientation session groups are formed for the shadow negotiation exercise. A reallife exercise is given to students and they are expected to prepare the negotiation case forthemselves before the beginning of the intensive section with the actual negotiation partnersthey represent. This is why it is compulsory to assign to the course by latest on the firstorientated session. The maximum size of the group is 26 and minimum 10.OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Course literature will be announced and materials to besummarized are chosen in the opening session.TEACHER(S): Lecturer, M.Sc. (Econ.) Sirpa Pietikäinen and N.N.COURSE FORMAT:

Opening session 4h, Lecturer Sirpa Pietikäinen and N.N.Lectures 32h, Lecturer Sirpa PietikäinenHomework assignments (100%)

METHODS: Opening session, intensive interactive 3 hours/day negotiation exercises followedby debriefing and daily journals. Case preparation and description and debriefing analyses.TIMING: The course will not be lectured this year.TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodi one week before the opening session, or directly [email protected]: Intensive course. The participation to 27C02000 Negotiation Processes in advanceis advisable.HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/27E03000

27E07000 INVESTMENT SCIENCE (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: Master’s program in Business Technology (ManagementTechnology field of specialization), advanced specialization studies.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies.OBJECTIVES: To familiarize the students with the central topics of investment science.CONTENT: Mean-variance theory, arbitrage pricing theory, price processes, derivativeinstrument pricing, interest rate derivatives, multiperiod portfolio optimization, real options.LITERATURE: Luenberger, David G. (1998) Investment scienceTEACHER(S): Professor, PhD Markku Kallio.COURSE FORMAT:

Lectures 42h, Professor Markku Kallio.Final exam (100%).

The final exam will be based on the lectures; material handed out in class and the courseLITERATURE:METHODS: Lectures, homework assignments.TIMING: Spring 2009, second period.PREREQUISITE: 30C020 Linear Algebra and 30C021 Mathematical Analysis or 30C00300Mathematical methods for Economists or comparable skills.TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiHOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/27E07000

227


14.17 MARKETING (23)

23A00210 INTRODUCTION TO MARKETING (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: B.Sc. Fundamentals of Business Knowledge.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Basic studiesOBJECTIVES: The purpose of this course is to provide students with an overview of marketingand its basic concepts. Having studied this course the student understands the importance ofcustomer-oriented marketing, knows the basic marketing terminology of the course area and isable to apply them in practice.CONTENT: The course covers the customer-oriented marketing process and its phases. Thecentral themes of the course include the role of strategic marketing as the focal process ofbusiness, the marketing environment and its analysis, and the planning and execution ofmarketing activities in business-to-business and business-to-consumer settings.LITERATURE: Kotler, P. & Armstrong, G. (2006) Principles of marketingTEACHER(S): M.Sc. Erik Pöntiskoski; PhD Petri ParvinenCOURSE FORMAT:

Lectures (28h)Exercises (5 exercises, count for 50% of course grade)Final exam (50% of course grade)

METHODS: Lectures, exercises, final exam.TIMING: Fall 2008, second period.TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodi at the latest one week before the course starts.REMARKS: The student must pass both the exercises and the final exam. This course replacesthe course 23A010. The course can be taken in Finnish at the Helsinki School of Economics’Open University or the Helsinki University of Technology’s Department of IndustrialEngineering and Management.HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/23A00210

23C570 BUSINESS-TO-BUSINESS MARKETING (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: Bachelor’s Program, an elective course of specialization studies inMarketing.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Specialization courseOBJECTIVES: The student understands the special characteristics of business to businessmarketing and organizational buying behaviour and is knowledgeable on their basic conceptualtools and frameworks. The student can apply the knowledge to analysing and solving practicalmanagement problems of industrial marketing.CONTENT: The course provides the basic concepts, frameworks and special characteristics ofbusiness to business marketing and organizational buying behaviour. Also, the competitiverealities of the global marketplace, customer relationship management, cross functionaldecision making, and supply chain management will be focused on. The course will alsoprovide basic understanding of the unique marketing features of high technology products andservices, and the use of the Internet (e-commerce) as a business marketing tool.

228


LITERATURE:Hutt, M. D. & Speh, T. W. (2006) Business Marketing ManagementAnderson, J. C. & Narus, J. A. (2004) Business market management understanding,creating, and delivering value. 2nd ed.Michel, D., Naude, P., Salle, R. & Valla, J-P. (2003) Business-to-business marketingstrategies and implementation

OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Assigned by the lecturerTEACHER(S): Assistant Professor Arto RajalaCOURSE FORMAT:

Lectures 28 hCompulsory exercises (50%)Examination (50%): Lectures, LITERATURE: and other materials

METHODS: Exercises will be done in Optima.TIMING: Spring 2009, second periodTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodi at the latest one week before course start.HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/23C570

23C581 CONSUMER BEHAVIOUR (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: Bachelor’s degree, a compulsory course of specialization studies inMarketing.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Specialization studiesOBJECTIVES: Consumer Behaviour- online is a web-based independent learning course onConsumer Behaviour. Upon completion of the course students should have a generalunderstanding of the psychological, social, and cultural processes involved when consumers,individuals or groups, select, purchase, use, or dispose of products, services, ideas, orexperiences.CONTENT: Basic theories, ideas, concepts, and methods of consumer research and consumermarketing. Marketing ethics.LITERATURE: Peter, J. P. & Olson, J. (2005) Consumer behaviour and marketing strategy. 7th eTEACHER(S): M.Sc. (Econ.) Ilona MikkonenCOURSE FORMAT: Obligatory opening lecture (the date will be announced in the course webpage). Obligatory learning assignments, including peer evaluation and group discussion in theweb-based learning environment of the course (60 %), final exam (40 %).METHODS: Online course with an opening lecture.TIMING: The course is organized first during Fall 2008, and again during Spring 2009.TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: All students must register for the course via WebOodi ten (10) days before thecourse is scheduled to start. Enrolment cannot be done by phone, fax or e-mail, nor by directlycontacting the instructor. Maximum number of participants is 40.REMARKS: This course replaces 23C580 Kuluttajan käyttäytyminen. No late enrolment!HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/23C580

229


23C76000 CASE STUDIES IN STRATEGIC MARKETING (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: Bachelor’s degree, an elective course of specialization studies inMarketingLEVEL OF THE COURSE: Specialization courseOBJECTIVES: The course will give students an advanced understanding of strategic marketingboth theoretically and in practice. Latest academic research will expand on strategic marketingprocesses and tasks as presented in the introduction to marketing course. This learning is putinto practice through challenging real life business cases.CONTENT: The course covers strategic marketing as the focal business process. Readings forthe course consists of seminal and recent journal articles on key topics. Advancedunderstanding both from a research and practice perspective is gained through case studies.These perspectives include creating, delivering, and communicating customer value; servicesand relationship marketing; new product development and commercialization; distributionmanagement and international marketing.LITERATURE: Journal articles specified by lecturersTEACHER(S): M.Sc. Erik Pöntiskoski, Prof. Henrikki TikkanenCOURSE FORMAT:

preliminary exam (20 %)lectures (24 h, Erik Pöntiskoski)learning diary (20 %)5 exercises (60 %)

METHODS: Preliminary exam, lectures, exercises, presentations, learning diaryTIMING: Spring 2009, second period.PREREQUISITE: Satisfactory performance in the preliminary exam is a prerequisite for thecourse. The exam will be held two weeks before the course (more information to be announcedon the course webpage), and it is based on the following book: Kumar, N. (2004) Marketing asstrategy: understanding CEO’s agenda for driving growth and innovation, Harvard BusinessSchool Press.TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodi, one week before the course start.REMARKS: To pass the course, students are required to pass the pre-exam, participate activelyduring lectures and exercises, and prepare an acceptable personal learning assignment.HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/23C76000

23E21000 MARKETING PRINCIPLES: MARKETS, RELATIONSHIPS AND NETWORKS .(6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: Master’s Program, a compulsory course for all students in theDepartment of Marketing and Management, and in the minor studies of Marketing. CEMS corecourse. CEMS students have the priority.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studiesOBJECTIVES: The student forms conceptual frameworks to understand marketing modes indifferent market and firm contexts. The student is able to apply the achieved conceptual toolsfor making sense of key marketing issues in different market and firm contexts.CONTENT: Major modes of marketing (markets, relationships and networks) and their role in

230


the business strategy and the performance of the firm. Marketing and strategic managementresearch traditions. Metatheoretical understanding of the development of marketing thought.Marketing capability as a key source of competitive advantage.OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Collection of articles on the topicTEACHER(S): Prof. Henrikki Tikkanen, M. Sc. Joel Hietanen, M.Sc. Erik Pöntiskoski, prof.Kristian MöllerCOURSE FORMAT:

Lectures (28 h), Prof. Henrikki Tikkanen, M.Sc. Joel Hietanen, M.Sc. Erik Pöntiskoski,prof. Kristian MöllerExam

METHODS: LecturesTIMING: Fall 2008, first period.TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodi, latest one week before the course.HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/23E21000

23E28000 ADVANCED CONSUMER BEHAVIOR (6 ECTS)STATUS OF THE COURSE: Master’s degree, an elective course of the advanced specializationstudies and a compulsory course of the minor studies in Marketing. CEMS courseLEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studiesOBJECTIVES: To familiarize students with recent theoretical and methodological advancementsin the field of consumer research, and to provide conceptual and methodological tools forunderstanding and analyzing the cultural and experiential dynamics of consumer behaviour.CONTENT: Contemporary theoretical and methodological approaches to consumer researchand consumer marketing, their theoretical legacies, main applications and critique. Differentstreams of interpretive and cultural consumer research. Contemporary research methods forconsumer inquiry (e.g., online research, market oriented ethnography). Global markets and thechanging consumer culture.LITERATURE:

Solomon, M. R. (2003) Conquering consumerspace marketing strategies for a brandedworldHolt, Douglas B. (2004) How brands become icons the principles of cultural branding

OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: A set of articles that will be distributed during the course.TEACHER(S): D.Sc. (Econ.) Johanna Moisander.COURSE FORMAT:

Lectures and learning assignments 28 h, D.Sc. (Econ) Johanna Moisander.Final term paper.

METHODS: Lectures, assignments, and term paper.TIMING: Spring 2009, second period.TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodi, 7 days before the course and confirmation of REGISTRATION:by attending the first lecture. REGISTRATION: cannot be done by phone, fax or e-mail, nor bydirectly contacting the instructors. No late enrolment!HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/23E28000

231


23E31000 MARKETING OF CULTURE (6 ECTS)STATUS OF THE COURSE: Master’s degree, an elective course of the advanced specializationstudiesLEVEL OF THE COURSE: Specialization studiesOBJECTIVES: In 2008, the course will concentrate on issues of Arts Management. It providesstudents with an understanding of the issues facing non-profit arts organizations in today’scomplex, competitive, and financially constrained environment and presents strategies andtactics for effective management.CONTENT: A broad range of arts disciplines will be studied, including museums, theaters,orchestras, and opera and dance companies. The class addresses such issues as currentconditions of the non-profit arts world, the economics of arts organizations, corporatesponsorships, and strategic alliances. Functional areas including management, marketing andaudience development, fundraising, budgeting, and control will be explored, as will the roles,responsibilities, and perspectives of various stakeholders such as key managers, the board ofdirectors, artists, funders, volunteers, critics, and audience members.LITERATURE:

Kotler, P. & Scheff, J. (1997) Standing room only - Strategies for marketing the performingartsScheff-Bernstein, J. (2007) Arts marketing insights

OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: A collection of readings as defined by the instructorTEACHER(S): Fulbright Senior Specialist Joanne Scheff-Bernstein, Northwestern University, USA(in cooperation with Professor Liisa Uusitalo, HSE)COURSE FORMAT: Class assignments and a Final essay, all based on the course readings. Fullclass participation required.METHODS: Lectures, presentation of assignments, and class discussionsTIMING: Intensive course between September 5th and 21st, 2008PREREQUISITE: B.Sc. in Marketing or ManagementTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodi, one week before course startREMARKS: Maximum intake is 50 students. The course replaces the Finnish course ’23D460Kulttuurin markkinointi’. This special course is given biannually.HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/23E31000

23E37000 PRODUCT AND SERVICE MANAGEMENT (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: Master’s Program, an elective course of advanced specializationstudies in Marketing.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studiesOBJECTIVES: To provide students with a deeper understanding of the concepts, process modelsand frameworks of innovation management especially from the perspective of marketingmanagement. The role of design management creating competitive advantage for the company.Customer-focused management of service firms.CONTENT: Balancing market orientation and technology orientation in management of thecompany. Management of product planning process, Stage-Gate Model and commercialization.

232


Success and failure factors of innovation management. Marketing research methods applied atdifferent stages of product planning process. Design management. Service development.LITERATURE:

Urban, G. & Hauser, J. R. (1993) Design and Marketing of New Products. 2nd editionCooper, R. G. (1998) Product leadership creating and launching superior new productsGORB, P. (1990) Design management papers from the London Business SchoolBateson, J. & Hoffman, K. D. (1999) Managing services marketing text and readings

TEACHER(S): Professor Mai AnttilaCOURSE FORMAT:

Independent learning course:Orientation lecture (2 hours) in autumn term and the same lecture (2 hours) in springterm.Read the course literatureWrite two essays mainly on the basis of course literature: using possibly also some othermaterial:

Two possible topics:Choose an industry area (e.g. metal industry, electronics industry, food industry or aservice field etc.) and analyze on the basis of the literature the success and failure factorsor drivers of the management of the chosen industry area.Choose a service field and create a plan for the development of it keeping customerfocus and growth as the main goals in mind. No traditional examination

METHODS: Independent learning courseTIMING: Academic year 2008-2009TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: English or Finnish, opening lecture will be in EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiREMARKS: Replaces course 23D260.HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/23E37000

23E38000 COMPETITIVE STRATEGY AND COMPETITIVE ADVANTAGE (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: Master’s Program, an elective course of advanced specializationstudies in Marketing.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studiesOBJECTIVES: To provide students with a deeper understanding of the core concepts,frameworks and techniques of strategic management that will allow them to analyzecompetitive strategy and competitive advantage both at business and corporate levels.CONTENT: To familiarize students with resource-based view on corporate strategy, industryanalysis, managing knowledge and value creation, and the development of distinctivecompetencies. Also, insights and approaches how to make competition irrelevant by creatingvalue innovations and establishing new markets to achieve rapid and profitable growth will befocused on.LITERATURE:

Robert M. Grant (2008) Contemporary Strategy AnalysisKim, W. Chan & Renée Mauborgne (2005) Blue ocean strategy how to createuncontested market space and make the competition irrelevant

233


Wikström, S. & Normann, R. & Forslin, P-H. (1994) Knowledge and value a newperspective on corporate transformation

TEACHER(S): Assistant professor Arto Rajala.COURSE FORMAT: Introductory lectures (2 h, Arto Rajala), reflective paper (100 %).METHODS: Contact teaching 2 h, independent learning, writing a reflective paper.TIMING: Academic year 2008-2009TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: English or Finnish, opening lecture will be in EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiREMARKS: Replaces course 23D840.HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/23E38000

23E41000 DISTRIBUTION AND PRICING MANAGEMENT (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: Master’s Program, an elective course of advanced specializationstudies in MarketingLEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studiesOBJECTIVES: To provide students a deeper understanding of the theoretical foundations inpricing and distribution management, and to familiarize students with recent developments inresearch of competition in retailing. The students know the emergence and development of theretailing industry and the key success factors relevant for value delivery in this context. Itaddresses the environmental context of the marketing channel, as the local/global and thedynamic features of the channel environment pose challenges for manufacturing and multi-chain retailing firms when selecting supply chain and channel partners.CONTENT: Course work is based on introductory lectures, independent learning of relevanttextbooks, and writing a reflective paper.LITERATURE:

Stern, L. W. & El-Ansary, A. I. & Coughlan, A. T. (1996) Marketing channels. 5th editionNagle, T. & Holden, R. K. (2002) Strategy and tactics of pricing a guide to profitabledecision making. 3rd editionClarke, R. & Davies, S. & Dobson, P. & Waterson, M. (2002) Buyer power andcompetition in European food retailing

TEACHER(S): Ph. D Matti TuominenCOURSE FORMAT: A 2 hours’ introductory lecture to the course twice a year (autumn/springterms). The purpose of these lectures is to give students guidelines for the independent workwith the required material (books). Also, basic vocabulary and concepts related to competitionin retailing, strategies of pricing, and distribution and channel management will be addressed.Students will be evaluated based on a reflective, individual learning assignment/paper (100%).METHODS: Independent learning courseTIMING: Academic year 2008-09TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: English or Finnish, opening lecture will be in EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiHOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/23E41000

234


23E42000 PROJECT MARKETING (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. degree, an elective course of the advanced specializationstudies in Marketing.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studiesOBJECTIVES: Project sales and marketing is a developing knowledge area in many industriesthat increase their project orientation in customer deliveries. The project sales and marketingdiscipline is essential for success within business where knowledge intensive, tailoredcustomer-specific technical or other systems/services are sold and produced. The objectives ofthe course are to give the student:

Understanding about knowledge areas of project sales and marketingInsight on the procedures and practices of project sales and marketing.

CONTENT: The course discusses the project sales and marketing process. The concepts ofproject business model, market as milieus, customer relationship management, value networks,project marketing logic, project negotiations and contracts are included. Creating and managingproject networks, relationship management and buying and selling in different industries withregard to cultural contexts are discussed. Empirical cases highlight current practices related tothese areas.LITERATURE: Cova Bernard, Pervez Ghauri and Robert Salle (2002) Project Marketing: BeyondCompetitive BiddingOTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Assigned by the lecturerTEACHER(S): Dr. Tech Jaakko Kujala, HUTCOURSE FORMAT: Exam or learning diary and group case assignment. The final exam will be based on the course material and on the lecture content. The examdates will be given later. Passing the course requires the analysis and documentation of a salesand marketing related problem. The cases will be solved in groups. The work will includeapprox. 2-4 interviews, documenting the results and linking them to course material. The resultswill be delivered via a presentation session and a written case report.METHODS: Lectures and group case assignmentTIMING: Fall 2008, first and second periodTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodi at the latest one week before course start.REMARKS: The course will be lectured at the Helsinki University of Technology. The course can be completed with (6 ECTS) or without (3 ECTS) the group case assignment.The number of students accepted on the course can be restricted by the lecturer.HOMEPAGE:

http://www.tuta.hut.fi/studies/Courses_and_schedules/Teta/TU-22.1441/TU-22.1441.php

23E50000 PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT PROJECT (12 ECTS)STATUS OF THE COURSE: Master’s program, an elective course of advanced specializationstudies in Marketing.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studiesOBJECTIVES: To familiarize students in multidisciplinary product development teams and their

235


practices.CONTENT: Project work in team settings of roughly 10 students. The development ideas aremostly offered and sponsored by industrial companies. The projects include all phases fromproject planning to introduce of a fully functional prototype or demonstrator.LITERATURE: Ulrich, Karl T. & Eppinger, Steven. D. (2003) Product design and developmentTEACHER(S): Professor Kalevi EkmanCOURSE FORMAT: The course starts (period I) with introductory lessons and by working outthe project plans. Students read selected chapters from the course book and prepare studentpresentations. The development project continues (periods II, III-IV) for the whole winter andthe final results are introduced at the end of April. The grade is composed of practical results, project management, applying of proper methodsand tools, and of mastering communication and documentation during the project. There is nofinal exam.METHODS: Project workTIMING: Fall 2008 and spring 2009PREREQUISITE: The course is aimed at students of technology, marketing, or industrial designwho are interested in product development of investment or consumer products. Also, studentsfrom other disciplines are welcomed to the appropriate extent. The course is intended for thefinal stage of studies.TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREMARKS: The course will be lectured at the Helsinki University of Technology (TKK). Forpractical reasons, the number of students must be limited to roughly 120.

23E51000 HIGH-TECH MARKETING AND INNOVATION MANAGEMENT (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: Master’s Program, an elective course of advanced specializationstudies in MarketingLEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studiesOBJECTIVES: The student understands the mechanisms underlying the emergence anddevelopment of high-tech industries and the factors relevant for the commercial success ofinnovations. The student knows theories, main results, and research methods used in market-driven innovation management. The student is able to apply the tools necessary for thedevelopment and commercialisation of high-tech innovationsCONTENT: The characteristics, dynamics and drivers of high-tech and knowledge-intensiveindustries. Theories and models describing and explaining the adoption and diffusion of high-tech innovations. Balancing marketing and technology-orientations in high-tech businesses.Innovation strategies, stage-gate mode, and the commercialization of high-tech innovations.Examples of successful business models in high-tech markets. Marketing strategy planning andimplementation in global markets.LITERATURE:

Mohr, J. & Sengupta, S. & Slater, S. (2005) Marketing of high-technology products andinnovationsCooper, Robert G. (2005) Product leadership pathways to profitable innovationChesbrough, H., W. (2003) Open Innovation: The New Imperative for Creating andProfiting from Technology

236


OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Additional readings (e.g. articles) provided by lecturersTEACHER(S): Professor Mai Anttila, Assistant Professor Arto Rajala, Researcher Paavo JärvensivuCOURSE FORMAT: Lectures (28 h, Mai Anttila/Arto Rajala/Paavo Järvensivu/Visiting lectures),exercises (30 %), exam (70 %).METHODS: Contact teaching, case analyses, reflective papersTIMING: Spring 2009, First periodTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiHOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/23E51000

23E52000 SALES MANAGEMENT (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: Master’s degree, an elective course of the advanced specializationstudies.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies.OBJECTIVES: The principal objective of this course is to give students a general but thoroughunderstanding of the area of sales management for both professional and academic purposes.This includes developing an interest in the area of sales, understanding the dynamics andchallenges in organizing sales work and the ability to analytically evaluate and solve sales-related issues. You will learn to apply your knowledge to a number of industries, but theemphasis is heavily on business-to-business situations. One of the primary goals is to raise theappreciation of the topic and area of sales among students, and create a positive outlook ondoing sales for a living.CONTENT: This course is designed as a general overview to the area of sales management.Ideally designed for students with some exposure to the area and topic of sales, this coursegives you the necessary skills and knowledge to start executing sales management actions invarious types of organizations. With topics ranging from grassroot level management of salesstaff to the role of sales thinking in corporate strategy, this course is ideal for candidates aimingany position that needs to deal with the sales function. This course has a heavy emphasis on business-to-business contexts. This implies that thecourse discusses not only sales issues, but the relationship of sales with R&D, marketing,corporate management, IT and even public affairs. This ideology is supported by running thecourse as a joint course between HSE and TKK, mixing students with different ideas andbackgrounds together. Basic sales techniques and skills are not covered, as they are covered ina separate course.OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Assigned by the lecturer.TEACHER(S): Ph. D Petri ParvinenCOURSE FORMAT: This course is primarily a lecture course, presented in module form,supplemented with informal out-of-class discussion and guest speakers. There will be 10lectures, approximately 5 of which will be run by external, top-level business executives. Thegrading is entirely based on the final exam.METHODS: Lectures, computer-enhanced learning and assignments, exam.TIMING: Spring 2009, second period.PREREQUISITE: Students aiming at professional business work as their primary employmentshould attend the course. It is recommended that the students have been exposed to the area of

237


business, marketing and sales in some form before attending the course. Basic marketing andsales courses taught at HSE and TKK should preferably be taken before this course. Also students that have worked in sales positions and have an interest in sales management,regardless of the courses they have attended, are warmly welcomed to this course. Students,who plan no primary work in sales or business and have not been exposed to the area, shouldconsider taking an introductory course to marketing or sales instead.TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiREMARKS: The course will be lectured at TKK.HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/23E52000

23E53000 BRANDS IN STRATEGIC MARKETING (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: Master’s program, an elective course of advanced specializationstudies in Marketing.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studiesOBJECTIVES: The purpose of this course is to provide students with a deeper understanding ofthe core concepts, analytic frameworks and methods of strategic thinking about the role ofbrands in business and management. Upon completion of the course, students are expected to

obtain understanding of key brand-related concepts and analytical toolsdevelop analytical managerial thinking about brands, based on the role of brands incustomer behaviour and as strategic company resourcesdevelop appreciation of the branding challenges in complex environments and globalmarketsbuild a “personal view” of the theory and models, and obtain ability to critically assessand apply them in managerial problem solving

CONTENT: Through lectures, course readings, and assignments, the course aims to coverimportant areas of brand-related topics both in consumer behaviour and strategicmarketing/management. The topics include: role of brands in consumer behaviour (brandawareness, image, positioning and decision making in consumer behaviour; brand ascultural/identity resource, consumer-brand relationships, brand communities and socialnetworks); role of brands in business/organizational buying behaviour; strategic brandmanagement process, brand identity/positioning (visionary) planning, managing brand overtime; product/offering development and brand extensions; developing brand withcommunication campaigns; leveraging secondary associations (co-branding, ingredient-branding, licensing); and corporate brand challenges.LITERATURE:

Holt, Douglas B. (2004) How brands become icons the principles of cultural brandingKeller, Kevin Lane (2003) Strategic brand management building, measuring andmanaging brand equity

OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Assigned by the lecturers.TEACHER(S): Ass. Prof. Jaakko Aspara; M.Sc. Joonas RokkaCOURSE FORMAT:

Lectures (28 h)Individual assignments:article summaries/ reflections (25%)

238


Group assignment: case analysis and presentation (25 %)Examination (50%)

METHODS: Lectures, individual reading and assignments, group work, exam.TIMING: Spring 2009, second period.PREREQUISITE: The course assumes the basic skills and knowledge attained according to theC-level brand management course (23C630 Merkkituotejohtaminen /Brand Management)requirements.TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodi latest one week before the course. (Limit 40 students)REMARKS: Replaces the course 23E24000 Brand Management (and 23D320 BrandManagement).HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/23E53000

239


14.18 ORGANISATION AND MANAGEMENT (21)

21A00310 INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: B.Sc. Fundamentals of Business KnowledgeLEVEL OF THE COURSE: Basic studiesOBJECTIVES: The main objective of the course is to make students understand what self, peopleand business management are and what is their role in organizations and management. Thestudents are introduced to the basic concepts of management and they get practice in academiccrafts like reading and writing.CONTENT: Companies attempt to manage their businesses by controlling their activities, managers andpersonnel and by reducing external uncertainty. Too tight control does, however, easily arrestcreativity and one can never have full control over contingencies. A business cannot solely adapt to external changes either, rather it should actively try toinfluence its business environment. Management and managing are needed to balance thesetensions. The course offers conceptual tools to understand and to put managerial work intopractice.LITERATURE:

Hamel, Gary (2007) Future of managementWatson, Tony J. (2002) Organising and Managing Work

OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Material provided by the lecturer.TEACHER(S): PhD Anne HerbertCOURSE FORMAT:

Lectures 28 h, Fall term 2008, 1st period.Essay (25 %).Exam (75 %) according to the exam schedule. Lectures and course literature.

There will be three optional dates to take the exam. If you do not pass any of these examsyou will loose your marks from the essay.METHODS: Lectures, exam, and essay.TIMING: Fall 2008, 1st period.TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodi one week before the 1st period starts.HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/21A00310

21E00600 HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. an elective course of the advanced specialization studies inManagement.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies.OBJECTIVES: The course provides an understanding of the field of human resourcedevelopment from the perspective of 1) multidisciplinary academic research, 2) learning anddevelopment practices and interventions in organizations and 3) the work of HRDprofessionals. Students will learn to understand key HRD issues and debates, to criticallyevaluate various research approaches and practices, and to develop skills in facilitating learning

240


as reflexive HRD practitioners.CONTENT: Human resource development issues are explored at individual and organizational levels ofanalysis in different contexts. A variety of purposes and stakeholders in HRD are examinedfocusing on the perspectives of capabilities/performance, employability and learning. A range of theoretical approaches will be used combining current HRD research with anexamination of management and employee development issues in practice. The nature of HRDas professional work will also be considered in terms of its roles, areas of expertise and ethics.LITERATURE: Mabey, Christopher & Finch-Lees, Tim (2008) Management and leadershipdevelopmentOTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Articles and other course materials will be provided by the instructor.TEACHER(S): PhD Anne Herbert.COURSE FORMAT:

Lectures 28 h.Exercises and active participation (70%).Final exam (30%) according to the exam schedule, registration via WebOodi latest oneweek before the exam. There will be one additional possibility to take the exam.

METHODS: Lectures, exercises and exam.TIMING: May 2009.TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodi one week before the summer term starts.REMARKS: Max. 40 students are taken to the course in registration: order. Students takingMaster’s Program in Management have priority.HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/21E00600

21E00700 STRATEGY WORK IN GLOBAL CONTEXT (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. degree, elective course in the advanced specialization studiesin Management.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studiesOBJECTIVES: The objective of the course is to present students with a research-based andpractically grounded understanding of how strategy work is carried out in firms that operateacross national borders. The course pays particular attention to questions related to balancingglobal strategizing and local adaptation / translation. Case examples on strategy work intransnational firms are presented. The course enables students to form a substantiated view ofstrategy work in global context, and to critically scrutinize notions of strategy and strategicmanagement.CONTENT: Thematic sessions include (1) the transnational firm and its functioning; workingacross borders; communicating globally and locally; overview and organization of course work,(2) strategy as practice and work, (3) strategy tools, management consultants and localtranslations of best practices, (4) strategy work in mergers and acquisitions, (5) strategy work inindustrial shutdowns, (6) diversity and multiculturalism as strategic opportunities, (7) studentspresentations and preparation for the exam, (8) course exam.OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Links to required readings and other material (session handoutsetc.) will be made available at the course website.

241


TEACHER(S): Prof., D.Sc. Janne TienariCOURSE FORMAT:

Thematic course sessions 8 x 3 hours (including exam). Intensive format, which requiresactive participation in all sessions.Group work (oral presentation and written report; 30% of course grade).Exam (essays; 70% of course grade), completed in the last course session. There is oneadditional possibility to take the exam.

METHODS: Thematic course sessions, group work and examTIMING: Fall 2008, 2nd period.TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodi, 30 September 2008 at latestREMARKS: The course group is restricted to 30 students. Information on the selection of courseparticipants will be made available by e-mail (to all those registered) by 6.10.2008.

21E01050 MANAGEMENT AND STRATEGY MAKING (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. degree programme, an elective course of the advancedspecialization studies in Management.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies.OBJECTIVES: The books give an overview of strategy making and renewal in the corporatecontext, with an emphasis on the competence and knowledge based approaches.CONTENT: The books expose the reader to the dynamics of strategic change in modern corporations, inindustrial force fields and in the contexts of communities of practice. The first book in the listsketches the nature of the paradigm change from the closed to open innovation thinking andacting. The second book takes up the issue of disruption in a competitive arena and elaborates waysin which companies craft strategies to accomplish growth and innovation. The third bookelaborates the framework of communities of practice. Such a perspective is needed because allformalistic organizational designs for managing innovations have to be complemented withself-organizing efforts and experimental learning due to the changing situational contingencies.LITERATURE:

Chesbrough, Henry W. (2003) Open innovation the new imperative for creating andprofiting from technologyChristensen, Clayton M. et al. (2003) The Innovator’s SolutionWenger, Etienne (1999) Communities of Practice

TEACHER(S): M. Sc. Sari Yli-KauhaluomaCOURSE FORMAT: Exam according to the exam schedule. Passing of each book required. Youmay answer the essay questions either in English or in Finnish.METHODS: Book exam.TIMING: Fall 2008 & Spring 2009, according to exam schedule.TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodi, one week in advance.HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/21E01050

242


21E02050 STRATEGIC HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. an elective course of the advanced specialization studies inManagement.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies.OBJECTIVES: The objective is to provide students with a deeper understanding of S/HRM,increase knowledge of the major debates on S/HRM, and train students in critical thinking andthe adoption of scientific knowledge.CONTENT: The literature provides an understanding of S/HRM as a research field. The maintopics are related to critical evaluation of the basic concepts of HRM and SHRM, the linkbetween S/HRM and company performance, the increasingly important role of economic andsocial context, the theory and practice of career management, new organizational forms andthe contextual nature of industrial relations systems. The literature offers the main theoreticaltools to approach and evaluate the field of S/HRM.LITERATURE:

Baruch,Yehuda (2004) Managing careers theory and practiceLegge, Karen (2005) Human Resource Management. Rhetorics and RealitiesSalaman, Graeme, Storey, John & Billsberry, Jon (eds.) (2005) Strategic human resourcemanagement theory and practice. A reader.

TEACHER(S): M.Sc. Kirsi LaPointe.COURSE FORMAT: Exam according to exam schedule.METHODS: Book exam.TIMING: Fall 2008 & Spring 2009, according to exam schedule.TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodi, one week in advance.REMARKS: As this course is targeted for advanced level students and focuses on theoreticaldebates in HRM, the completion of Henkilöstöjohtamisen tutkimuksen ajankohtaisteemoja,lukemisseminaari/ Discussions on Human Resource Management, Reading Seminar (21E02000)or Human Resource Development (21E00600) is recommended prior to the book exam.HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/21E02050

21E03050 ORGANIZATIONAL CULTURE (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. degree programme, an elective course of the advancedspecialization studies in Management.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies.OBJECTIVES: To possess the knowledge of various theories on organizational concept ofculture. To understand the differences, strengths and limitations of reading differentorganizational situations through various culture theories.CONTENT: The literature generates an understanding of organisational culture as a researchfield and what is meant by culture as a concept in organizational context, to possess theknowledge of various theories on organizational concept of culture.LITERATURE:

Kunda, Gideon (1992) Engineering Culture: Control and Commitment in a High TechCorporationAlvesson, Mats et al. (1992) Corporate Culture and Organizational Symbolism

243


Frost, Peter J. et al. (Eds.) (1991) Reframing Organizational CultureTEACHER(S): D.Sc. Sinikka Pesonen.COURSE FORMAT: Exam according to exam schedule. D.Sc. Sinikka Pesonen examines.Passing of each book required. You may answer either in English or in Finnish.METHODS: Book examTIMING: Fall 2008 & Spring 2009, according to the exam schedule.TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodi, one week in advance.REMARKS: The book exam can be accepted as one of the courses in the minor ofOrganizational Psychology.

21E90000 MANAGING CHANGE (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. compulsory course for all students in the M.Sc. programme in Management.Recommended timing: not earlier than the second year of Master’s studies CEMS core course.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies.OBJECTIVES: Students will

Learn to discuss and appreciate some of the ongoing trends in the global business worldand their potential impact on (Finnish) corporations;Gain conceptual understanding of major theories of organizational change andinnovation;Learn about how to be both a grassroots activist and a senior leader/executive in ongoingchange.

CONTENT:In this course, we consider the context of a multinational corporation amidst constant pressuresfor strategic renewal and resilience. We discuss the role of strategy, innovation and grassrootsactivism. We also consider the levers that senior executives have at their disposal for drivingchange.

During the course, the students will seek to reflect on their capacity to be leaders and considerstrategic challenges for corporate renewal and resilience in the changing global businessenvironment. Real-life case examples provide guidance and particular theories of change andinnovation inform the reflections.

Beyond a conceptualization and execution of a single (for a time successful) strategy, we willemphasize the need for developing organizational capabilities while appreciating the potentialof individual agency for change. The two course books further detail the multinational contextand the role of a tempered radical in change.LITERATURE:

Kristensen, Peer Hull et al. (2005) Local Players in Global GamesMeyerson, Debra E. (2001) Tempered Radicals

OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Articles, pointed out in the course material and in the web.

244


Current issues of The Economist magazine.TEACHER(S): Prof. Liisa Välikangas.COURSE FORMAT:

Lectures 28 h. Prof. Liisa Välikangas and visiting lecturers, on spring term, 2nd period.Position paper (30 %).Final exam (70 %) according to exam schedule. There will be two additional possibilitiesto take the exam.

METHODS: Lectures & discussions, pre-reading materials, group work, preparations to theexam, essay writing.TIMING: Spring 2009, 2nd period.TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodi one week before the period starts at latest; and one weekbefore the final exam at latest.REMARKS: The course is congruent with Managing Change, book exam (21E90050, 6 ECTS).HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/21E90000

14.19 PHILOSOPHY (51)

51D00220 ARGUMENTATION IN RESEARCH (3 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: Compulsory course in the masters programCONTENT: We approach research knowledge from the perspective of argument, debate andrhetoric, since research knowledge consists of knowledge claims supported by well-foundedarguments, debated against competing positions, and formulated with the help of appropriaterhetorical tools. Thus the course helps to read and write scientific research reports, and todistinguish arguments both pro and con choices concerning the contribution of the study, thechosen topic and methods. The course also offers a neat introduction to philosophy of scienceand various research methods.TEACHER(S): FM Jaakko Kuorikoski ([email protected])COURSE FORMAT:


o Chalmers, A. F. What is this thing called science? : an assessment of the natureand status of science and its methods Milton Keynes: Open University Press, 1982Chapters 1-8


o Rottenberg, A.T. Elements of Argument: A text and a reader, cop. 1997. Ch. 9Writing and Argumentative Paper. In earlier versions, this Ch. is in the Appendix.


TIMING: Spring 2009, second period.TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodi

245


REMARKS: Exam on the last lecture.HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/51D00220

51D00300 INTRODUCTION TO READING AND WRITING SCIENTIFIC TEXTS (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: The course is compulsory in the masters program for students withno university degree.OBJECTIVES: To become acquainted with the particular features of scientific texts in theory andpractice, and to gain means to enhance one’s skills in reading and writing scientific texts.CONTENT: The basics of scientific thinking and philosophy of science, and the theory andpractice of reading and writing scientific texts.LITERATURE: LOCKE, L. F. ET AL. Reading and understanding research 2004. Sage ISBN 0-7619-2768-9TEACHER(S): Kaisa HeinlahtiCOURSE FORMAT: Write two essays of 8-10 pages long according to the advice given in thetext book and further info to be found in the HSE philosophy net pages. One essay is on theabove book and the other on a problem in philosophy of science. Literature for the secondtheme on the HSE philosophy net pages.METHODS: Self-study courseTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Registration and handing in the essays: contact [email protected]: https://cie.hkkk.fi/51D00300

51E00100 BUSINESS ETHICS (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: The course is open for all students in HSE. It is an optional course inthe International Business and Organization and Management M.Sc. programs and CorporateSocial and Environmental Responsibility minor studies.OBJECTIVES: Course offers insights into the ethical and political backgrounds and requirementsof business activity, and outlines perspectives to professional use of ethical skills in business.CONTENT: Philosophical appraisal of central business-ethical approaches and practices, andillustrative examples.LITERATURE:

Set of readings provided by the lecturer.Bowie, N. (ed.), 2002, Blackwell Guide to Business Ethics. Blackwell. ISBN 0-631-22122-0 sid. ISBN 0-631-22123-9 nid.

TEACHER(S): Maija-Riitta OllilaCOURSE FORMAT:A) Seminar course

Seminar discussions and a set of readings provided by the lecturers (Maija-Riitta Ollila)AssignmentsMandatory class attendance (80%)Final examination

B) Self-studyExam on the book Bowie, N. (ed.), 2002, Blackwell Guide to Business Ethics. Blackwell.

246


METHODS: SeminarTIMING: Fall 2008, Second periodTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: For the course Via WebOodi latest two weeks before the course begins. Forthe exams via WebOodi latest one week before the exam.REMARKS: Max. 40 students will be accepted to this course in registration order.

247


14.20 QUANTITATIVE METHODS OF ECONOMICS AND MANAGEMENT SCIENCE (30)

30A00210 MATHEMATICS AND STATISTICS FOR MANAGERS (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: Compulsory courseLEVEL OF THE COURSE: Fundamentals of Business KnowledgeOBJECTIVES: Learn to understand and use basic mathematical and statistical tools in solvingand modelling economic problems. Provide skills for reading literature in economics andmanagement science.CONTENT: Mathematics: basic concepts of functions, vectors, matrices, systems of linearequations, linear programming. Statistics: population and sample, graphical data analysis,descriptive statistics, introduction to regression analysis, random numbers.LITERATURE:

Levine, D., Krehbiel, T. and M. Berenson (2002) Business Statistics: A First Course 3e.Jacques, Ian (2003) Mathematics for economics and business

TEACHER(S): Lecturer Matti Karvonen (mathematics) Lecturer Jan-Erik Antipin (statistics)COURSE FORMAT:

Lectures in mathematics 21 h, Matti Karvonen and lectures in statistics 21 h, Jan-ErikAntipin.Exercises 12 h in mathematics and 12h in statistics.Additional introductory lectures in mathematics for students who need to improve theirskills 12h.Exercises (20%) plus two midterm exams (total 80%) or the final exam (80%).

TIMING: Fall 2008: statistics in the first period and mathematics in the second period.PREREQUISITE: High school mathematicsTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiREMARKS:

Applicable parts of the literature are considered.The students should use fifth or newer edition of the mathematics book (Jacques).Only one of the courses 30A00110 Matematiikkaa ja tilastotiedettä liikkeenjohtajille and30A00210 Mathematics and statistics for managers can be included in the Bachelor’sdegree.

HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/30A00210

30A00410 QUANTITATIVE BUSINESS ANALYSIS (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: Compulsory courseLEVEL OF THE COURSE: Fundamentals of Business KnowledgeOBJECTIVES: To improve mathematical and statistical skills for problem solving, and to createtheoretical foundations for further studies and understanding economic reference texts. Thiscourse is a continuum for Mathematics and Statistics for Managers (30A00210).CONTENT: Mathematics: derivative and partial derivative, integral calculus, foundations of

248


unconstrained optimization and constrained optimization. Statistics: inference based onprobability, conditional probability and Bayes formula. Random variable and its distribution,expectation, variance and standard deviation, decision trees, descriptive statistics, confidenceintervals and hypothesis testing.LITERATURE:

Levine, D., Krehbiel, T. and M. Berenson (2002) Business Statistics: A First Course 3eJacques, Ian (2003) Mathematics for economics and business

OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Simon, C.P. & Blume, L.: Mathematics for Economists, W.W. Norton & Co, 1994.TEACHER(S): Professor N.N. (Mathematics), Lecturer Jan-Erik Antipin (Statistics)COURSE FORMAT:

Lectures in mathematics 21 h, N.N. Lectures in statistics 21 h, Jan-Erik Antipin.Fifth or newer edition of Jacques’ book may be used.Additional introductory lectures in mathematics for students who need to improve theirskills 12h.Exercises (20%) plus two midterm exams (total 80%) or the final exam (80%).

TIMING: Fall 2008: mathematics in the first and statistics in the second period.PREREQUISITE: 30A00210 Mathematics and statistics for managersTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiREMARKS:

Applicable parts of the literature are considered.The students should use fifth or newer edition of the mathematics book (Jacques).Only one of the courses 30A00310 Kvantitatiivinen analyysi taloustieteissä and30A00410 Quantitative business analysis can be included in the Bachelor’s degree.

HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/30A00410

30C00100 STATISTICAL ANALYSIS (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: B.Sc. program, common program studies.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: IntermediateOBJECTIVES: The course will provide students with additional knowledge in statistical theoryand techniques.CONTENT: Probability, conditional probability, decision trees, probability distributions,estimation, hypothesis testing. Introduction to multivariate regression analysis, analysis ofvariance, non-parametric techniques.LITERATURE: Levine, David M. (2006) Business statistics a first courseTEACHER(S): Lecturer Jan-Otto Malmberg, Lecturer Tapani LehtonenCOURSE FORMAT:

Lectures 40h, Jan-Otto Malmberg.Exercises 20h, Tapani Lehtonen.Exercises (20%) plus two midterm exams (total 80%) or the final exam (80%).

TIMING: Spring 2009, first and second period.PREREQUISITE: Compulsory courses in quantitative methods:TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: English

249


REGISTRATION: Via WebOodiHOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/30C00100

30C00200 ECONOMETRICS (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: B.Sc. program, specialization studies.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: IntermediateOBJECTIVES: To familiarize the student with basic econometric models, as well as theunderlying assumptions of least squares estimation. This course concentrates on linear models.CONTENT: Least squares estimation and Gauss-Markov theorem, tests of parameters and linearrestrictions, dummy variables, consequences of deviating from the Gauss-Markov conditions.Detecting heteroskedasticity by using the Goldfeld-Quandt test and heteroskedastic models.Principles of maximum likelihood estimation. Introduction to simultaneous equations and timeseries models.LITERATURE: Dougherty, C. (2000) Introduction to econometricsTEACHER(S): Lecturer Jan-Erik Antipin and N.N.COURSE FORMAT:

Lectures 40 h, Jan-Erik AntipinExercises and demonstrations 20 h, N.N.Grading is based on two midterm exams (50% + 50%) or a final exam (100%).

TIMING: Spring 2009, first and second periodsPREREQUISITE: Compulsory courses in quantitative methods:TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiHOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/30C00200

30C00300 MATHEMATICAL METHODS FOR ECONOMISTS (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: B.Sc. program, specialization studies.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: IntermediateOBJECTIVES: To improve mathematical skills acquired in the basic courses.CONTENT: Unconstrained optimization and constrained optimization, different function types,eigenvalues, linear difference and differential equations, equilibrium and stability.LITERATURE: Simon, Carl P. and Lawrence Blume (1994) Mathematics for EconomistsOTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Additional readings: Dowling, E.T.: Introduction tomathematical economics (Schaum’s outlines) McGraw-Hill 2001.TEACHER(S): Professor Tomi Seppälä and Lecturer Matti KarvonenCOURSE FORMAT:

Lectures 40h, Tomi SeppäläExercises 20h, Matti KarvonenExercises (20%) plus two midterm exams (total 80%) or the final exam (80%).

TIMING: Spring 2009, first and second periodsPREREQUISITE: Compulsory courses in quantitative methods:TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodi

250


HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/30C00300

30E00100 OPTIMIZATION (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: M. Sc. Business Technology program, specialization courseLEVEL OF THE COURSE: AdvancedOBJECTIVES: The aim is to get acquainted with different types of nonlinear optimizationproblems and methods: and to get to know the basic concepts, optimality conditions andmethods: of nonlinear programming. In addition, duality in linear programming and nonlinearmultiobjective optimization are briefly covered.CONTENT: Dual in linear programming, basic concepts, optimality conditions and methods: aswell as the choice of method in nonlinear programming. Basics of evolutionary andmultiobjective optimization.LITERATURE:

Bartholomew-Biggs, M. (2005) Nonlinear Optimization with Financial Applications,Kluwer Academic Publishers.Hamdy A Taha (2002) Operations Research: an Introduction (only Chapter 4).Zitzler E., Deb L., Thiele L., Corne D. (2001) Evolutionary Multi-Criterion Optimization(pp. 1 – 20)

TEACHER(S): Professor N.N.COURSE FORMAT:

Lectures 42 h, Professor N.N.Exercises 12 h, N.N.Grade consists of assignments (20%) and final exam (80%)

TIMING: Second period of spring term 2009 (Details will be announced on course web page.)PREREQUISITE: Compulsory courses in quantitative methods:TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiHOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/30E00100

30E00300 PRODUCTIVITY AND EFFICIENCY ANALYSIS (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: M. Sc. Business Technology program, specialization courseLEVEL OF THE COURSE: AdvancedOBJECTIVES: The purpose of the course is (a) to provide students with the basic concepts of theanalysis of efficiency and productivity and (b) to familiarize students to apply the quantitativemethods: for analyzing and improving the efficiency of organizations. A special emphasis onthe course is to learn to use Data Envelopment Analysis and its extensions.CONTENT: Topics covered in the course will include basic concepts related to the use ofmultidimensional measurement of efficiency and productivity (criteria, objectives, dominance,efficiency, productivity, etc.), traditional productivity analysis, evaluation of efficiency with theDEA-method (DEA=Data Envelopment Analysis), and its extensions (Value Efficiency,Improving Efficiency by Benchmarking, Resource Allocation, etc.)LITERATURE:

Cooper, R. G. (1998) Product leadership creating and launching superior new products

251


Coelli T., Rao D.S.P. & Battese, G. (1998) An Introduction to Efficiency and ProductivityAnalysisNorman M. & Stoker B. (1991) Data Envelopment Analysis, the Assesment ofPerformance

TEACHER(S): Professor Pekka Korhonen

COURSE FORMAT:Lectures 42 h, Professor Pekka KorhonenExercises 12 h, N.N.Grade consists of assignments (20%) and final exam (80%)

TIMING: Fall 2008, first periodPREREQUISITE: Compulsory courses in quantitative methodsTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiHOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/30E00300

30E00400 SIMULATION (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: M. Sc. Business Technology program, specialization courseLEVEL OF THE COURSE: AdvancedOBJECTIVES: To acquaint the student with the use of simulation methods, with applications tofinance, operations management and logistics.CONTENT: Introduction to simulation models, simulation in Excel, random numbers, methods:to simulate random events, managerial applications of risk analysis, Wiener process, valuationof stocks and options, system simulation, forecasting, advanced simulation techniques.LITERATURE:

Evans, J.R. & Olson, D.L. (2002) Introduction to simulation and risk analysisVose, D. (2000) Risk analysis: a quantitative guide

TEACHER(S): Professor Tomi SeppäläCOURSE FORMAT:

Lectures 40 h, Tomi SeppäläExercises 20 h, Tomi SeppäläThe grade consists of final exam (50%), exercises (20%) and project work (30%).

TIMING: Fall 2008, first and second periods.TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiHOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/30E00400

30E00500 QUANTITATIVE EMPIRICAL RESEARCH (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: This course is mainly intended for doctoral students.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: AdvancedOBJECTIVES: The objective of the course is to enable the students to use quantitative dataanalysis techniques in business and economic research. The course will provide the studentswith a set of tools useful in empirical research.

252


CONTENT: Basic concepts, screening data, and visualizing multivariate observations arediscussed. Furthermore, the course will define and introduce a set of statistical multivariatemethods and explain when their use is appropriate and how they are related to each other.Some of the methods covered are linear regression, logistic regression analysis, principalcomponent analysis, factor analysis, analysis of variance, and cluster analysis. Methodologicalaspects and interpretation of analysis are also explained. Excel and SAS programs will be usedin exercises and demonstrations during the course.

LITERATURE:Sharma, S. (1996), Applied Multivariate Techniques, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.Hair, J.H., Tatham, R.L., Anderson, R.E.A. and Black, W. (1998), Multivariate DataAnalysis, Prentice Hall (5.th Edition), ISBN 0-471-03941-1.Other material announced by the lecturers.

TEACHER(S): Professor N.N.COURSE FORMAT:

Preliminary assignmentsLectures 42h, Professor N.N., exercises 18h, N.N.Grading is based on a final exam (80% of the grade) and exercises (20% of the grade)

TIMING: Spring 2009, second periodPREREQUISITE: Basic knowledge in mathematics and statistics is assumed. Moreover, a coursein linear algebra and an advanced course in statistics are recommended.TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiHOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/30E00500

30E00700 ADVANCED STATISTICAL METHODS (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: M. Sc. Business Technology program, specialization courseLEVEL OF THE COURSE: AdvancedOBJECTIVES: To expand and deepen the student’s knowledge of and ability to use statisticalmethods in economics and business.CONTENT: Topics in linear models and Time Series analysis: special estimation methods ofregression models, panel data, ARMA models, forecasting, cointegration, ARCH and GARCHmodels. The content may change from year to year.LITERATURE: Verbeek, M.: A Guide to Modern Econometrics. Second Edition, Wiley 2004.ISBN 978-0-470-85773-1.OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Additional readings: Enders, W.: Applied Econometric TimeSeries, Second Edition, Wiley 2005.TEACHER(S): Professor N.N.COURSE FORMAT:

Lectures 40h, N.N.Exercises 20h, N.N.The grade consists of a final exam (50%), exercises (20%) and a project (30%).

TIMING: Spring 2009, first periodPREREQUISITE: 30C00200 Econometrics (or equivalent)

253


TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiHOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/30E00700

254


14.21 TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT AND POLICY (38 AND 57)

38C00100 MANAGEMENT OF TECHNOLOGY (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: Bachelor’s program in Business Technology; specialization studies.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: IntermediateOBJECTIVES: The primary goal of this course is to develop the participants’ understanding ofthe management problems and the nature of the forces driving competitive inter-action betweentechnology-based firms.CONTENT: This course concerns the formulation of business strategy and the management ofbusiness enterprises in rapidly evolving, technology-intensive industries. Topics coveredinclude: technology life cycles; dynamics of innovation, network economics; technologydiffusion; managing R&D; commercializing new technologies; technology as a competitiveadvantage; intellectual property rights.LITERATURE: Schilling, Melissa A. (2008) Strategic management of technological innovationOTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Course materialTEACHER(S): N.N.COURSE FORMAT:

Lectures 28 hMandatory assignments,Exam

METHODS: Lectures, assignments, business gameTIMING: Fall term 2008, 2nd periodTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiHOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/38C00100

38E00100 INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: Master’s program in Business TechnologyLEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced specialization studies.OBJECTIVES: The objective is to equip the student with the necessary tools to evaluate thestrategic importance of intellectual property and the various means to protect it, such as patents,copyrights and secrecy, as well as ways to generate revenue from intellectual property, such aslicensing.CONTENT: This course covers key issues in the economics and management of intellectualproperty rights.LITERATURE: Scotchmer, Suzanne (2004) Innovation and incentivesOTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Lecture material and course reading packageTEACHER(S): Tuomas Takalo, Mikko VälimäkiCOURSE FORMAT:

Lectures 28 h,Obligatory assignments (50%)Exam (50%).

METHODS: Lectures and assignments

255


TIMING: Spring 2009, 1st periodTEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiREMARKS: The course replaces 38E00100 Immaterial Property RightsHOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/38E00100

38E00300 READINGS IN ORGANIZATION OF R&D (6 ECTS)

STATUS OF THE COURSE: Part of the Master’s program in Business Technology; advancedspecialization studies.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studiesOBJECTIVES: The objective is to familiarize the student with the modern scientific literature onhow to organize R&D, emphasizing the aspects of imperfect information, incentives andincomplete contracts.OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Reading packageTEACHER(S): N.N.COURSE FORMAT:

Essays on agreed topicsExam

METHODS: Individual studyTIMING: This course is a book exam with obligatory assignments.TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: EnglishREGISTRATION: Via WebOodiHOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/38E00300




STATUS OF THE COURSE: B.Sc. (Econ.), Business Technology program.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Compulsory courseOBJECTIVES: The objective is to learn and practice independent scientific work.CONTENT: In the seminar, students get guidance in their research for Bachelor’s Thesis. During

256


the seminar, students will report the progress of their Thesis, present and defence the researchresults, act as an opponent, and participate actively.TEACHER(S): Assistant Professor Johanna Bragge coordinates.COURSE FORMAT:






STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. (Econ), Information and Service Management program,compulsory course.LEVEL OF THE COURSE: AdvancedOBJECTIVES: The objective is to practice independent scientific thinking by setting up researchquestions and studying a specific research topic. The thesis will be a structured, scientificreport.REMARKS: The Master’s Thesis needs to be carried out together with the Master’s ThesisSeminar (57E99902).



257




Date post:	08-Oct-2020
Category:	Documents
Upload:	others
View:	0 times
Download:	0 times

gsom.spbu.ru · Publisher: Helsinki School of Economics Office of Studies and Registrar...

Documents